Software Tenders

Description: Contact Information|4|n742.11|wvybb|717-605-7574|ashton.k.perry.civ@us.navy.mil| item Unique Identification And Valuation (jan 2023)|19|||||||||||||||||||| markings Level I/subsafe/dss-soc/triper|5|x||||| higher-level Contract Quality Requirement (navicp Review Feb 1991)(feb 1999)|1|see Specification Sections C And E.| inspection Of Supplies--fixed-price (aug 1996)|2||| inspection And Acceptance - Short Version|8|x||x|||||| variation In Quantity (apr 1984)|3|5%|0%|the Total Contract Quantity| desired And Required Time Of Delivery (june 1997)|29|clin 0001|one-thousand (1,000)|90 Days ||||||||||clin 0001|one-thousand (1,000)|300 Days||||||||||||||| wide Area Workflow Payment Instructions (jan 2023)|16|stand-alone Receiving Report - Certifications Combo-receiving Report & Invoice - Material |n/a|tbd|n00104|tbd|n39040 - Certifications, S4306a - Material |n50286 |tbd|133.2|n/a|n/a|s4306a - Material|n/a|n/a|see dd1423|port_ptnh_wawf_notification@navy.mil| navy Use Of Abilityone Support Contractor - Release Of Offeror Information (3-18))|1|wss| equal Opportunity (sep 2016)|2||| warranty Of Supplies Of A Noncomplex Nature (june 2003)|6|one Year From Date Of Delivery|one Year From Date Of Delivery||||| warranty Of Data--basic (mar 2014)|2||| buy American-free Trade Agreements-balance Of Payments Program-basic (feb 2024)|11|||||||||||| notice Of Total Small Business Set-aside (oct 2020)(deviation 2020-o0008)|1|| alternate A, Annual Representations And Certifications (oct 2024)|13|||||||||||||| small Business Program Representations (feb 2024)|4||||| buy American-free Trade Agreements-balance Of Payments Program Certificate-basic (feb 2024))|5|||||| buy American-balance Of Payments Program Certificate-basic (feb 2024)|1|| annual Representations And Certifications (may 2024)|13|332722|600|||||||||||| notice Of Priority Rating For National Defense, Emergency Perpardeness, And Enrgy Progam Use (april 2008))|2||x| the Purpose Of This Amendment Is To: 1. Remove 52.211-8, Time Of Delivery. 2. Incorporate 52.211-9, Desired And Required Time Of Delivery. desired Delivery Is Hereby Updated To 90 Days. Required Delivery Is Hereby Updated To 300 Days. Please Review 52.211-9 For Details. 3. Extend The Solicitation Until 21 Jan 2025. 4. All Else Remains The Same. \ 1. Dd1423 Data Item A001 May Be Waived If Already On File At Navsup Wssmechanicsburg. 2. Certifications Shall Be Submitted In Wawf At Least 20 Days Prior To Therequired Delivery Date To Allow Time For Portsmouth Nsy Review. 3. A Variation In Quantity Of +5%/-0% Of The Total Contract Quantity Isallowed. See Far 52.211-16 For Further Details. 4. Any Contract Awarded As A Result Of This Solicitation Will Be "do" Ratedorder Certified For National Defense Use Under The Defense Priorities Andallocations System (dpas). 5. Item 0001ac, Production Lot Test (plt) Requirement Refers To The"additional" Fastener Required By The Technical Data Package. The Delivery Dateand Ship-to Is The Same As Item 0001aa. \ 1. Scope 1.1 The Material Covered In This Contract/purchase Order Will Be Used In A Crucial Shipboard System. The Use Of Incorrect Or Defective Material Would Create A High Probability Of Failure Resulting In Serious Personnel Injury, Loss Of Life, Loss Of Vital shipboard Systems, Or Loss Of The Ship Itself. Therefore, The Material Has Been Designated As Special Emphasis Material (level I, Scope Of Certification, Or Quality Assured) And Special Control Procedures Are Invoked To Ensure Receipt Of Correct Material. 2. Applicable Documents 2.1 Order Of Precedence - In The Event Of A Conflict Between The Text Of This Contract/purchase Order And The References And/or Drawings Cited Herein, The Text Of This Contract/purchase Order Must Take Precedence. Nothing In This Contract/purchase Order, however, Must Supersede Applicable Laws And Regulations Unless A Specific Exemption Has Been Obtained. 2.2 Applicable Documents - The Document(s) Listed Below Form A Part Of This Contract/purchase Order Including Modifications Or Exclusions. 2.2.1 Specification Revisions - The Specification Revisions Listed Under "documents References" Below Are The Preferred Revision. Older And/or Newer R Evisions Are Acceptable When Listed Within Contract Support Library Reference Number Csd155 In Ecds (electric contractor Data Submission) At: Ht Tps://register.nslc.navy.mil/. This Is To Allow Contractors To Use Certain Acceptable Older Specification Revisions To Purge Their Existing Stock Of Material Certified To Those Older Revisions Or To Use Newer Specification revisions When Material Is Certified To Newly Released Revisions,without Requiring The Submittal Of Waiver/deviation Requests For Each Specification Revision On Every Contract. Revisions Of Specifications Reflecting Editorial And/or Re-approval (e.g. E2009, r2014, Etc.) Are Considered Inconsequential, But Are Acceptable When Their Revisions Are Listedwithin Csd155 Or Elsewhere Within This Contract. 2.2.2 "document References" Listed Below Must Be Obtained By The Contractor. Ordering Information Is Included As An Attachment To This Contract/purchase Order. document Ref Data=ansi/asq Z1.4 | | | |080101|a| | | document Ref Data=qq-n-286 | | |g |001207|a| | | document Ref Data=mil-std-792 | | |f |060519|a| | | document Ref Data=mil-dtl-1222 | | |j |001208|a| | | document Ref Data=mil-std-2132 | | |d |080310|f| |01| document Ref Data=iso_9001 | | | |081115|a| | | document Ref Data=iso10012 | | | |030415|a| | | document Ref Data=iso/iec 17025 | | | |050515|a| | | document Ref Data=mil-i-45208 | | |a |810724|a| 1| | document Ref Data=mil-std-45662 | | |a |880801|a| | | document Ref Data=ansi/ncsl Z540.3 | | | |130326|a| | | document Ref Data=t9074-as-gib-010/271 | | |1 |140911|a| | | 3. Requirements 3.1 Manufacture And Design - The Item Furnished Under This Contract/purchase Order Must Meet The Requirements As Specified In Mil-dtl-1222, Except As Amplified Or Modified Herein. Mil-dtl-1222 Ordering Data Information Is Provided Below. (a) Studs, Bolts, Hex Cap Screws, Socket Head Cap Screws, And Nuts; Mil-dtl-1222. (b) Part Number - ;n/a; Configuration - ;stud; Type - ;iv; Style - ;n/a; Grade - ;500 (qq-n-286); Condition - ;solution Annealed And Age Hardened; Size - ;5/8 Inch; Length - ;4-3/4 Inches; Thread Series - ;11 Unc; Class Of Fit - ;3a; End Configuration - ;chamfered; (c) Issue Of Dodiss Is Specified Elsewhere In The Contract/purchase Order. (d) Heat Treatment Must Be Performed In Accordance With Applicable Specifications. (e) Type Of Coating - ;n/a; (f) Aluminum Alloy Fasteners Must Be Coated In Accordance With Mil-dtl-1222, Unless Otherwise Specified In Paragraph (e) Above. (g) Externally Threaded Titanium Alloy Fasteners Must Be Anodized In Accordance With Mil-dtl-1222, Unless Otherwise Specified In Paragraph (e) Above. (h) Cut Or Ground Threads ;are Permitted; . (i) See Ordering Data Item (b) Above As Applicable. (j) Bearing Surfaces - ;n/a; (k) Self-locking Element - ;n/a; (l) Marking Must Be As Specified In Paragraph 3.13 Of Mil-dtl-1222. (m) Chemical, Mechanical, And Non-destructive Test Results Must Be As Specified Elsewhere In This Contract/purchase Order. (n) Resubmittal Of Fastener Lots That Failed An Examination Is Not Allowed Unless Specifically Approved By The Pco. (o) Retesting Of Mechanical Properties Is Not Allowed Unless Specifically Approved By The Pco. (p) Rework And Resubmittal Of Lots Must Be In Accordance With Mil-dtl-1222. (q) Inspection Of Defects Must Be In Accordance With Mil-dtl-1222, Unless Otherwise Specified Elsewhere In This Contract/purchase Order. (r) Acceptance Criteria For Inspection Of Defects Must Be In Accordance With Mil-dtl-1222, Unless Otherwise Specified In This Contract/purchase Order. (s) Non-destructive Testing Must Be In Accordance With Mil-dtl-1222, Unless Otherwise Specified Elsewhere In This Contract/purchase Order. (t) Mechanical Testing Must Be Performed After Final Heat Treatment, Unless Otherwise Specified Elsewhere In This Contract/purchase Order. (u) Preservation, Packaging, And Packing Requirements Must Be As Specified Elsewhere In The Contract/purchase Order. (v) - (bb) Substituting Material Grades Is Not Allowed Unless Specifically Approved By The Pco. 3.2 The Unit Of Issue Is Each. the Contractor Is Required To Provide One Additional Fastener For Each Uniquely Identified Heat/lot Of Material In Each Shipment. Complete Traceability Must Be Maintained On This Extra Fastener. 3.3 Testing Certification - Certifications Are Required For The Following Tests On The Items Listed Below. Additional Testing (if Any) Per Applicable Specifications Is Still Required, But Certifications Are Only Required As Listed Below. test - ;liquid Penetrant Inspection; item - ;stud,continuous Thread; performance - T9074-as-gib-010/271; Sampling Must Be Per Mil-dtl-1222 acceptance - Mil-dtl-1222 attribute - Annealing And Age Hardening item - ;stud,continuous Thread; performance - Qq-n-286 test - Ultrasonic Inspection On Starting Material item - ;all Items Requiring Certification Made From Qq-n-286 With A Diameter Or Minimum Distance Between Parallel Surfaces Of 4 Inches Or Greater Of The Starting Material, Or When Required By A Drawing Or Specification Invoked Elsewhere In This Contract; performance - T9074-as-gib-010/271 Or Mil-std-2132, And Qq-n-286 acceptance - Qq-n-286 3.4 K-monel Fasteners - Material Must Be Heat Treated Per Qq-n-286. 3.4.1 Fasteners That Have Been Hot Or Cold Headed Or Roll Threaded Must Be Solution Annealed Followed By Age Hardening Subsequent To All Heading And Thread Rolling Operations. The Mechanical Properties On Certifications Must Be Actual Properties Of The annealed And Age Hardened Material And Must Meet The Requirements Of Qq-n-286. 3.4.2 Qq-n-286 Fasteners That Have Been Headed And/or Roll Threaded Must Not Beage Hardened Unless The Material Has Been Solution Annealed Subsequent To The Heading And Threading Operations. Threads Formed After The Final Age Hardening Heat Treatment Must Be cut Or Ground Only. 3.5 K-monel Fasteners - K-monel Externally Threaded Fasteners Must Have Mechanical Properties Determined In Accordance With Mil-dtl-1222. Test Results Must Include Tensile, Yield, Elongation And Hardness As Required By Mil-dtl-1222. (the Hardness Tests Must Be performed On A Full Size Fastener.) 3.5.1 Studs Require An Axial Tensile Test In Accordance With Mil-dtl-1222. 3.5.2 Headed Fasteners Require A Wedge Tensile Test As Specified Elsewhere In This Contract/purchase Order. 3.6 Slow Strain Rate Tensile Test Laboratories - The Slow Strain Rate Tensile Test Of Qq-n-286 Must Be Performed By One Of The Following Laboratories: huntington Alloys, A Special Metals Company attn: Bill Bolenr 3200 Riverside Drive huntington, Wv 257059 phone: (304) 526-5889 fax: (304) 526-5973 metallurgical Consultants, Inc. attn: W. M. Buehler 4820 Caroline po Box 88046 houston, Tx 77288-0046 phone: (713) 526-6351 fax: (713) 526-2964 naval Surface Warfare Center, Carderock Division attn: Eric Focht Code 614 9500 Macarthur Blvd west Bethesda, Md 20817-5700 phone: (301) 227-5032 fax: (301) 227-5576 teledyne Allvac attn: Dr. W. D. Cao 2020 Ashcraft Ave. monroe, Nc 28110 phone: (704) 289-4511 fax: (704) 289-4269 westmoreland Mechanical Testing And Research Inc. attn: Andrew Wisniewski p.o. Box 388 youngstown, Pa 15696-0388 mannesmann Rohrenwerke mannesmann Forschungsinstitut (mfi) attn: Dr. Weiss postfach 251160 47251 Duisburg germany phone: 011-49-0203-9993194 fax: 011-49-0203-9994415 thyssenkrupp Vdm Usa, Inc. attn: D. C. Agarwal 11210 Steeplecrest Drive, Suite 120 houston, Tx 77065-4939 phone: (281) 955-6683 3.7 Configuration Control - The Contractor Must Maintain The Total Equipment Baseline Configuration. For Items Of Proprietary Design, Contractor Drawings Showing The Latest Assembly Configuration Must Be Provided To The Government In Electronic (c4) Format. definitions Are Provided Elsewhere In The Contract/purchase Order. 3.7.1 Waivers/deviations - All Waivers And Deviations, Regardless Of Significance Or Classification Require Review And Approval By The Contracting Officer. Waivers And Deviations Must Be Designated As Critical, Major, Or Minor. The Contractor Must Provide A copy Of This Request To The Qar. Requests Must Include The Information Listed Below. A. A Complete Description Of The Contract Requirement Affected And The Nature Of The Waiver/deviation (non-conformance), Including A Classification Of Critical, Major, Or Minor. B. Number Of Units (and Serial/lot Numbers) To Be Delivered In This Configuration. C. Any Impacts To Logistics Support Elements (such As Software, Manuals, Spares, Tools, And Similar) Being Utilized By Government Personnel Or Impacts To The Operational Use Of The Product. D. Information About Remedial Action Being Taken To Prevent Reoccurrence Of The Non-conformance. 3.7.2 All Requests For Waivers/deviations On Navsup-wss Contracts Must Be Submitted To The Navsup Wss Contracting Specialist Via Email. 3.7.3 Ecps - The Government Will Maintain Configuration Control And Change Authority For All Modifications Or Changes Affecting Form, Fit, Function, Or Interface Parameters Of The Equipment And Its Sub-assemblies. The Contractor Must Submit An Engineering change Proposal (ecp) For Any Class I Or Ii Changes That Impact The Equipment Covered By This Contract. Ecps Must Be Prepared In Contractor Format, And Must Include The Following Information: A. The Change Priority, Change Classification (class I Or Class Ii), And Change Justification. B. A Complete Description Of The Change To Be Made And The Need For That Change. C. A Complete Listing Of Other Configuration Items Impacted By The Proposed Change And A Description Of The Impact On Those Cis. D. Proposed Changes To Documents Controlled By The Government. E. Proposed Serial/lot Number Effectivities Of Units To Be Produced In, Or Retrofitted To, The Proposed Configuration. F. Recommendations About The Way A Retrofit Should Be Accomplished. G. Impacts To Any Logistics Support Elements (such As Software, Manuals, Spares, Tools, And Similar) Being Utilized By Government Personnel In Support Of The Product. H. Impacts To The Operational Use Of The Product. I. Complete Estimated Life-cycle Cost Impact Of The Proposed Change. J. Milestones Relating To The Processing And Implementation Of The Engineering Change. 3.8 Certificate Of Compliance - (special Emphasis Material) The Contractor Must Prepare And Submit A Certificate Of Compliance Certifying That The Items/components Furnished Under This Contract Comply With The Requirements Of The Procurement Document, including Any/all Invoked Specifications And Drawings. 3.9 Mercury Free - Mercury And Mercury Containing Compounds Must Not Be Intentionally Added Or Come In Direct Contact With Hardware Or Supplies Furnished Under This Contract. Mercury Contamination Of The Material Will Be Cause For Rejection. 3.10 Thread Forming - The Following Provides The Official Interpretation Of Paragraph 4.5.2.7 Of Mil-dtl-1222. 3.10.1 In Order To Qualify For "alternate Mechanical Testing" Found In Mil-dtl-1222j Paragraph 4.5.2.7 And Utilize The Mechanical Properties For The Starting Bar Stock In Lieu Of Performing Yield Strength Or Proof Stress Testing On Finished Fasteners, All Of the Subsequent Provisions Found In Mil-dtl-1222j Paragraphs 4.5.2.7 A Through E Must Be Met. If Any Single Provision Is Not Met, All Required Mechanical Testing Must Be Performed On The Finished Full Sized Fasteners. These Provisions Are Explained As Follows: a. Proper Product Lot Control And Traceability Must Be In Place. b. No Heat Treatment (including Hot Heading And Hot Forming), Cold Forming, Drawing, Rolling And Thread Rolling May Be Performed On The Starting Bar, Fastener Blanks Or Finished Fasteners After The Completion Of The Mechanical Testing On The Starting Bar. c. And D. The Proper Size Starting Bar Must Be Selected To Ensure Mechanical Properties Of Finished Fasteners Are Represented By The Mechanical Properties Of The Starting Bar. e. The Mandatory Testing, Axial Tensile (studs) And Wedge Tensile (screws And Bolts) Must Be Performed On Full Sized Fasteners. Note That There Is A Typographical Error In Paragraph 4.5.2.7 And That The Axial Load Test Is A Mandatory Test That Must Be performed On Studs As Required In Paragraph 4.5.2.7.e. 3.10.2 Thread Rolling Is A Cold Working Process And Is Not Considered To Be A Machining Or Grinding Operation. Therefore, Fasteners Which Have Rolled Threads Do Not Satisfy The Provisions Of Mil-dtl-1222j Paragraph 4.5.2.7.b And Are Not Eligible For The "alternate Mechanical Testing" Provision. 3.10.3 Thread Rolling Alone Is Not A Sufficient Cold Working Process To Qualify A Fastener To Be In The Cold Worked (cw) Condition. This Condition Is Only Applicable To Some 300 Series Stainless Steel Studs, Screws And Nuts. These Cw Condition Fasteners must Be Manufactured From Cold Worked Bar Stock Or Be Cold Headed In Order To Qualify. The Threads May Subsequently Be Rolled, Machined Or Ground. Testing Of The Finished Fasteners And/or Reporting Of The Starting Bar Stock Material Properties Is Subject To the Same Provisions Found In Mil-dtl-1222j Paragraph 4.5.2.7 And Discussed Above. ^ Quality Assurance Requirements ^ 3.11 See Cdrl Di-misc-80678 (test Certification) - A Statement Of Tests Performed, Listing The Pieces Tested Must Be Furnished Along With A Copy Of The Test Results. Certification Must Include The Contractor's Name, Address And Date, Quantity Inspected, identified To The Contract/purchase Order And Item Number, And The Contractor's Or Authorized Personnel's Signature. Test Certifications Must Reference The Standard/specification, Including The Revision, To Which The Testing Was Performed And The Acceptance criteria Used. Test Procedure Numbers May Also Be Referenced On Test Reports. Test Reports On Weldments Must Be Identified To Weld Joint And Layer. 3.12 Quality System Requirements - The Contractor Furnishing Items Under This Contract/purchase Order Must Provide And Maintain A Quality System In Accordance With Iso-9001 As Amplified Or Modified Herein, With The Calibration System Requirements Of Iso-10012 or Ansi-z540.3 With Iso-17025. A Quality System In Accordance With Mil-i-45208, With The Calibration System Requirements Of Mil-std-45662, Is Acceptable As An Alternate. 3.12.1 The Contractor's Quality System And Products Supplied Under The System Are Subject To Evaluation, Verification Inspection, And Acceptance/nonacceptance By The Government Representative To Determine The System's Effectiveness In Meeting The Quality requirements Established In The Contract/purchase Order. 3.12.2 The Contractor's Quality System Must Be Documented And Must Be Available For Review By The Contracting Officer Or His Representative Prior To Initiation Of Production And Throughout The Life Of The Contract. The Prime Contractor Must, Upon notification, Make His Facilities Available For Audit By The Contracting Officer Or His Authorized Representative. 3.12.3 See Cdrl Di-qcic-81110 (inspection System Procedures) - All Suppliers Of Level I/subsafe (li/ss) Material Are Required To Submit A Copy Of Their Current Documented Quality System Procedures To The Procurement Contracting Officer (pco) Prior To Award Of any Contract/purchase Order. Suppliers That Have A Copy Of Their Current Quality System Procedures On File At The Procuring Activity May Request The Pco Waive This Requirement. 3.12.4 This Contract Provides For The Performance Of Government Quality Assurance At Source. The Place Or Places Of Performance May Not Be Changed Without The Authorization Of The Procurement Contracting Officer. Upon Receipt Of This Order, Promptly Notify the Government Representative Who Normally Services Your Plant So That Appropriate Planning For Government Inspection Can Be Accomplished. If You Do Not Have An Assigned Government Representative, Notify The Nearest Defense Contract Management Agency (dcma) office. In The Event That A Local Government Representative Or Dcma Office Cannot Be Located, Our Purchasing Agent Should Be Notified Immediately. 3.12.5 Any Changes Made By The Contractor To A Qualified Quality System Will Require Re-submittal To The Pco And Concurrence By The Government Quality Assurance Representative Prior To Adoption. 3.13 Contractor Inspection Requirements - The Contractor Must Maintain Adequate Records Of All Inspections And Tests. The Records Must Indicate The Nature And Number Of Observations Made, The Number And Type Of Deficiencies Found, The Quantities Approved And rejected And The Nature Of Corrective Action Taken As Appropriate. Inspection Records Must Be Traceable To The Material Inspected. 3.13.1 The Supplier's Gages, Measuring And Test Equipment Must Be Made Available For Use By The Government Representative When Required To Determine Conformance With Contract Requirements. When Conditions Warrant, The Supplier's Personnel Must Be Made available For Operations Of Such Devices And For Verification Of Their Accuracy And Condition. 3.13.2 All Documents And Reference Data Applicable To This Contract Must Be Available For Review By The Government Representative. Copies Of Documents Required For Government Inspection Purposes Must Be Furnished In Accordance With The Instructions Provided by The Government Representative. 3.14 Subcontractor Inspection Requirements - The Government Has The Right To Inspect At Source, Any Supplies Or Services That Were Not Manufactured Or Performed Within The Contractor's Facility. Such Inspection Can Only Be Requested By Or Under Authorization of The Government Representative. Any Purchasing Documents To A Subcontractor Must Cite The Applicable Portions Of The Contractually Invoked Quality System (e.g. Calibration Requirements), Plus Any Product Requirements That Apply To The Supplies Being purchased. When The Government Elects To Perform Source Inspection At The Subcontractor's Facility, Applicable Purchase Documents Must Be Annotated With The Following Statement: "a Government Inspection Is Required Prior To Shipment From Your Plant. Upon receipt Of This Order, Promptly Notify The Government Representative Who Normally Services Your Plant So That Appropriate Planning For Government Inspection Can Be Accomplished. If You Do Not Have An Assigned Government Representative, Notify The Nearest defense Contract Management Agency (dcma) Office. In The Event That A Local Government Representative Or Dcma Office Cannot Be Located, Our Purchasing Agent Should Be Notified Immediately." 3.14.1 The Prime Contractor's Program Must Include Procedures To Assess The Capability Of The Prospective Suppliers To Produce The Products Or Supply The Services In Accordance With The Contract, Prior To The Issuance Of Any Purchase Document. 3.14.2 Each Sub-tier Supplier Of Material Or Services For Items In Section 3 Of This Contract Must Be Subjected To A Periodic Review Or Audit By The Prime To Determine The Continued Capability Of The Supplier To Control The Quality Of The Products Or Services specified In The Purchase Order Or Contract. 3.14.3 The Prime Contractor Must Ensure That The Purchased Product Conforms To Specified Purchase Requirements And This Contract. The Type And Extent Of Control Applied To The Supplier And The Purchased Product Must Be Dependent Upon The Effect Of The purchased Product On The End Item Represented By This Contract. 3.14.4 The Prime Contractor Must Evaluate The Requirements Of The Contract And Select Suppliers Based On Their Ability To Supply The Product In Accordance With The Prime Contractor's Requirements And The Contract. Criteria For Selection And Evaluation Must Be established. Records Of This Effort Must Be Available For Review By The Government. 3.14.5 The Prime Contractor's Supplier Quality Assurance Program Must Provide For A Review Of Purchase Documents To Assure Applicable Quality Requirements Are Included Or Referenced In The Documentation For Compliance By The Supplier. 3.15 Government Furnished Material And/or Equipment (gfm/gfe) - When Material Or Equipment Is Furnished By The Government, The Contractor Must Develop Documented Control Procedures That Require At Least The Following: 3.15.1 Visual Examination Upon Receipt To Detect Damage During Transit. 3.15.2 Inspection For Completeness And Proper Type. 3.15.3 Verification Of Material Quality Received. 3.15.4 Periodic Inspection And Precautions To Assure Adequate Storage Conditions And To Guard Against Damage From Handling And Deterioration During Storage. 3.15.5 Functional Testing, Either Prior To Or After Installation, Or Both, As Required By The Contract To Determine Satisfactory Operation. 3.15.6 Identification And Protection From Improper Use Or Disposition. 3.15.7 Reporting To The Government, Any Gfm Or Gfe Property Found Damaged, Malfunctioning, Or Otherwise Unsuitable For Use. In The Event Of Damage Or Malfunction During Or After Installation, The Supplier Must Determine And Record Probable Cause And Necessity for Withholding The Material From Use. 3.15.8 For Gfe Material, And As Required By The Terms Of The Bailment Agreement, The Supplier Must Establish Procedures For Adequate Storage, Maintenance, And Inspection Of Bailed Government Material. Records Of All Inspection And Maintenance Performed On bailed Property Must Be Maintained. 3.15.9 Material Returned To The Contractor Must Be Handled As Gfm. 3.16 Traceability And Certification Requirements - To Assure That Correct Materials Are Installed In Level I/subsafe Systems, It Is Imperative That Traceability Be Maintained From The Material To The Material Certification Test Report And Other Required objective Quality Evidence (oqe). The Material Certification Report Must Completely And Accurately Reflect That The Material Supplied Meets The Specified Requirements. 3.16.1 The Following Provides The Minimum Requirements For Maintaining Material Traceability And Supplements The Requirements Specified In Di-misc-81020 And Elsewhere In The Contract/purchase Order. The Contractor Must Develop Written Procedures That implement The Material Control Requirements Stated Herein. 3.17 Material Traceability - The Certification Data Report Must Be Identified Through A Unique Traceability Number, Heat-lot Number, Or Heat-treat Number, As Applicable, Which Must Also Be Marked On The Material. This Traceability Marking On The Material Must provide Direct Traceability To The Material's Chemical Composition And Mechanical Properties Certification Data. For Material Produced By Batch, Continuous Cast, Or Continuous Pour Processes, Samples Must Be Taken No Less Than Once In Every Eight Hours Of operation For The Purpose Of Validating Proper Chemical Composition And Mechanical Properties. Traceability Must Be Maintained Through All Process Operations Including Any Subcontracted Operations, To The Finished Component. 3.18 See Cdrl Di-misc-81020 (chemical And Mechanical) - Material Certification - In Addition To The Certification Data Requirements Specified In Di-misc-81020, The Following Material Certification Requirements Apply: 3.18.1 Quantitative Chemical And Mechanical Analysis Of Material Is Required ;in Accordance With Mil-dtl-1222; .test Reports Must Be Traceable To Traceability Marking On The Material. Material Certification Test Reports Must Include The Class, Form, Condition, grade, Type, Finish, And/or Composition, As Applicable, Of The Material Supplied. 3.18.2 Re-identification And Re-certification Of Material Is Required When The Material Is Subjected To A Process Which Alters It's Properties. If The Starting Material Or Raw Stock Is Processed In A Manner That Will Not Affect Its Chemical Composition Or mechanical Properties, The Original Certifications For The Chemical Composition And Mechanical Properties, As Required By The Material Specification, Are Acceptable. Re-certification Of The Chemical Or Mechanical Properties Is Required If A Process Is Used during Fabrication That Alters The Original Properties Of The Material (e.g. Alloying, Heat Treating, Or Forming). In These Instances, The Properties Of The Material Must Be Re-determined And Documented To Reflect The Altered Condition. The Altered Material must Be Uniquely Re-identified. The Properties Thus Determined And Documented, Are Required For Final Certification And Must Conform To The Material Specification Or The Contract/purchase Order Requirements. When Only The Mechanical Properties Are Altered, the Original Certification For Chemical Composition Must Be Overstamped And/or Annotated With The Unique Traceability marking Used With The Altered Material And At A Minimum Contain The Information Below. traceability Marking ________________________________________________ (marking On Finished Item) is Fabricated From Raw Material Identified To heat/lot Number ________________ And Heat Treat Number ________________________ (when Applicable) _________________________________________ Date _____________________ (name And Signature Of Auth. Co. Rep.) 3.18.3 Material Certification Data Forwarded By The Manufacturer Must Contain A Signed Certification That The Report Results Represent The Actual Attributes Of The Material Furnished And Indicate Full Compliance With All Applicable Specification And Contract requirements. Transcription Of Certification Data Is Prohibited. 3.18.4 Statements On Material Certification Documents Must Be Positive And Unqualified. Disclaimers Such As "to The Best Of Our Knowledge" Or "we Believe The Information Contained Herein Is True" Are Not Acceptable. 3.18.5 If Material Is Received Without The Required Certification Papers Or With Incorrect/missing Data On The Certification Papers, The Material Will Be Rejected. 3.19 Material Marking For Traceability And Identification - The Following Are The Minimum Marking Requirements. Additional/alternate Marking Requirements, If Applicable, Will Be Specified Elsewhere In The Contract/purchase Order. In Addition To The Marking requirements On Applicable Drawings And/or Specifications, Marking For Traceability Is Required. All Traceability Marking Must Be Permanently Applied In Accordance With Mil-std-792 (except As Specified Below). An Alternate Marking Method Is Permissible provided It Is An Available Option In The Contractually Invoked Specification Or Drawing, Except In Instances Where The Material Has Been Modified By This Contract/purchase Order And Differs From That Specified In The Specification Or Drawing. 3.19.1 Fasteners Must Be Marked In Accordance With ;mil-dtl-1222; . The Method Of Marking Must Be Types I, Ii, Iii, V, Viii Or Ix Of Mil-std-792 Except For Grades 410, 416 And 431 In The H Condition And Grades 8, 630, A574, And 4340 Which Must Be Marked By method Ii When Marking Is Applied After The Final Heat Treatment. Markings On Fasteners That Are To Be Coated Must Be Marked Prior To Coating And Have A Minimum Depth Of 4 Mils. Traceability Marking Must Be Legible After The Application Of Protective compounds. 3.19.2 Marking Is Required For All Fasteners Regardless Of Size And Must Include The Material Symbol, The Manufacturer's Identification Symbol, And The Traceability Marking. Marking Must Be Applied On The Head Of Headed Fastener (top Preferred, Side Location if Necessary). Where No Contract Invoked Specification Requirement Exists For This Marking, Self-locking Fasteners Must Be Marked With Six Dots Approximately .032" Diameter, Raised Or Depressed By Approximately .010" Located On The Top Perimeter Of The Head Of the Fastener In An Arc Or Circular Pattern. The Six Dots Must Be Distinguishable From All Other Required Markings. 3.20 Material Handling - The Written Material Control Process Must Include The Following: 3.20.1 All Raw Materials Must Have Traceability Markings (except As Specified Below). 3.20.2 Stored Raw Materials Requiring Traceability Must Be Segregated To Preclude Intermingling With Materials Not Requiring Traceability. 3.20.3 When Traceability Markings Will Be Removed By A Manufacturing Or Fabrication Process, The Marking Must Be Recorded Prior To Removal And Be Immediately Restored Upon Completion Of The Process. If This Cannot Be Done Or Is Impractical, An Appropriate material Control Procedure (such As A Bag And Tag, Tagging, And/or Tote Box Control) Must Be Employed. The Material Control Procedure Must Provide A Method Of Positive Control To Preclude Commingling Of Heats Or Loss Of Traceability. The Traceability Marking must Be Reapplied Upon Completion Of The Final Manufacturing Process. 3.20.4 Purchase Orders For Raw Material Must Specify That The Material Be Traceable To Material Certification Test Reports By The Traceability Marking On The Material And Identified On The Test Reports. The Certification Data Requirements Contained In di-misc-81020 Must Be Invoked By The Prime Contractor On All Subcontractors Supplying Level I Material. 3.20.5 The Material Control Process Must Include Requirements For The Maintenance Of Traceability For Items Sent Out For Subcontracted Operations. If Such Operations Would Remove Traceability Markings, Purchase Or Work Orders Must Specify A Method And Marking location For Remarking. The Contractor Must Also Ensure That Subcontractor Production Controls Are Adequate To Preclude Commingling Of Materials During Processing. 3.21 Receiving Inspection - 3.21.1 Products And Services Produced By Sub-tier Suppliers For Incorporation In The Contract End Item Must Be Subject To Inspection Or Audit At The Time Of Receipt By The Prime Prior To Further Processing Within The Prime Contractor's Plant Or Shipment To another Location. 3.21.2 Receiving Inspection Must Include As A Minimum - verification That The Traceability Marking On The Material Agrees With That On The Certification Test Reports. verification That Certification Test Reports Are Legible And Complete. verification That The Contents Of The Certification Test Reports Are In Compliance With The Contractually Invoked Specifications And Requirements. 3.22 Discrepancy Reporting - 3.22.1 Nonconforming Products From Sub-tier Suppliers Must Be Identified And Processed In Accordance With The Prime Contractor's Procedures For Controlling Nonconforming Products. The Prime Contractor Must Report The Receipt Of Any Nonconforming Products To the Responsible Sub-tier Supplier In Accordance With Established Procedures. Nonconforming Material Records Will Be Maintained And Available For Review By The Government Quality Assurance Representative (qar). 3.23 Final Inspection - The Following Inspections Must Be Performed Prior To Government Inspection And Acceptance. 3.23.1 Material Sampling - Material Must Be Inspected For Form, Fit, And Function. Lot Acceptance Must Be Based On Zero Defects And Lot Rejection Based On One Defect. The Sample Size Must Be In Accordance With The Sampling Plan(s) In The Applicable Military specification Or Standard, Federal Specification Or Standard, Or Drawing To Which The Material Was Manufactured. In The Absence Of Such Sampling Plans, Sampling Inspection Must Be Per Ansi/asq-z1.4, General Inspection Level Ii (for Sample Size Selection Code), table Iia (for Sample Size). small Lot Sizes - For Lot Sizes Of Fifty Or Less, The Minimum Sample Size Must Be Eight Units. For Lot Sizes Of Eight Or Less, The Sample Size Must Be One Hundred Percent Of The Lot. 3.23.2 The Manufacturer May Elect To Use Statistical Process Control (spc) To Assure Product Quality In Lieu Of The Above Attribute Sampling Plan, Provided The Spc Methodology/system Used Provides Acceptable Products To The Government. However, The government/navy Receipt Inspection Activity May Perform Their Acceptance Inspection Of The Material Using The Attribute Sampling Plan Outlined Above. 3.23.3 All Data Concerning Material Verification (chemical And Mechanical Properties), Traceability (material Certifications To Material Marking), And Nondestructive Test (ndt) Certifications For Material Must Be 100% Inspected. The Certification Test Reports must Also Be 100% Inspected For Completeness And Legibility. 3.23.4 All Metallic Material Must Be 100% Inspected For Traceability Marking And That The Marking Is Legible. 3.24 See Cdrl Di-misc-80678 (special Emphasis C Of C) - The Certificate Of Compliance Must Show Traceability To The Marking Applied On Each Individual Item, And Must Contain The Following Information: 1. Contractor's Name, Address And Date. 2. The Contract/purchase Order Number (for Example: N00104-11-p-fa12) 3. The National Stock Number (nsn). The 18 Character National Stock Number For Special Emphasis Material Includes The Two Digit Cog, The Four Digit Fsc, The 9 Digit Niin, And The Two Digit Smic (for Example: 1h 4820 012345678 L1) ("n/a" When Not Applicable). 4. Lubricants, Sealants, Anti-seize, And/or Thread Locking Compounds ("n/a" When Not Applicable). 5. Certification That O-rings, Packing, Gaskets, Or Other Elastomeric Products Were Installed In A Compressed State Within An Assembly Or Sub-assembly, Prior To Expiration Of The Shelf Life ("n/a" When Not Applicable). 6. Manufacturer's Compound Number ("n/a" When Not Applicable). 7. When Weld Procedure Submittal Is Required By The Contract, A Statement That The Approval Date Of The Qualification Data Precedes Any Production Or Repair Welding Performed On This Contract. ("n/a" When Not Applicable). 8. A Statement To The Effect That All Items Furnished On This Contract Are In Full Compliance With The Specifications And Requirements And List Each Contractually Invoked Conformance/compliance Test Performed By Name And That It Was Performed satisfactorily. 9. Contractor's Or Authorized Personnel's Signature. 4. Quality Assurance 4.1 Notes To Dcma Qar And The Contractor - 4.1.1 Dcma Qar And The Contractor For Proprietary Designs - Departures From Contractor Imposed Requirements, Not Specifically Covered By The Contract, Must Be Judged Individually On The Basis Of The Effect, If Any, On Contractual Requirements. When There Is A disagreement Between The Contractor And The Government Representative As To The Effect On Contractual Requirements, The Departure Must Be Considered A Nonconformance And Be Submitted To The Pco For Disposition. 4.1.2 Dcma Qar And The Contractor For Proprietary Designs - All Records Of Departures From Contractor Imposed Requirements Must Be Maintained And Available For Review At The Contractor's Facility. A Copy Must Be Given To The Local Government Representative. A record Of These Departures, Traceable To The Applicablepart Number And Contract Number Must Be Submitted To The Pco. 4.1.3 Dcma Qar And The Contractor For Proprietary Designs - For Proprietary Designs, The Contractor's Part Numbers Are Acceptable For Reference Only. The Delivered Material Must Conform To All Drawings, Specifications, And Other Contractual Requirements. 4.1.4 Dcma Qar - It Is The Responsibility Of Dcma Qar To Review Non-destructive Testing (ndt) Procedures For Navsup Contracts/purchase Orders. 4.1.5 Dcma Qar And The Contractor - The Ecds (electronic Contractor Data Submission) System Is Available For Certain Data Submissions And To Submit Questions And Clarifications, And Waiver Requests On Contracts And Solicitations. Ecds Can Be Found At: https://register.nslc.navy.mil/ 5. Packaging 5.1 Preservation, Packaging, Packing And Marking - Preservation, Packaging, Packing And Marking Must Be In Accordance With The Contract/purchase Order Schedule And As Specified Below. mil-std 2073 Packaging Applies As Found Elsewhere In The Schedule 6. Notes 6.1 Several Definitions Of Terms That Apply To Csi Items Are Listed Below. All Terms May Not Apply To Every Item. 6.1.1 The Ecds (electronic Contractor Data Submission) System Is At: Https://register.nslc.navy.mil/ This Application Will Require Advance Registration Using A Pki Digital Certificate On A Cac. A Vendor User Guide Is Available As Csd001 In The Csd (contract Support Document) Library Within Ecds. 6.1.2 Critical Safety Item (csi) - Any Ship Part, Assembly, Or Support Equipment Containing A Critical Characteristic Whose Failure, Malfunction, Or Absence Of Which Could Cause A Catastrophic Or Critical Failure Resulting In Loss Of, Or Serious Damage To The ship, Or Unacceptable Risk Of Personal Injury Or Loss Of Life. 6.1.3 Critical Process - As Determined By The Twh, Any Process, Operation Or Action Performed On A Ship Csi That Serves To Establish A Critical Characteristic (such As Welding, Soldering, Machining, Polishing, Cleaning, Or Assembling) Or Confirm That A critical Characteristic Is Within Drawing Or Specification Compliance (such As, Testing, Measurement, Or Non-destructive Evaluation). 6.1.4 First Article - Pre-production Models, Initial Product Samples, Test Samples Produced To Ensure A Manufacturer's Capability To Meet Full Specification Requirements. 6.1.5 First Article Test (fat) - Contractually Required Testing And Inspection Of A Supplier's Pre-production, Production, Or "production Representative" Specimens To Evaluate A Manufacturer's Ability To Produce Conforming Product Prior To The Government's commitment To Receive Subsequent Production Items. First Article Testing Is Product Specific And Does Not Assess Manufacturing Process Controls Nor Does It Assure The Effectiveness Of The Manufacturer's Quality Program. 6.1.6 Government Source Inspection (gsi) - Gsi Is Independent Oversight Performed By A Government Representative Usually A Dcma Quality Assurance Representative (qar)) To Assure That Those Unique Product Quality And System Elements, Identified By The contracting Agency As Important, Are Observed And Evaluated. 6.1.7 Quality Assurance Letter Of Instruction (qali) - A Qali Is A Formal Document Initiated By A Contracting Activity That Provides Essential Requirements And Instructions For Contracted Materials To Be Independently Verified And Accepted By A Government representative Prior To Shipment. 6.1.8 Objective Quality Evidence (oqe) - The Quantitative And Qualitative Data Of All Mechanical, Chemical, And Performance Tests Performed (as Required By The Applicable Specification, Drawing, Or Purchase Document) To Prove That The Material Supplied conforms To The Specified Requirements. 6.1.9 Surface Discontinuity - Any Surface Irregularity, Marking, Or Localized Change In Physical Character Of The Surface, Other Than Dimensional, That Exists Infrequently At One Or Several Places. (examples: Burrs, Dents, Nicks, Scratches, Gouges, Pits, center-punches, Scribes, And Tool Marks) Surface Discontinuities Less Than 0.005-inch In Depth Are Acceptable Provided They Do Not Violate Any Other Design Requirements Specified In This Contract/purchase Order. 6.1.10 Traceability Code - A Code Or Number Providing Traceability To The Actual Chemical And Mechanical Properties Of The Specified Heat, Batch, Or Form From Which The Material Originated. 6.1.11 Verification - An Examination Performed To Determine Compliance With A Specific Requirement. 6.1.12 Nonconformance - A Nonconformance Is Defined As Affecting Or Violating The Following: - The Requirements Of This Contract/purchase Order. - Contractually Invoked Drawings (i.e. Envelope Dimensions, Interface Dimensions With Mating Parts/equipment, Center Of Gravity, Weights, Piece Part Identification, Material, Etc.). - Contractually Invoked Federal, Military, Or Commercial Specifications And/or Standards. - Form, Fit, Function, Performance To Contract Requirements, Reliability, Maintainability, Interchangeability, Safety Of Personnel Or Equipment, Or Additional Cost To The Government. 6.1.13 Waiver - A Written Authorization To Accept An Item, Which During Manufacture, Or After Having Been Submitted For Government Inspection Or Acceptance, Is Found To Depart From Specified Requirements, But Nevertheless Is Considered Suitable For Use As Is or After Repair By An Approved Method. 6.1.14 Deviation - A Specific Written Authorization (granted Prior To The Manufacture Of An Item) To Depart From A Particular Requirement(s) Of An Item's Current Approved Configuration Documentation For A Specific Number Of Units Or A Specified Period Of time, And To Accept An Item Which Is Found To Depart From Specified Requirements, But Nevertheless Is Considered Suitable For Use "as Is" Or After Repair By An Approved Method. 6.1.15 Critical Waiver/deviation - This Waiver/deviation Consists Of A Departure Involving Safety. 6.1.16 Major Waiver/deviation - This Waiver/deviation Consists Of A Departure Involving: - Performance - Interchangeability, Reliability, Survivability, Maintainability, Or Durability Of The Item Or Its Repair Parts - Health Or Safety - Effective Use Or Operation - Weight, Stability, Or Structural Integrity - System Design Parameters As Schematics, Flows, Pressures Or Temperatures - Compartment Arrangements Or Assigned Function 6.1.17 Minor Waiver/deviation - This Waiver/deviation Consists Of A Departure Which Does Not Involve Any Of The Factors Listed As Critical Or Major. 6.1.18 Engineering Change (ec) - A Change To The Current Approved Configuration Documentation Of A Configuration Item At Any Point In The Life Cycle Of The Item. 6.1.19 Engineering Change Proposal (ecp) - A Proposed Engineering Change And The Documentation By Which The Change Is Described, Justified, And Submitted To The Government For Approval Or Disapproval. 6.1.20 Class I Ecp - A Class I Ecp Is Approved By The Government's Configuration Control Board And Authorized With A Contract Modification. 6.1.21 Class Ii Ecp - A Class Ii Change Is Typically Reviewed For Concurrence In Classification By The Local Government Representative, Unless Otherwise Specified Elsewhere In The Contract/purchase Order. 6.2 In Accordance With Opnavinst 5510.1 All Documents And Drawings Provided By The U.s. Navy To Perspective Contractors Must Include A "distribution Statement" To Inform The Contractor Of The Limits Of Distribution, And The Safeguarding Of The Information contained On Those Documents And Drawings. 6.2.1 There Are 7 (seven) Separate Distribution Statement Codes Used For Non-classified Documents And Drawings. The Definition For Each Is As Follows: a... Approved For Public Release; Distribution Is Unlimited. b... Distribution Authorized To Us Governments Agencies Only. c... Distribution Authorized To Us Government Agencies And Their Contractors. d... Distribution Authorized To Dod And Dod Contractors Only. e... Distribution Authorized To Dod Components Only. f... Further Distribution Only As Directed By Commander, Naval Sea Systems Command, Code 09t. x... Distribution Is Authorized To Us Government Agencies And Private Individuals Or Enterprises Eligible To Obtain Export Controlled Technical Data In Accordance With Opnavinst 5510.161. 6.3 Ordering Information For Document References - The Department Of Defense Single Stock Point (dodssp), Website Http://www.dsp.dla.mil/, Provides Product Information For The Department Of Defense Index Of Specifications And Standards (dodiss) (i.e.military/federal Specifications And Standards), Data Item Descriptions (dids), And Other Dodssp Products. Most Specifications Can Obtained Directly From Http://quicksearch.dla.mil/ a. Availability Of Cancelled Documents - The Dodssp Offers Cancelled Documentsthat Are Required By Private Industry In Fulfillment Of Contractual Obligationsin Paper Format. Documents Can Be Requested By Phoning The Subscription Services Desk. b. Commercial Specifications, Standards, And Descriptions - These Specifications, Standards And Descriptions Are Not Available From Government Sources. Theymay Be Obtained From The Publishers Of The Applicable Societies. c. Ordnance Standards (os), Weapons Specifications (ws), And Navord Ostd 600 Pages - These Type Publications May Be Obtained By Submitting A Request To: commander, Indian Head Division, Naval Surface Warfare Center code 8410p, 101 Strauss Avenue indian Head, Md 20640-5035 d. On Post-award Actions, Requests For "official Use Only" And "noforn" (not Releasable To Foreign Nationals) Documents Must Identify The Government Contractnumber, And Must Be Submitted Via The Cognizant Defense Contract Management Command (dcmc) For certification Of Need For The Document. On Pre-award Actions Such Requests Must Be Submitted To The Pco For Certification Of Need For The Document. e. Noforn Military Specifications And Standards (including Amendments, Change Notices And Supplements, But Not Interim Changes) To Be Ordered From: contracting Officer navsup-wss code 87321 5450 Carlisle Pike p.o. Box 2020 mechanicsburg, Pa. 17055-0788 f. Nuclear Reactor Publications Assigned Navsea Documents And Identification Numbers (i.e. Navsea Welding Standard, Navsea 250-1500-1) Are To Be Ordered Enue: commanding Officer navsup-wss code 009 5450 Carlisle Pike p.o. Box 2020 mechanicsburg, Pa. 17055-0788 g. Technical Manuals Assigned Navsea Identification Numbers (i.e. Navsea Welding And Brazing Procedure, Navsea S9074-aq-gib-010/248) Are To Be Ordered From: commanding Officer navsup-wss code 1 Support Branch 700 Robbins Avenue philadelphia, Pa. 19111-5094 h. Interim Changes And Classified Specifications Must Be Obtained By Submitting A Request On Dd Form 1425 To Navsup-wss. 6.4 Recent Updates - A Short Description Of Recent Updates To The Technical Requirements Of This Item Are Listed Below, Along With An Implementation Date For Each Issue. The Notes Below Are Only A Generic Quick Reference And Are Provided For Convenience only, Detailed Requirements Will Be Defined Elsewhere In The Technical Sections Of This Contract/purchase Order. ;- 10/20/2016 - Updated Ecds Url - Jun 28 2012 - Updated Ut Of Qq-n-286 Bar 4" And Over - Dec 17 2011 - Expanded Thread Cutting Requirements - Dec 20 2022 - Removed Requirement For Vender To Submit Waivers/deviations In Ecds - Jan 05 2012 - Added Wawf To Forward Approved Waivers/deviations With Final Oqe - Dec 17 2011 - Moved Quality Assurance Text Location For Readability - Apr 15 2009 - Clarified The Sample Size For Large And Small Lot Sizes - Jan 19 2011 - Added Notification Of Dcma Upon Contract Award - May 02 2009 - Added Lubricants And Sealants To The C Of C - Aug 27 2014 - Took Out Contractor's Phone Number Requirement - Dec 01 2011 - Moved "notes To Dcma Qar" To Qa Section - Jan 5 2017 - Ecds/csd Info Was Added To Definitions In The Notes Section; date Of First Submission=asreq paragraph 10.4 Of Di-qcic-81110 Does Not Apply. date Of First Submission=asreq block 12 - Certification Data Must Be Submitted To Portsmouth Naval Shipyard For Review And Acceptance Prior To Each Shipment Of Material. Certification Documentation Must Be Submitted Via Wawf (wide Area Work Flow). enter In Wawf As Follows: "ship To" N50286 "inspect By" N39040 "accept By" N39040 and Email Notification Field: Port_ptnh_wawf_notification@navy.mil no Material Is To Be Shipped Prior To The Receipt Of Acceptance. date Of First Submission=asreq block 4 - Paragraphs 10.2.1, 10.2.2, 10.2.3, 10.3, And 10.4 Of Di-misc-80678 Do Not Apply. block 12 - Certification Data Must Be Submitted To Portsmouth Naval Shipyard For Review And Acceptance Prior To Each Shipment Of Material. Certification Documentation Must Be Submitted Via Wawf (wide Area Work Flow). enter In Wawf As Follows: "ship To" N50286 "inspect By" N39040 "accept By" N39040 and Email Notification Field: Port_ptnh_wawf_notification@navy.mil no Material Is To Be Shipped Prior To The Receipt Of Acceptance. date Of First Submission=asreq block 4 - Paragraphs 10.2.2, 10.2.3, 10.2.4, And 10.3 Of Di-misc-80678 Do Not Apply. block 12 - Certification Data Must Be Submitted To Portsmouth Naval Shipyard For Review And Acceptance Prior To Each Shipment Of Material. Certification Documentation Must Be Submitted Via Wawf (wide Area Work Flow). enter In Wawf As Follows: "ship To" N50286 "inspect By" N39040 "accept By" N39040 and Email Notification Field: Port_ptnh_wawf_notification@navy.mil no Material Is To Be Shipped Prior To The Receipt Of Acceptance.

Description: Contact Information|4|n743.6|wvf|564.230.3066|francine.a.pommells.civ@us.navy.mil| item Unique Identification And Valuation (jan 2023)|19|||||||||||||||||||| higher-level Contract Quality Requirement (navicp Review Feb 1991)(feb 1999)|1|see Specification Sections C And E| inspection Of Supplies--fixed-price (aug 1996)|2||| inspection And Acceptance - Short Version|8|x||x|||||| variation In Quantity (apr 1984)|3|0%|-5%|total Contract Quantity| time Of Delivery (june 1997)|20|0001|100|365 Days|||||||||||||||||| general Information-fob-destination|1|b| wide Area Workflow Payment Instructions (jan 2023)|16|stand-alone Receiving Report - Certifications Combo-receiving Report & Invoice - Material|n/a|tbd|n00104|tbd|n39040 - Certifications, S4306a - Material|n50286|tbd|133.2|n/a|n/a|s4306a - Material|n/a|n/a|see Dd1 423|port_ptnh_wawf_notification@navy.mil| navy Use Of Abilityone Support Contractor - Release Of Offeror Information (3-18))|1|| equal Opportunity (sep 2016)|2||| warranty Of Supplies Of A Noncomplex Nature (june 2003)|6|one Year From Date Of Delivery|one Year From Date Of Delivery||||| warranty Of Data--basic (mar 2014)|2||| buy American-free Trade Agreements-balance Of Payments Program-basic (feb 2024)|11|||||||||||| notice Of Total Small Business Set-aside (oct 2020)(deviation 2020-o0008)|1|| alternate A, Annual Representations And Certifications (oct 2024)|13|||||||||||||| buy American-free Trade Agreements-balance Of Payments Program Certificate-basic (feb 2024))|5|||||| buy American-balance Of Payments Program Certificate-basic (feb 2024)|1|| annual Representations And Certifications (may 2024)|13|332722|600|||||||||||| notice Of Priority Rating For National Defense, Emergency Perpardeness, And Enrgy Progam Use (april 2008))|2||x| solicitation Is Hereby Amended To Extend The Closing Date To 15jan2025. 1. Data Item A001 (inspection And Test Plan) May Be Waived If Already On Fileat Navsup Wss Mech. 2. Navsup Wss Mech Will Be Considering Past Performance In The Evaluation Ofoffers. See Clause 252.213-7000. 3. The Following Proposed Delivery Schedule Applies: submission Of All Certification Data Cdrls 20 Days Prior To Delivery. pnsy Review/acceptance Of Certification Cdrls After Receipt final Delivery Of Material (365 Days) please Quote Actual Delivery Days early And Incremental Delivery Is Acceptable At No Additional Cost To Thegovernment. 4. This Procurement Is Issued Pursuant To Emergency Acquisition Flexibilities. 5. A Variation In Quantity Of -5% Of The Total Contract Quantity Is Allowed.see Far 52.211-16 For Further Details. \ 1. Scope 1.1 The Material Covered In This Contract/purchase Order Will Be Used In A Crucial Shipboard System. The Use Of Incorrect Or Defective Material Would Create A High Probability Of Failure Resulting In Serious Personnel Injury, Loss Of Life, Loss Of Vital shipboard Systems, Or Loss Of The Ship Itself. Therefore, The Material Has Been Designated As Special Emphasis Material (level I, Scope Of Certification, Or Quality Assured) And Special Control Procedures Are Invoked To Ensure Receipt Of Correct Material. 2. Applicable Documents 2.1 Order Of Precedence - In The Event Of A Conflict Between The Text Of This Contract/purchase Order And The References And/or Drawings Cited Herein, The Text Of This Contract/purchase Order Must Take Precedence. Nothing In This Contract/purchase Order, however, Must Supersede Applicable Laws And Regulations Unless A Specific Exemption Has Been Obtained. 2.2 Applicable Documents - The Document(s) Listed Below Form A Part Of This Contract/purchase Order Including Modifications Or Exclusions. 2.2.1 Documents, Drawings, And Publications Supplied Are Listed Under "drawing Number". These Items Should Be Retained Until An Award Is Made. 2.2.2 "document References" Listed Below Must Be Obtained By The Contractor. Ordering Information Is Included As An Attachment To This Contract/purchase Order. 2.2.3 Specification Revisions - The Specification Revisions Listed Under "documents References" Below Are The Preferred Revision. Older And/or Newer R Evisions Are Acceptable When Listed Within Contract Support Library Reference Number Csd155 In Ecds (electric contractor Data Submission) At: Ht Tps://register.nslc.navy.mil/. This Is To Allow Contractors To Use Certain Acceptable Older Specification Revisions To Purge Their Existing Stock Of Material Certified To Those Older Revisions Or To Use Newer Specification revisions When Material Is Certified To Newly Released Revisions,without Requiring The Submittal Of Waiver/deviation Requests For Each Specification Revision On Every Contract. Revisions Of Specifications Reflecting Editorial And/or Re-approval (e.g. E2009, r2014, Etc.) Are Considered Inconsequential, But Are Acceptable When Their Revisions Are Listedwithin Csd155 Or Elsewhere Within This Contract. drawing Data=6640201 |53711| E| |d|0001 | E|49998|0079156 drawing Data=6640201 |53711| E| |d|0002 | E|49998|0046124 drawing Data=6640201 |53711| E| |d|0003 | E|49998|0040459 drawing Data=6640201 |53711| E| |d|0004 | E|49998|0030707 drawing Data=6640201 |53711| E| |d|0005 | E|49998|0034512 drawing Data=6640201 |53711| E| |d|0006 | E|49998|0030884 document Ref Data=fed-std-h28 | | |b |190424|a| | | document Ref Data=fed-std-h28 | | |d |080310|f| |01| document Ref Data=fed-std-h28 |0020| |b |941221|a| |01| document Ref Data=ansi/asq Z1.4 | | | |080101|a| | | document Ref Data=qq-n-286 | | |g |001207|a| | | document Ref Data=astm-a574 | | | |211201|a| | | document Ref Data=astm-f606 | | | |191115|a| | | document Ref Data=mil-std-792 | | |f |060519|a| | | document Ref Data=mil-dtl-1222 | | |j |001208|a| | | document Ref Data=iso_9001 | | | |081115|a| | | document Ref Data=iso10012 | | | |030415|a| | | document Ref Data=iso/iec 17025 | | | |050515|a| | | document Ref Data=mil-i-45208 | | |a |810724|a| 1| | document Ref Data=mil-std-45662 | | |a |880801|a| | | document Ref Data=ansi/ncsl Z540.3 | | | |130326|a| | | document Ref Data=t9074-as-gib-010/271 | | |1 |140911|a| | | 3. Requirements 3.1 ;screw, Cap, Socket Head, To Be In Accordance With Naval Sea Drawing 408-6640201, Item 29, Except As Amplified Or Modified Herein.; 3.2 The Unit Of Issue Is Each. the Contractor Is Required To Provide One Additional Fastener For Each Uniquely Identified Heat/lot Of Material In Each Shipment. Complete Traceability Must Be Maintained On This Extra Fastener. 3.3 Material For Parts Requiring Certification - Quantitative Chemical And Mechanical Analysis Is Required For The Parts Listed Below Unless Specifically Stated Otherwise: part - ;screw, Cap, Socket Head; material - ;qq-n-286, Annealed And Age Hardened; 3.4 Testing Certification - Certifications Are Required For The Following Tests On The Items Listed Below. Additional Testing On Other Piece Parts (if Any) Per Applicable Drawings And Specifications Is Still Required, But Certifications Are Only Required As listed Below. test - ;liquid Penetrant Inspection; item - ;screw, Cap, Socket Head; performance - T9074-as-gib-010/271; Sampling Must Be Per Mil-dtl-1222 acceptance - Mil-dtl-1222 attribute - Annealing And Age Hardening item - ;screw, Cap, Socket Head; performance - Qq-n-286 test - Ultrasonic Inspection On Starting Material item - ;all Items Requiring Certification Made From Qq-n-286 With A Diameter Or Minimum Distance Between Parallel Surfaces Of 4 Inches Or Greater Of The Starting Material, Or When Required By A Drawing Or Specification Invoked Elsewhere In This Contract; performance - T9074-as-gib-010/271 Or Mil-std-2132, And Qq-n-286 acceptance - Qq-n-286 3.5 K-monel Fasteners - Material Must Be Heat Treated Per Qq-n-286. 3.5.1 Fasteners That Have Been Hot Or Cold Headed Or Roll Threaded Must Be Solution Annealed Followed By Age Hardening Subsequent To All Heading And Thread Rolling Operations. The Mechanical Properties On Certifications Must Be Actual Properties Of The annealed And Age Hardened Material And Must Meet The Requirements Of Qq-n-286. 3.5.2 Qq-n-286 Fasteners That Have Been Headed And/or Roll Threaded Must Not Beage Hardened Unless The Material Has Been Solution Annealed Subsequent To The Heading And Threading Operations. Threads Formed After The Final Age Hardening Heat Treatment Must Be cut Or Ground Only. 3.6 K-monel Fasteners - K-monel Externally Threaded Fasteners Must Have Mechanical Properties Determined In Accordance With Mil-dtl-1222. Test Results Must Include Tensile, Yield, Elongation And Hardness As Required By Mil-dtl-1222. (the Hardness Tests Must Be performed On A Full Size Fastener.) 3.6.1 Studs Require An Axial Tensile Test In Accordance With Mil-dtl-1222. 3.6.2 Headed Fasteners Require A Wedge Tensile Test As Specified Elsewhere In This Contract/purchase Order. 3.7 Thread Forming - The Following Provides The Official Interpretation Of Paragraph 4.5.2.7 Of Mil-dtl-1222. 3.7.1 In Order To Qualify For "alternate Mechanical Testing" Found In Mil-dtl-1222j Paragraph 4.5.2.7 And Utilize The Mechanical Properties For The Starting Bar Stock In Lieu Of Performing Yield Strength Or Proof Stress Testing On Finished Fasteners, All Of the Subsequent Provisions Found In Mil-dtl-1222j Paragraphs 4.5.2.7 A Through E Must Be Met. If Any Single Provision Is Not Met, All Required Mechanical Testing Must Be Performed On The Finished Full Sized Fasteners. These Provisions Are Explained As Follows: a. Proper Product Lot Control And Traceability Must Be In Place. b. No Heat Treatment (including Hot Heading And Hot Forming), Cold Forming, Drawing, Rolling And Thread Rolling May Be Performed On The Starting Bar, Fastener Blanks Or Finished Fasteners After The Completion Of The Mechanical Testing On The Starting Bar. c. And D. The Proper Size Starting Bar Must Be Selected To Ensure Mechanical Properties Of Finished Fasteners Are Represented By The Mechanical Properties Of The Starting Bar. e. The Mandatory Testing, Axial Tensile (studs) And Wedge Tensile (screws And Bolts) Must Be Performed On Full Sized Fasteners. Note That There Is A Typographical Error In Paragraph 4.5.2.7 And That The Axial Load Test Is A Mandatory Test That Must Be performed On Studs As Required In Paragraph 4.5.2.7.e. 3.7.2 Thread Rolling Is A Cold Working Process And Is Not Considered To Be A Machining Or Grinding Operation. Therefore, Fasteners Which Have Rolled Threads Do Not Satisfy The Provisions Of Mil-dtl-1222j Paragraph 4.5.2.7.b And Are Not Eligible For The "alternate Mechanical Testing" Provision. 3.7.3 Thread Rolling Alone Is Not A Sufficient Cold Working Process To Qualify A Fastener To Be In The Cold Worked (cw) Condition. This Condition Is Only Applicable To Some 300 Series Stainless Steel Studs, Screws And Nuts. These Cw Condition Fasteners Must be Manufactured From Cold Worked Bar Stock Or Be Cold Headed In Order To Qualify. The Threads May Subsequently Be Rolled, Machined Or Ground. Testing Of The Finished Fasteners And/or Reporting Of The Starting Bar Stock Material Properties Is Subject To The same Provisions Found In Mil-dtl-1222j Paragraph 4.5.2.7 And Discussed Above. 3.8 Wedge Tensile Test Specimens (headed Fasteners) - A Wedge Tensile Test Must Be Conducted On A Full Size Fastener For Each Production Lot And Reported Aspart Of The Mechanical Properties. The Required Specimens For The Wedge Tensile Test Must Be Separate fasteners From Those Required For The Yield Test. 3.8.1 Testing For Socket Head Cap Screws Must Be In Accordance Mil-dtl-1222, Paragraphs 4.5.2.3 And 4.5.2.3.1. 3.8.2 Testing For All Other Headed Fasteners With A Nominal Diameter Greater Than 1/4-inch Must Be In Accordance With Astm-f606 For Grades 5, 8, B7, And B16.for All Other Grades, The Following Wedge Angles Must Be Used. a. Except As Specified In Item C Below, Fasteners With A Nominal Diameter Of 1/4-inch Through 1-inch (inclusive) Must Be Tested With A Ten Degree Wedge. b. Except As Specified In Item C Below, Fasteners With A Nominal Diameter Over 1-inch Must Be Tested With A Six Degree Wedge. c. Fasteners That Are Of Grades 8, B7, B16, 410, 416, 416se, 431, And 630 And Are Threaded Within One Diameter To The Underside Of The Head Must Be Tested As Follows: sizes 1/4 Inch Through 3/4 Inch (inclusive) Use A Six Degree Wedgesizes Over 3/4 Inch Use A Four Degree Wedge d. Fasteners Which Have Passed Testing With Wedge Angles Greater Than Those Specified Should Be Considered Acceptable. 3.8.3 For Fasteners Having A Length Less Than The Minimum Specified In Table 1 Of Astm-f606, One "test Specimen Fastener" Must Be Manufactured From Each Lot Of Fasteners And Tested To Represent That Lot. The Length Of These Test Specimen Fasteners Must Meet the Minimum Specified In Table 1 Of Astm-f606 But Must Not Exceed It By More Than 1/4 Inch. Test Specimen Fasteners Must Be The Same Type, Style, And Diameter As The Production Lot And Must Be Manufactured From The Same Starting Material, Using The Same manufacturing Techniques As The Production Lot, And Must Be Heat Treated (if Required) Along With The Production Lot. 3.9 Slow Strain Rate Tensile Test Laboratories - The Slow Strain Rate Tensile Test Of Qq-n-286 Must Be Performed By One Of The Following Laboratories: huntington Alloys, A Special Metals Company attn: Bill Bolenr 3200 Riverside Drive huntington, Wv 257059 phone: (304) 526-5889 fax: (304) 526-5973 metallurgical Consultants, Inc. attn: W. M. Buehler 4820 Caroline po Box 88046 houston, Tx 77288-0046 phone: (713) 526-6351 fax: (713) 526-2964 naval Surface Warfare Center, Carderock Division attn: Eric Focht Code 614 9500 Macarthur Blvd west Bethesda, Md 20817-5700 phone: (301) 227-5032 fax: (301) 227-5576 teledyne Allvac attn: Dr. W. D. Cao 2020 Ashcraft Ave. monroe, Nc 28110 phone: (704) 289-4511 fax: (704) 289-4269 westmoreland Mechanical Testing And Research Inc. attn: Andrew Wisniewski p.o. Box 388 youngstown, Pa 15696-0388 mannesmann Rohrenwerke mannesmann Forschungsinstitut (mfi) attn: Dr. Weiss postfach 251160 47251 Duisburg germany phone: 011-49-0203-9993194 fax: 011-49-0203-9994415 thyssenkrupp Vdm Usa, Inc. attn: D. C. Agarwal 11210 Steeplecrest Drive, Suite 120 houston, Tx 77065-4939 phone: (281) 955-6683 3.10 Thread Inspection Requirements - All Threads On Threaded Parts Must Be Inspected Using Appropriate Inspection Methods, Inspection Systems, And Inspection Gages/instruments In Accordance With Fed-std-h28 Series. Substitution Of Thecommercial Equivalent inspection In Accordance With Asme B1 Series Is Acceptable. 3.10.1 System 21 Of Fed-std-h28/20 Must Be Used As A Minimum Inspection Requirement For Threads When The Design Drawing Or Design Specification Does Not Specify An Inspection Requirement. 3.10.2 For Navy And Shipyard Drawings, System 21 Of Fed-std-h28/20 May Be Substituted For System 22 Without Further Navy Approval When The Design Drawing Invokes System 22 And Does Not Cite Governing Specifications That Specifically Require System 22. System 22 Of Fed-std-h28/20 Must Be Used When The Drawing References Other Governing Specifications That Specifically Require System 22, Such As Certain Thread Types Of Mil-dtl-1222. 3.10.3 A Written Request For Concurrence Must Be Submitted When Utilizing Alternative Measuring Equipment Or Measuring Systems Not Applicable To The Specified Inspection System. 3.11 Configuration Control - The Contractor Must Maintain The Total Equipment Baseline Configuration. For Items Of Proprietary Design, Contractor Drawings Showing The Latest Assembly Configuration Must Be Provided To The Government In Electronic (c4) Format. definitions Are Provided Elsewhere In The Contract/purchase Order. 3.11.1 Waivers/deviations - All Waivers And Deviations, Regardless Of Significance Or Classification Require Review And Approval By The Contracting Officer. Waivers And Deviations Must Be Designated As Critical, Major, Or Minor. The Contractor Must Provide a Copy Of This Request To The Qar. Requests Must Include The Information Listed Below. A. A Complete Description Of The Contract Requirement Affected And The Nature Of The Waiver/deviation (non-conformance), Including A Classification Of Critical, Major, Or Minor. B. Number Of Units (and Serial/lot Numbers) To Be Delivered In This Configuration. C. Any Impacts To Logistics Support Elements (such As Software, Manuals, Spares, Tools, And Similar) Being Utilized By Government Personnel Or Impacts To The Operational Use Of The Product. D. Information About Remedial Action Being Taken To Prevent Reoccurrence Of The Non-conformance. 3.11.2 All Requests For Waivers/deviations On Navsup-wss Contracts Must Be Submitted To The Navsup Wss Contracting Specialist Via Email. 3.11.3 Ecps - The Government Will Maintain Configuration Control And Change Authority For All Modifications Or Changes Affecting Form, Fit, Function, Or Interface Parameters Of The Equipment And Its Sub-assemblies. The Contractor Must Submit An Engineering change Proposal (ecp) For Any Class I Or Ii Changes That Impact The Equipment Covered By This Contract. Ecps Must Be Prepared In Contractor Format, And Must Include The Following Information: A. The Change Priority, Change Classification (class I Or Class Ii), And Change Justification. B. A Complete Description Of The Change To Be Made And The Need For That Change. C. A Complete Listing Of Other Configuration Items Impacted By The Proposed Change And A Description Of The Impact On Those Cis. D. Proposed Changes To Documents Controlled By The Government. E. Proposed Serial/lot Number Effectivities Of Units To Be Produced In, Or Retrofitted To, The Proposed Configuration. F. Recommendations About The Way A Retrofit Should Be Accomplished. G. Impacts To Any Logistics Support Elements (such As Software, Manuals, Spares, Tools, And Similar) Being Utilized By Government Personnel In Support Of The Product. H. Impacts To The Operational Use Of The Product. I. Complete Estimated Life-cycle Cost Impact Of The Proposed Change. J. Milestones Relating To The Processing And Implementation Of The Engineering Change. 3.12 Mercury Free - Mercury And Mercury Containing Compounds Must Not Be Intentionally Added Or Come In Direct Contact With Hardware Or Supplies Furnished Under This Contract. Mercury Contamination Of The Material Will Be Cause For Rejection. 3.13 Certificate Of Compliance - (special Emphasis Material) The Contractor Must Prepare And Submit A Certificate Of Compliance Certifying That The Items/components Furnished Under This Contract Comply With The Requirements Of The Procurement Document, including Any/all Invoked Specifications And Drawings. ^ Quality Assurance Requirements ^ 3.14 See Cdrl Di-misc-80678 (test Certification) - A Statement Of Tests Performed, Listing The Pieces Tested Must Be Furnished Along With A Copy Of The Test Results. Certification Must Include The Contractor's Name, Address And Date, Quantity Inspected, identified To The Contract/purchase Order And Item Number, And The Contractor's Or Authorized Personnel's Signature. Test Certifications Must Reference The Standard/specification, Including The Revision, To Which The Testing Was Performed And The Acceptance criteria Used. Test Procedure Numbers May Also Be Referenced On Test Reports. Test Reports On Weldments Must Be Identified To Weld Joint And Layer. 3.15 Quality System Requirements - The Contractor Furnishing Items Under This Contract/purchase Order Must Provide And Maintain A Quality System In Accordance With Iso-9001 As Amplified Or Modified Herein, With The Calibration System Requirements Of Iso-10012 or Ansi-z540.3 With Iso-17025. A Quality System In Accordance With Mil-i-45208, With The Calibration System Requirements Of Mil-std-45662, Is Acceptable As An Alternate. 3.15.1 The Contractor's Quality System And Products Supplied Under The System Are Subject To Evaluation, Verification Inspection, And Acceptance/nonacceptance By The Government Representative To Determine The System's Effectiveness In Meeting The Quality requirements Established In The Contract/purchase Order. 3.15.2 The Contractor's Quality System Must Be Documented And Must Be Available For Review By The Contracting Officer Or His Representative Prior To Initiation Of Production And Throughout The Life Of The Contract. The Prime Contractor Must, Upon notification, Make His Facilities Available For Audit By The Contracting Officer Or His Authorized Representative. 3.15.3 See Cdrl Di-qcic-81110 (inspection System Procedures) - All Suppliers Of Level I/subsafe (li/ss) Material Are Required To Submit A Copy Of Their Current Documented Quality System Procedures To The Procurement Contracting Officer (pco) Prior To Award Of any Contract/purchase Order. Suppliers That Have A Copy Of Their Current Quality System Procedures On File At The Procuring Activity May Request The Pco Waive This Requirement. 3.15.4 This Contract Provides For The Performance Of Government Quality Assurance At Source. The Place Or Places Of Performance May Not Be Changed Without The Authorization Of The Procurement Contracting Officer. Upon Receipt Of This Order, Promptly Notify the Government Representative Who Normally Services Your Plant So That Appropriate Planning For Government Inspection Can Be Accomplished. If You Do Not Have An Assigned Government Representative, Notify The Nearest Defense Contract Management Agency (dcma) office. In The Event That A Local Government Representative Or Dcma Office Cannot Be Located, Our Purchasing Agent Should Be Notified Immediately. 3.15.5 Any Changes Made By The Contractor To A Qualified Quality System Will Require Re-submittal To The Pco And Concurrence By The Government Quality Assurance Representative Prior To Adoption. 3.16 Contractor Inspection Requirements - The Contractor Must Maintain Adequate Records Of All Inspections And Tests. The Records Must Indicate The Nature And Number Of Observations Made, The Number And Type Of Deficiencies Found, The Quantities Approved And rejected And The Nature Of Corrective Action Taken As Appropriate. Inspection Records Must Be Traceable To The Material Inspected. 3.16.1 The Supplier's Gages, Measuring And Test Equipment Must Be Made Available For Use By The Government Representative When Required To Determine Conformance With Contract Requirements. When Conditions Warrant, The Supplier's Personnel Must Be Made available For Operations Of Such Devices And For Verification Of Their Accuracy And Condition. 3.16.2 All Documents And Reference Data Applicable To This Contract Must Be Available For Review By The Government Representative. Copies Of Documents Required For Government Inspection Purposes Must Be Furnished In Accordance With The Instructions Provided by The Government Representative. 3.17 Subcontractor Inspection Requirements - The Government Has The Right To Inspect At Source, Any Supplies Or Services That Were Not Manufactured Or Performed Within The Contractor's Facility. Such Inspection Can Only Be Requested By Or Under Authorization of The Government Representative. Any Purchasing Documents To A Subcontractor Must Cite The Applicable Portions Of The Contractually Invoked Quality System (e.g. Calibration Requirements), Plus Any Product Requirements That Apply To The Supplies Being purchased. When The Government Elects To Perform Source Inspection At The Subcontractor's Facility, Applicable Purchase Documents Must Be Annotated With The Following Statement: "a Government Inspection Is Required Prior To Shipment From Your Plant. Upon receipt Of This Order, Promptly Notify The Government Representative Who Normally Services Your Plant So That Appropriate Planning For Government Inspection Can Be Accomplished. If You Do Not Have An Assigned Government Representative, Notify The Nearest defense Contract Management Agency (dcma) Office. In The Event That A Local Government Representative Or Dcma Office Cannot Be Located, Our Purchasing Agent Should Be Notified Immediately." 3.17.1 The Prime Contractor's Program Must Include Procedures To Assess The Capability Of The Prospective Suppliers To Produce The Products Or Supply The Services In Accordance With The Contract, Prior To The Issuance Of Any Purchase Document. 3.17.2 Each Sub-tier Supplier Of Material Or Services For Items In Section 3 Of This Contract Must Be Subjected To A Periodic Review Or Audit By The Prime To Determine The Continued Capability Of The Supplier To Control The Quality Of The Products Or Services specified In The Purchase Order Or Contract. 3.17.3 The Prime Contractor Must Ensure That The Purchased Product Conforms To Specified Purchase Requirements And This Contract. The Type And Extent Of Control Applied To The Supplier And The Purchased Product Must Be Dependent Upon The Effect Of The purchased Product On The End Item Represented By This Contract. 3.17.4 The Prime Contractor Must Evaluate The Requirements Of The Contract And Select Suppliers Based On Their Ability To Supply The Product In Accordance With The Prime Contractor's Requirements And The Contract. Criteria For Selection And Evaluation Must Be established. Records Of This Effort Must Be Available For Review By The Government. 3.17.5 The Prime Contractor's Supplier Quality Assurance Program Must Provide For A Review Of Purchase Documents To Assure Applicable Quality Requirements Are Included Or Referenced In The Documentation For Compliance By The Supplier. 3.18 Government Furnished Material And/or Equipment (gfm/gfe) - When Material Or Equipment Is Furnished By The Government, The Contractor Must Develop Documented Control Procedures That Require At Least The Following: 3.18.1 Visual Examination Upon Receipt To Detect Damage During Transit. 3.18.2 Inspection For Completeness And Proper Type. 3.18.3 Verification Of Material Quality Received. 3.18.4 Periodic Inspection And Precautions To Assure Adequate Storage Conditions And To Guard Against Damage From Handling And Deterioration During Storage. 3.18.5 Functional Testing, Either Prior To Or After Installation, Or Both, As Required By The Contract To Determine Satisfactory Operation. 3.18.6 Identification And Protection From Improper Use Or Disposition. 3.18.7 Reporting To The Government, Any Gfm Or Gfe Property Found Damaged, Malfunctioning, Or Otherwise Unsuitable For Use. In The Event Of Damage Or Malfunction During Or After Installation, The Supplier Must Determine And Record Probable Cause And Necessity for Withholding The Material From Use. 3.18.8 For Gfe Material, And As Required By The Terms Of The Bailment Agreement, The Supplier Must Establish Procedures For Adequate Storage, Maintenance, And Inspection Of Bailed Government Material. Records Of All Inspection And Maintenance Performed On bailed Property Must Be Maintained. 3.18.9 Material Returned To The Contractor Must Be Handled As Gfm. 3.19 Traceability And Certification Requirements - To Assure That Correct Materials Are Installed In Level I/subsafe Systems, It Is Imperative That Traceability Be Maintained From The Material To The Material Certification Test Report And Other Required objective Quality Evidence (oqe). The Material Certification Report Must Completely And Accurately Reflect That The Material Supplied Meets The Specified Requirements. 3.19.1 The Following Provides The Minimum Requirements For Maintaining Material Traceability And Supplements The Requirements Specified In Di-misc-81020 And Elsewhere In The Contract/purchase Order. The Contractor Must Develop Written Procedures That implement The Material Control Requirements Stated Herein. 3.20 Material Traceability - The Certification Data Report Must Be Identified Through A Unique Traceability Number, Heat-lot Number, Or Heat-treat Number, As Applicable, Which Must Also Be Marked On The Material. This Traceability Marking On The Material Must provide Direct Traceability To The Material's Chemical Composition And Mechanical Properties Certification Data. For Material Produced By Batch, Continuous Cast, Or Continuous Pour Processes, Samples Must Be Taken No Less Than Once In Every Eight Hours Of operation For The Purpose Of Validating Proper Chemical Composition And Mechanical Properties. Traceability Must Be Maintained Through All Process Operations Including Any Subcontracted Operations, To The Finished Component. 3.21 See Cdrl Di-misc-81020 (chemical And Mechanical) - Material Certification - In Addition To The Certification Data Requirements Specified In Di-misc-81020, The Following Material Certification Requirements Apply: 3.21.1 Quantitative Chemical And Mechanical Analysis Of Material Is Required ;in Accordance With Mil-dtl-1222; .test Reports Must Be Traceable To Traceability Marking On The Material. Material Certification Test Reports Must Include The Class, Form, Condition, grade, Type, Finish, And/or Composition, As Applicable, Of The Material Supplied. 3.21.2 Re-identification And Re-certification Of Material Is Required When The Material Is Subjected To A Process Which Alters It's Properties. If The Starting Material Or Raw Stock Is Processed In A Manner That Will Not Affect Its Chemical Composition Or mechanical Properties, The Original Certifications For The Chemical Composition And Mechanical Properties, As Required By The Material Specification, Are Acceptable. Re-certification Of The Chemical Or Mechanical Properties Is Required If A Process Is Used during Fabrication That Alters The Original Properties Of The Material (e.g. Alloying, Heat Treating, Or Forming). In These Instances, The Properties Of The Material Must Be Re-determined And Documented To Reflect The Altered Condition. The Altered Material must Be Uniquely Re-identified. The Properties Thus Determined And Documented, Are Required For Final Certification And Must Conform To The Material Specification Or The Contract/purchase Order Requirements. When Only The Mechanical Properties Are Altered, the Original Certification For Chemical Composition Must Be Overstamped And/or Annotated With The Unique Traceability marking Used With The Altered Material And At A Minimum Contain The Information Below. traceability Marking ________________________________________________ (marking On Finished Item) is Fabricated From Raw Material Identified To heat/lot Number ________________ And Heat Treat Number ________________________ (when Applicable) _________________________________________ Date _____________________ (name And Signature Of Auth. Co. Rep.) 3.21.3 Material Certification Data Forwarded By The Manufacturer Must Contain A Signed Certification That The Report Results Represent The Actual Attributes Of The Material Furnished And Indicate Full Compliance With All Applicable Specification And Contract requirements. Transcription Of Certification Data Is Prohibited. 3.21.4 Statements On Material Certification Documents Must Be Positive And Unqualified. Disclaimers Such As "to The Best Of Our Knowledge" Or "we Believe The Information Contained Herein Is True" Are Not Acceptable. 3.21.5 If Material Is Received Without The Required Certification Papers Or With Incorrect/missing Data On The Certification Papers, The Material Will Be Rejected. 3.22 Material Marking For Traceability And Identification - The Following Are The Minimum Marking Requirements. Additional/alternate Marking Requirements, If Applicable, Will Be Specified Elsewhere In The Contract/purchase Order. In Addition To The Marking requirements On Applicable Drawings And/or Specifications, Marking For Traceability Is Required. All Traceability Marking Must Be Permanently Applied In Accordance With Mil-std-792 (except As Specified Below). An Alternate Marking Method Is Permissible provided It Is An Available Option In The Contractually Invoked Specification Or Drawing, Except In Instances Where The Material Has Been Modified By This Contract/purchase Order And Differs From That Specified In The Specification Or Drawing. 3.22.1 Fasteners Must Be Marked In Accordance With ;mil-dtl-1222; . The Method Of Marking Must Be Types I, Ii, Iii, V, Viii Or Ix Of Mil-std-792 Except For Grades 410, 416 And 431 In The H Condition And Grades 8, 630, A574, And 4340 Which Must Be Marked By method Ii When Marking Is Applied After The Final Heat Treatment. Markings On Fasteners That Are To Be Coated Must Be Marked Prior To Coating And Have A Minimum Depth Of 4 Mils. Traceability Marking Must Be Legible After The Application Of Protective compounds. 3.22.2 Marking Is Required For All Fasteners Regardless Of Size And Must Include The Material Symbol, The Manufacturer's Identification Symbol, And The Traceability Marking. Marking Must Be Applied On The Head Of Headed Fastener (top Preferred, Side Location if Necessary). Where No Contract Invoked Specification Requirement Exists For This Marking, Self-locking Fasteners Must Be Marked With Six Dots Approximately .032" Diameter, Raised Or Depressed By Approximately .010" Located On The Top Perimeter Of The Head Of the Fastener In An Arc Or Circular Pattern. The Six Dots Must Be Distinguishable From All Other Required Markings. 3.23 Material Handling - The Written Material Control Process Must Include The Following: 3.23.1 All Raw Materials Must Have Traceability Markings (except As Specified Below). 3.23.2 Stored Raw Materials Requiring Traceability Must Be Segregated To Preclude Intermingling With Materials Not Requiring Traceability. 3.23.3 When Traceability Markings Will Be Removed By A Manufacturing Or Fabrication Process, The Marking Must Be Recorded Prior To Removal And Be Immediately Restored Upon Completion Of The Process. If This Cannot Be Done Or Is Impractical, An Appropriate material Control Procedure (such As A Bag And Tag, Tagging, And/or Tote Box Control) Must Be Employed. The Material Control Procedure Must Provide A Method Of Positive Control To Preclude Commingling Of Heats Or Loss Of Traceability. The Traceability Marking must Be Reapplied Upon Completion Of The Final Manufacturing Process. 3.23.4 Purchase Orders For Raw Material Must Specify That The Material Be Traceable To Material Certification Test Reports By The Traceability Marking On The Material And Identified On The Test Reports. The Certification Data Requirements Contained In di-misc-81020 Must Be Invoked By The Prime Contractor On All Subcontractors Supplying Level I Material. 3.23.5 The Material Control Process Must Include Requirements For The Maintenance Of Traceability For Items Sent Out For Subcontracted Operations. If Such Operations Would Remove Traceability Markings, Purchase Or Work Orders Must Specify A Method And Marking location For Remarking. The Contractor Must Also Ensure That Subcontractor Production Controls Are Adequate To Preclude Commingling Of Materials During Processing. 3.24 Receiving Inspection - 3.24.1 Products And Services Produced By Sub-tier Suppliers For Incorporation In The Contract End Item Must Be Subject To Inspection Or Audit At The Time Of Receipt By The Prime Prior To Further Processing Within The Prime Contractor's Plant Or Shipment To another Location. 3.24.2 Receiving Inspection Must Include As A Minimum - verification That The Traceability Marking On The Material Agrees With That On The Certification Test Reports. verification That Certification Test Reports Are Legible And Complete. verification That The Contents Of The Certification Test Reports Are In Compliance With The Contractually Invoked Specifications And Requirements. 3.25 Discrepancy Reporting - 3.25.1 Nonconforming Products From Sub-tier Suppliers Must Be Identified And Processed In Accordance With The Prime Contractor's Procedures For Controlling Nonconforming Products. The Prime Contractor Must Report The Receipt Of Any Nonconforming Products To the Responsible Sub-tier Supplier In Accordance With Established Procedures. Nonconforming Material Records Will Be Maintained And Available For Review By The Government Quality Assurance Representative (qar). 3.26 Final Inspection - The Following Inspections Must Be Performed Prior To Government Inspection And Acceptance. 3.26.1 Material Sampling - Material Must Be Inspected For Form, Fit, And Function. Lot Acceptance Must Be Based On Zero Defects And Lot Rejection Based On One Defect. The Sample Size Must Be In Accordance With The Sampling Plan(s) In The Applicable Military specification Or Standard, Federal Specification Or Standard, Or Drawing To Which The Material Was Manufactured. In The Absence Of Such Sampling Plans, Sampling Inspection Must Be Per Ansi/asq-z1.4, General Inspection Level Ii (for Sample Size Selection Code), table Iia (for Sample Size). small Lot Sizes - For Lot Sizes Of Fifty Or Less, The Minimum Sample Size Must Be Eight Units. For Lot Sizes Of Eight Or Less, The Sample Size Must Be One Hundred Percent Of The Lot. 3.26.2 The Manufacturer May Elect To Use Statistical Process Control (spc) To Assure Product Quality In Lieu Of The Above Attribute Sampling Plan, Provided The Spc Methodology/system Used Provides Acceptable Products To The Government. However, The government/navy Receipt Inspection Activity May Perform Their Acceptance Inspection Of The Material Using The Attribute Sampling Plan Outlined Above. 3.26.3 All Data Concerning Material Verification (chemical And Mechanical Properties), Traceability (material Certifications To Material Marking), And Nondestructive Test (ndt) Certifications For Material Must Be 100% Inspected. The Certification Test Reports must Also Be 100% Inspected For Completeness And Legibility. 3.26.4 All Metallic Material Must Be 100% Inspected For Traceability Marking And That The Marking Is Legible. 3.27 See Cdrl Di-misc-80678 (special Emphasis C Of C) - The Certificate Of Compliance Must Show Traceability To The Marking Applied On Each Individual Item, And Must Contain The Following Information: 1. Contractor's Name, Address And Date. 2. The Contract/purchase Order Number (for Example: N00104-11-p-fa12) 3. The National Stock Number (nsn). The 18 Character National Stock Number For Special Emphasis Material Includes The Two Digit Cog, The Four Digit Fsc, The 9 Digit Niin, And The Two Digit Smic (for Example: 1h 4820 012345678 L1) ("n/a" When Not Applicable). 4. Lubricants, Sealants, Anti-seize, And/or Thread Locking Compounds ("n/a" When Not Applicable). 5. Certification That O-rings, Packing, Gaskets, Or Other Elastomeric Products Were Installed In A Compressed State Within An Assembly Or Sub-assembly, Prior To Expiration Of The Shelf Life ("n/a" When Not Applicable). 6. Manufacturer's Compound Number ("n/a" When Not Applicable). 7. When Weld Procedure Submittal Is Required By The Contract, A Statement That The Approval Date Of The Qualification Data Precedes Any Production Or Repair Welding Performed On This Contract. ("n/a" When Not Applicable). 8. A Statement To The Effect That All Items Furnished On This Contract Are In Full Compliance With The Specifications And Requirements And List Each Contractually Invoked Conformance/compliance Test Performed By Name And That It Was Performed satisfactorily. 9. Contractor's Or Authorized Personnel's Signature. 4. Quality Assurance 4.1 Notes To Dcma Qar And The Contractor - 4.1.1 Dcma Qar And The Contractor For Proprietary Designs - Departures From Contractor Imposed Requirements, Not Specifically Covered By The Contract, Must Be Judged Individually On The Basis Of The Effect, If Any, On Contractual Requirements. When There Is A disagreement Between The Contractor And The Government Representative As To The Effect On Contractual Requirements, The Departure Must Be Considered A Nonconformance And Be Submitted To The Pco For Disposition. 4.1.2 Dcma Qar And The Contractor For Proprietary Designs - All Records Of Departures From Contractor Imposed Requirements Must Be Maintained And Available For Review At The Contractor's Facility. A Copy Must Be Given To The Local Government Representative. A record Of These Departures, Traceable To The Applicablepart Number And Contract Number Must Be Submitted To The Pco. 4.1.3 Dcma Qar And The Contractor For Proprietary Designs - For Proprietary Designs, The Contractor's Part Numbers Are Acceptable For Reference Only. The Delivered Material Must Conform To All Drawings, Specifications, And Other Contractual Requirements. 4.1.4 Dcma Qar - It Is The Responsibility Of Dcma Qar To Review Non-destructive Testing (ndt) Procedures For Navsup Contracts/purchase Orders. 4.1.5 Dcma Qar And The Contractor - The Ecds (electronic Contractor Data Submission) System Is Available For Certain Data Submissions And To Submit Questions And Clarifications, And Waiver Requests On Contracts And Solicitations. Ecds Can Be Found At: https://register.nslc.navy.mil/ 5. Packaging 5.1 Preservation, Packaging, Packing And Marking - Preservation, Packaging, Packing And Marking Must Be In Accordance With The Contract/purchase Order Schedule And As Specified Below. mil-std 2073 Packaging Applies As Found Elsewhere In The Schedule 6. Notes 6.1 Several Definitions Of Terms That Apply To Csi Items Are Listed Below. All Terms May Not Apply To Every Item. 6.1.1 The Ecds (electronic Contractor Data Submission) System Is At: Https://register.nslc.navy.mil/ This Application Will Require Advance Registration Using A Pki Digital Certificate On A Cac. A Vendor User Guide Is Available As Csd001 In The Csd (contract Support Document) Library Within Ecds. 6.1.2 Critical Safety Item (csi) - Any Ship Part, Assembly, Or Support Equipment Containing A Critical Characteristic Whose Failure, Malfunction, Or Absence Of Which Could Cause A Catastrophic Or Critical Failure Resulting In Loss Of, Or Serious Damage To The ship, Or Unacceptable Risk Of Personal Injury Or Loss Of Life. 6.1.3 Critical Process - As Determined By The Twh, Any Process, Operation Or Action Performed On A Ship Csi That Serves To Establish A Critical Characteristic (such As Welding, Soldering, Machining, Polishing, Cleaning, Or Assembling) Or Confirm That A critical Characteristic Is Within Drawing Or Specification Compliance (such As, Testing, Measurement, Or Non-destructive Evaluation). 6.1.4 First Article - Pre-production Models, Initial Product Samples, Test Samples Produced To Ensure A Manufacturer's Capability To Meet Full Specification Requirements. 6.1.5 First Article Test (fat) - Contractually Required Testing And Inspection Of A Supplier's Pre-production, Production, Or "production Representative" Specimens To Evaluate A Manufacturer's Ability To Produce Conforming Product Prior To The Government's commitment To Receive Subsequent Production Items. First Article Testing Is Product Specific And Does Not Assess Manufacturing Process Controls Nor Does It Assure The Effectiveness Of The Manufacturer's Quality Program. 6.1.6 Government Source Inspection (gsi) - Gsi Is Independent Oversight Performed By A Government Representative Usually A Dcma Quality Assurance Representative (qar)) To Assure That Those Unique Product Quality And System Elements, Identified By The contracting Agency As Important, Are Observed And Evaluated. 6.1.7 Quality Assurance Letter Of Instruction (qali) - A Qali Is A Formal Document Initiated By A Contracting Activity That Provides Essential Requirements And Instructions For Contracted Materials To Be Independently Verified And Accepted By A Government representative Prior To Shipment. 6.1.8 Objective Quality Evidence (oqe) - The Quantitative And Qualitative Data Of All Mechanical, Chemical, And Performance Tests Performed (as Required By The Applicable Specification, Drawing, Or Purchase Document) To Prove That The Material Supplied conforms To The Specified Requirements. 6.1.9 Surface Discontinuity - Any Surface Irregularity, Marking, Or Localized Change In Physical Character Of The Surface, Other Than Dimensional, That Exists Infrequently At One Or Several Places. (examples: Burrs, Dents, Nicks, Scratches, Gouges, Pits, center-punches, Scribes, And Tool Marks) Surface Discontinuities Less Than 0.005-inch In Depth Are Acceptable Provided They Do Not Violate Any Other Design Requirements Specified In This Contract/purchase Order. 6.1.10 Traceability Code - A Code Or Number Providing Traceability To The Actual Chemical And Mechanical Properties Of The Specified Heat, Batch, Or Form From Which The Material Originated. 6.1.11 Verification - An Examination Performed To Determine Compliance With A Specific Requirement. 6.1.12 Nonconformance - A Nonconformance Is Defined As Affecting Or Violating The Following: - The Requirements Of This Contract/purchase Order. - Contractually Invoked Drawings (i.e. Envelope Dimensions, Interface Dimensions With Mating Parts/equipment, Center Of Gravity, Weights, Piece Part Identification, Material, Etc.). - Contractually Invoked Federal, Military, Or Commercial Specifications And/or Standards. - Form, Fit, Function, Performance To Contract Requirements, Reliability, Maintainability, Interchangeability, Safety Of Personnel Or Equipment, Or Additional Cost To The Government. 6.1.13 Waiver - A Written Authorization To Accept An Item, Which During Manufacture, Or After Having Been Submitted For Government Inspection Or Acceptance, Is Found To Depart From Specified Requirements, But Nevertheless Is Considered Suitable For Use As Is or After Repair By An Approved Method. 6.1.14 Deviation - A Specific Written Authorization (granted Prior To The Manufacture Of An Item) To Depart From A Particular Requirement(s) Of An Item's Current Approved Configuration Documentation For A Specific Number Of Units Or A Specified Period Of time, And To Accept An Item Which Is Found To Depart From Specified Requirements, But Nevertheless Is Considered Suitable For Use "as Is" Or After Repair By An Approved Method. 6.1.15 Critical Waiver/deviation - This Waiver/deviation Consists Of A Departure Involving Safety. 6.1.16 Major Waiver/deviation - This Waiver/deviation Consists Of A Departure Involving: - Performance - Interchangeability, Reliability, Survivability, Maintainability, Or Durability Of The Item Or Its Repair Parts - Health Or Safety - Effective Use Or Operation - Weight, Stability, Or Structural Integrity - System Design Parameters As Schematics, Flows, Pressures Or Temperatures - Compartment Arrangements Or Assigned Function 6.1.17 Minor Waiver/deviation - This Waiver/deviation Consists Of A Departure Which Does Not Involve Any Of The Factors Listed As Critical Or Major. 6.1.18 Engineering Change (ec) - A Change To The Current Approved Configuration Documentation Of A Configuration Item At Any Point In The Life Cycle Of The Item. 6.1.19 Engineering Change Proposal (ecp) - A Proposed Engineering Change And The Documentation By Which The Change Is Described, Justified, And Submitted To The Government For Approval Or Disapproval. 6.1.20 Class I Ecp - A Class I Ecp Is Approved By The Government's Configuration Control Board And Authorized With A Contract Modification. 6.1.21 Class Ii Ecp - A Class Ii Change Is Typically Reviewed For Concurrence In Classification By The Local Government Representative, Unless Otherwise Specified Elsewhere In The Contract/purchase Order. 6.2 In Accordance With Opnavinst 5510.1 All Documents And Drawings Provided By The U.s. Navy To Perspective Contractors Must Include A "distribution Statement" To Inform The Contractor Of The Limits Of Distribution, And The Safeguarding Of The Information contained On Those Documents And Drawings. 6.2.1 There Are 7 (seven) Separate Distribution Statement Codes Used For Non-classified Documents And Drawings. The Definition For Each Is As Follows: a... Approved For Public Release; Distribution Is Unlimited. b... Distribution Authorized To Us Governments Agencies Only. c... Distribution Authorized To Us Government Agencies And Their Contractors. d... Distribution Authorized To Dod And Dod Contractors Only. e... Distribution Authorized To Dod Components Only. f... Further Distribution Only As Directed By Commander, Naval Sea Systems Command, Code 09t. x... Distribution Is Authorized To Us Government Agencies And Private Individuals Or Enterprises Eligible To Obtain Export Controlled Technical Data In Accordance With Opnavinst 5510.161. 6.3 Ordering Information For Document References - The Department Of Defense Single Stock Point (dodssp), Website Http://www.dsp.dla.mil/, Provides Product Information For The Department Of Defense Index Of Specifications And Standards (dodiss) (i.e.military/federal Specifications And Standards), Data Item Descriptions (dids), And Other Dodssp Products. Most Specifications Can Obtained Directly From Http://quicksearch.dla.mil/ a. Availability Of Cancelled Documents - The Dodssp Offers Cancelled Documentsthat Are Required By Private Industry In Fulfillment Of Contractual Obligationsin Paper Format. Documents Can Be Requested By Phoning The Subscription Services Desk. b. Commercial Specifications, Standards, And Descriptions - These Specifications, Standards And Descriptions Are Not Available From Government Sources. Theymay Be Obtained From The Publishers Of The Applicable Societies. c. Ordnance Standards (os), Weapons Specifications (ws), And Navord Ostd 600 Pages - These Type Publications May Be Obtained By Submitting A Request To: commander, Indian Head Division, Naval Surface Warfare Center code 8410p, 101 Strauss Avenue indian Head, Md 20640-5035 d. On Post-award Actions, Requests For "official Use Only" And "noforn" (not Releasable To Foreign Nationals) Documents Must Identify The Government Contractnumber, And Must Be Submitted Via The Cognizant Defense Contract Management Command (dcmc) For certification Of Need For The Document. On Pre-award Actions Such Requests Must Be Submitted To The Pco For Certification Of Need For The Document. e. Noforn Military Specifications And Standards (including Amendments, Change Notices And Supplements, But Not Interim Changes) To Be Ordered From: contracting Officer navsup-wss code 87321 5450 Carlisle Pike p.o. Box 2020 mechanicsburg, Pa. 17055-0788 f. Nuclear Reactor Publications Assigned Navsea Documents And Identification Numbers (i.e. Navsea Welding Standard, Navsea 250-1500-1) Are To Be Ordered Enue: commanding Officer navsup-wss code 009 5450 Carlisle Pike p.o. Box 2020 mechanicsburg, Pa. 17055-0788 g. Technical Manuals Assigned Navsea Identification Numbers (i.e. Navsea Welding And Brazing Procedure, Navsea S9074-aq-gib-010/248) Are To Be Ordered From: commanding Officer navsup-wss code 1 Support Branch 700 Robbins Avenue philadelphia, Pa. 19111-5094 h. Interim Changes And Classified Specifications Must Be Obtained By Submitting A Request On Dd Form 1425 To Navsup-wss. 6.4 Recent Updates - A Short Description Of Recent Updates To The Technical Requirements Of This Item Are Listed Below, Along With An Implementation Date For Each Issue. The Notes Below Are Only A Generic Quick Reference And Are Provided For Convenience only, Detailed Requirements Will Be Defined Elsewhere In The Technical Sections Of This Contract/purchase Order. ;- 10/20/2016 - Updated Ecds Url - Feb 26 2009 - Clarified Testing And Certs Only Apply To Pieces Listed - Oct 29 2010 - Added Sampling Std For Li In-process Testing - Jun 28 2012 - Updated Ut Of Qq-n-286 Bar 4" And Over - Dec 17 2011 - Expanded Thread Cutting Requirements - Sep 30 2008 - Thread Inspection Requirements Were Clarified - Dec 20 2022 - Removed Requirement For Vender To Submit Waivers/deviations In Ecds - Jan 05 2012 - Added Wawf To Forward Approved Waivers/deviations With Final Oqe - Dec 17 2011 - Moved Quality Assurance Text Location For Readability - Apr 15 2009 - Clarified The Sample Size For Large And Small Lot Sizes - Jan 19 2011 - Added Notification Of Dcma Upon Contract Award - May 02 2009 - Added Lubricants And Sealants To The C Of C - Aug 27 2014 - Took Out Contractor's Phone Number Requirement - Dec 01 2011 - Moved "notes To Dcma Qar" To Qa Section - Jan 5 2017 - Ecds/csd Info Was Added To Definitions In The Notes Section; date Of First Submission=asreq paragraph 10.4 Of Di-qcic-81110 Does Not Apply. date Of First Submission=asreq block 12 - Certification Data Must Be Submitted To Portsmouth Naval Shipyard For Review And Acceptance Prior To Each Shipment Of Material. Certification Documentation Must Be Submitted Via Wawf (wide Area Work Flow). enter In Wawf As Follows: "ship To" N50286 "inspect By" N39040 "accept By" N39040 and Email Notification Field: Port_ptnh_wawf_notification@navy.mil no Material Is To Be Shipped Prior To The Receipt Of Acceptance. date Of First Submission=asreq block 4 - Paragraphs 10.2.1, 10.2.2, 10.2.3, 10.3, And 10.4 Of Di-misc-80678 Do Not Apply. block 12 - Certification Data Must Be Submitted To Portsmouth Naval Shipyard For Review And Acceptance Prior To Each Shipment Of Material. Certification Documentation Must Be Submitted Via Wawf (wide Area Work Flow). enter In Wawf As Follows: "ship To" N50286 "inspect By" N39040 "accept By" N39040 and Email Notification Field: Port_ptnh_wawf_notification@navy.mil no Material Is To Be Shipped Prior To The Receipt Of Acceptance. date Of First Submission=asreq block 4 - Paragraphs 10.2.2, 10.2.3, 10.2.4, And 10.3 Of Di-misc-80678 Do Not Apply. block 12 - Certification Data Must Be Submitted To Portsmouth Naval Shipyard For Review And Acceptance Prior To Each Shipment Of Material. Certification Documentation Must Be Submitted Via Wawf (wide Area Work Flow). enter In Wawf As Follows: "ship To" N50286 "inspect By" N39040 "accept By" N39040 and Email Notification Field: Port_ptnh_wawf_notification@navy.mil no Material Is To Be Shipped Prior To The Receipt Of Acceptance.

Description: Contact Information|4|n743.18|wvf|7176054066|karen.a.palm.civ@us.navy.mil| item Unique Identification And Valuation (jan 2023)|19|||||||||||||||||||| higher-level Contract Quality Requirement (navicp Review Feb 1991)(feb 1999)|1|see Specification Sections C And E| inspection Of Supplies--fixed-price (aug 1996)|2||| variation In Quantity (apr 1984)|3|10|0|total Quantity Of Item 0001| general Information-fob-destination|1|b/a| wide Area Workflow Payment Instructions (jan 2023)|16|material - Invoice & Receiving Report (combo)certifications - Stand-alone Receiving Report|n/a|tbd|n00104|tbd|material-s4306a; Certifications-n39040;|n50286|tbd|133.2|n/a|n/a|material-s4306a|n/a|n/a|see Dd1423| port_ptnh_wawf_notification@navy.mil| navy Use Of Abilityone Support Contractor - Release Of Offeror Information (3-18))|1|| equal Opportunity (sep 2016)|2||| warranty Of Supplies Of A Noncomplex Nature (june 2003)|6|one Year From Date Of Delivery|one Year From Date Of Delivery||||| warranty Of Data--basic (mar 2014)|2||| buy American-free Trade Agreements-balance Of Payments Program-basic (feb 2024)|11|||||||||||| notice Of Total Small Business Set-aside (oct 2020)(deviation 2020-o0008)|1|| alternate A, Annual Representations And Certifications (nov 2023)|13|||||||||||||| buy American-free Trade Agreements-balance Of Payments Program Certificate-basic (feb 2024))|5|||||| buy American-balance Of Payments Program Certificate-basic (feb 2024)|1|| annual Representations And Certifications (may 2024)|13|332722|500|||||||||||| notice Of Priority Rating For National Defense, Emergency Perpardeness, And Enrgy Progam Use (april 2008))|2||x| the Quantity Has Increased From 100 Ea To 150 Ea. Please Provide Pricing For The New Quantity. \ 1. Data Item A001 (inspection And Test Plan) May Be Waived If Already On Fileat Navsup Wss Mechanicsburg. 2. Final Delivery Of Material Will Be On Or Before 200 Days After Effective Dateof The Resulting Contract. 3. Any Contract Awarded As A Result Of This Solicitation Will Be Do Rated order Certified For National Defense Use Under The Defense Priorities And Allocations System (dpas). 4. This Item Requires Production Lot Testing (plt) Which Refers To The "additional" Fastener Required By The Tdp. The Ship To And Delivery Date Is The Same As Line Item 0001aa. 5. A Variation In Quantity Of +10%/-0% Of The Total Contract Quantity Is Allowed. See Far 52.211-16 For Further Details. 1. Scope 1.1 The Material Covered In This Contract/purchase Order Will Be Used In A Crucial Shipboard System. The Use Of Incorrect Or Defective Material Would Create A High Probability Of Failure Resulting In Serious Personnel Injury, Loss Of Life, Loss Of Vital shipboard Systems, Or Loss Of The Ship Itself. Therefore, The Material Has Been Designated As Special Emphasis Material (level I, Scope Of Certification, Or Quality Assured) And Special Control Procedures Are Invoked To Ensure Receipt Of Correct Material. 2. Applicable Documents 2.1 Order Of Precedence - In The Event Of A Conflict Between The Text Of This Contract/purchase Order And The References And/or Drawings Cited Herein, The Text Of This Contract/purchase Order Must Take Precedence. Nothing In This Contract/purchase Order, however, Must Supersede Applicable Laws And Regulations Unless A Specific Exemption Has Been Obtained. 2.2 Applicable Documents - The Document(s) Listed Below Form A Part Of This Contract/purchase Order Including Modifications Or Exclusions. 2.2.1 "document References" Listed Below Must Be Obtained By The Contractor. Ordering Information Is Included As An Attachment To This Contract/purchase Order. 2.2.2 Specification Revisions - The Specification Revisions Listed Under "documents References" Below Are The Preferred Revision. Older And/or Newer R Evisions Are Acceptable When Listed Within Contract Support Library Reference Number Csd155 In Ecds (electric contractor Data Submission) At: Ht Tps://register.nslc.navy.mil/. This Is To Allow Contractors To Use Certain Acceptable Older Specification Revisions To Purge Their Existing Stock Of Material Certified To Those Older Revisions Or To Use Newer Specification revisions When Material Is Certified To Newly Released Revisions,without Requiring The Submittal Of Waiver/deviation Requests For Each Specification Revision On Every Contract. Revisions Of Specifications Reflecting Editorial And/or Re-approval (e.g. E2009, r2014, Etc.) Are Considered Inconsequential, But Are Acceptable When Their Revisions Are Listedwithin Csd155 Or Elsewhere Within This Contract. document Ref Data=ansi/asq Z1.4 | | | |080101|a| | | document Ref Data=qq-n-286 | | |g |001207|a| | | document Ref Data=astm-a574 | | | |211201|a| | | document Ref Data=astm-f606 | | | |191115|a| | | document Ref Data=mil-std-792 | | |f |060519|a| | | document Ref Data=mil-dtl-1222 | | |j |001208|a| | | document Ref Data=iso_9001 | | | |081115|a| | | document Ref Data=iso10012 | | | |030415|a| | | document Ref Data=iso/iec 17025 | | | |050515|a| | | document Ref Data=mil-dtl-18240 | | |f |000313|a| 1| | document Ref Data=qpl 18240 | | |qpd|140611|a| | | document Ref Data=mil-i-45208 | | |a |810724|a| 1| | document Ref Data=mil-std-45662 | | |a |880801|a| | | document Ref Data=ansi/ncsl Z540.3 | | | |130326|a| | | document Ref Data=t9074-as-gib-010/271 | | |1 |140911|a| | | 3. Requirements 3.1 Manufacture And Design - The Item Furnished Under This Contract/purchase Order Must Meet The Requirements As Specified In Mil-dtl-1222, Except As Amplified Or Modified Herein. Mil-dtl-1222 Ordering Data Information Is Provided Below. (a) Studs, Bolts, Hex Cap Screws, Socket Head Cap Screws, And Nuts; Mil-dtl-1222. (b) Part Number - ;n/a; Configuration - ;screw; Type - ;ii; Style - ;n/a; Grade - ;500 (qq-n-286); Condition - ;solution Annealed And Age Hardened; Size - ;3/4 Inch; Length - ;1 3/4 Inches; Thread Series - ;10 Unrc; Class Of Fit - ;3a; End Configuration - ;chamfered; (c) Issue Of Dodiss Is Specified Elsewhere In The Contract/purchase Order. (d) Heat Treatment Must Be Performed In Accordance With Applicable Specifications. (e) Type Of Coating - ;n/a; (f) Aluminum Alloy Fasteners Must Be Coated In Accordance With Mil-dtl-1222, Unless Otherwise Specified In Paragraph (e) Above. (g) Externally Threaded Titanium Alloy Fasteners Must Be Anodized In Accordance With Mil-dtl-1222, Unless Otherwise Specified In Paragraph (e) Above. (h) Cut Or Ground Threads ;are Permitted; . (i) See Ordering Data Item (b) Above As Applicable. (j) Bearing Surfaces - ;n/a; (k) Self-locking Element - ;is Required And Must Be In Accordance With Mil-dtl-18240.; (l) Marking Must Be As Specified In Paragraph 3.13 Of Mil-dtl-1222. (m) Chemical, Mechanical, And Non-destructive Test Results Must Be As Specified Elsewhere In This Contract/purchase Order. (n) Resubmittal Of Fastener Lots That Failed An Examination Is Not Allowed Unless Specifically Approved By The Pco. (o) Retesting Of Mechanical Properties Is Not Allowed Unless Specifically Approved By The Pco. (p) Rework And Resubmittal Of Lots Must Be In Accordance With Mil-dtl-1222. (q) Inspection Of Defects Must Be In Accordance With Mil-dtl-1222, Unless Otherwise Specified Elsewhere In This Contract/purchase Order. (r) Acceptance Criteria For Inspection Of Defects Must Be In Accordance With Mil-dtl-1222, Unless Otherwise Specified In This Contract/purchase Order. (s) Non-destructive Testing Must Be In Accordance With Mil-dtl-1222, Unless Otherwise Specified Elsewhere In This Contract/purchase Order. (t) Mechanical Testing Must Be Performed After Final Heat Treatment, Unless Otherwise Specified Elsewhere In This Contract/purchase Order. (u) Preservation, Packaging, And Packing Requirements Must Be As Specified Elsewhere In The Contract/purchase Order. (v) - (bb) Substituting Material Grades Is Not Allowed Unless Specifically Approved By The Pco. 3.2 The Unit Of Issue Is Each. the Contractor Is Required To Provide One Additional Fastener For Each Uniquely Identified Heat/lot Of Material In Each Shipment. Complete Traceability Must Be Maintained On This Extra Fastener. 3.3 Testing Certification - Certifications Are Required For The Following Tests On The Items Listed Below. Additional Testing (if Any) Per Applicable Specifications Is Still Required, But Certifications Are Only Required As Listed Below. test - ;liquid Penetrant Inspection; item - ;screw, Cap, Socket Head, Self-locking; performance - T9074-as-gib-010/271; Sampling Must Be Per Mil-dtl-1222 acceptance - Mil-dtl-1222 attribute - Annealing And Age Hardening item - ;screw, Cap, Socket Head, Self-locking; performance - Qq-n-286 3.4 Wedge Tensile Test Specimens (headed Fasteners) - A Wedge Tensile Test Must Be Conducted On A Full Size Fastener For Each Production Lot And Reported Aspart Of The Mechanical Properties. The Required Specimens For The Wedge Tensile Test Must Be Separate fasteners From Those Required For The Yield Test. 3.4.1 Testing For Socket Head Cap Screws Must Be In Accordance Mil-dtl-1222, Paragraphs 4.5.2.3 And 4.5.2.3.1. 3.4.2 Testing For All Other Headed Fasteners With A Nominal Diameter Greater Than 1/4-inch Must Be In Accordance With Astm-f606 For Grades 5, 8, B7, And B16.for All Other Grades, The Following Wedge Angles Must Be Used. a. Except As Specified In Item C Below, Fasteners With A Nominal Diameter Of 1/4-inch Through 1-inch (inclusive) Must Be Tested With A Ten Degree Wedge. b. Except As Specified In Item C Below, Fasteners With A Nominal Diameter Over 1-inch Must Be Tested With A Six Degree Wedge. c. Fasteners That Are Of Grades 8, B7, B16, 410, 416, 416se, 431, And 630 And Are Threaded Within One Diameter To The Underside Of The Head Must Be Tested As Follows: sizes 1/4 Inch Through 3/4 Inch (inclusive) Use A Six Degree Wedgesizes Over 3/4 Inch Use A Four Degree Wedge d. Fasteners Which Have Passed Testing With Wedge Angles Greater Than Those Specified Should Be Considered Acceptable. 3.4.3 For Fasteners Having A Length Less Than The Minimum Specified In Table 1 Of Astm-f606, One "test Specimen Fastener" Must Be Manufactured From Each Lot Of Fasteners And Tested To Represent That Lot. The Length Of These Test Specimen Fasteners Must Meet the Minimum Specified In Table 1 Of Astm-f606 But Must Not Exceed It By More Than 1/4 Inch. Test Specimen Fasteners Must Be The Same Type, Style, And Diameter As The Production Lot And Must Be Manufactured From The Same Starting Material, Using The Same manufacturing Techniques As The Production Lot, And Must Be Heat Treated (if Required) Along With The Production Lot. 3.5 K-monel Fasteners - Material Must Be Heat Treated Per Qq-n-286. 3.5.1 Fasteners That Have Been Hot Or Cold Headed Or Roll Threaded Must Be Solution Annealed Followed By Age Hardening Subsequent To All Heading And Thread Rolling Operations. The Mechanical Properties On Certifications Must Be Actual Properties Of The annealed And Age Hardened Material And Must Meet The Requirements Of Qq-n-286. 3.5.2 Qq-n-286 Fasteners That Have Been Headed And/or Roll Threaded Must Not Beage Hardened Unless The Material Has Been Solution Annealed Subsequent To The Heading And Threading Operations. Threads Formed After The Final Age Hardening Heat Treatment Must Be cut Or Ground Only. 3.6 K-monel Fasteners - K-monel Externally Threaded Fasteners Must Have Mechanical Properties Determined In Accordance With Mil-dtl-1222. Test Results Must Include Tensile, Yield, Elongation And Hardness As Required By Mil-dtl-1222. (the Hardness Tests Must Be performed On A Full Size Fastener.) 3.6.1 Studs Require An Axial Tensile Test In Accordance With Mil-dtl-1222. 3.6.2 Headed Fasteners Require A Wedge Tensile Test As Specified Elsewhere In This Contract/purchase Order. 3.7 Slow Strain Rate Tensile Test Laboratories - The Slow Strain Rate Tensile Test Of Qq-n-286 Must Be Performed By One Of The Following Laboratories: huntington Alloys, A Special Metals Company attn: Bill Bolenr 3200 Riverside Drive huntington, Wv 257059 phone: (304) 526-5889 fax: (304) 526-5973 metallurgical Consultants, Inc. attn: W. M. Buehler 4820 Caroline po Box 88046 houston, Tx 77288-0046 phone: (713) 526-6351 fax: (713) 526-2964 naval Surface Warfare Center, Carderock Division attn: Eric Focht Code 614 9500 Macarthur Blvd west Bethesda, Md 20817-5700 phone: (301) 227-5032 fax: (301) 227-5576 teledyne Allvac attn: Dr. W. D. Cao 2020 Ashcraft Ave. monroe, Nc 28110 phone: (704) 289-4511 fax: (704) 289-4269 westmoreland Mechanical Testing And Research Inc. attn: Andrew Wisniewski p.o. Box 388 youngstown, Pa 15696-0388 mannesmann Rohrenwerke mannesmann Forschungsinstitut (mfi) attn: Dr. Weiss postfach 251160 47251 Duisburg germany phone: 011-49-0203-9993194 fax: 011-49-0203-9994415 thyssenkrupp Vdm Usa, Inc. attn: D. C. Agarwal 11210 Steeplecrest Drive, Suite 120 houston, Tx 77065-4939 phone: (281) 955-6683 3.8 Configuration Control - The Contractor Must Maintain The Total Equipment Baseline Configuration. For Items Of Proprietary Design, Contractor Drawings Showing The Latest Assembly Configuration Must Be Provided To The Government In Electronic (c4) Format. definitions Are Provided Elsewhere In The Contract/purchase Order. 3.8.1 Waivers/deviations - All Waivers And Deviations, Regardless Of Significance Or Classification Require Review And Approval By The Contracting Officer. Waivers And Deviations Must Be Designated As Critical, Major, Or Minor. The Contractor Must Provide A copy Of This Request To The Qar. Requests Must Include The Information Listed Below. A. A Complete Description Of The Contract Requirement Affected And The Nature Of The Waiver/deviation (non-conformance), Including A Classification Of Critical, Major, Or Minor. B. Number Of Units (and Serial/lot Numbers) To Be Delivered In This Configuration. C. Any Impacts To Logistics Support Elements (such As Software, Manuals, Spares, Tools, And Similar) Being Utilized By Government Personnel Or Impacts To The Operational Use Of The Product. D. Information About Remedial Action Being Taken To Prevent Reoccurrence Of The Non-conformance. 3.8.2 All Requests For Waivers/deviations On Navsup-wss Contracts Must Be Submitted To The Navsup Wss Contracting Specialist Via Email. 3.8.3 Ecps - The Government Will Maintain Configuration Control And Change Authority For All Modifications Or Changes Affecting Form, Fit, Function, Or Interface Parameters Of The Equipment And Its Sub-assemblies. The Contractor Must Submit An Engineering change Proposal (ecp) For Any Class I Or Ii Changes That Impact The Equipment Covered By This Contract. Ecps Must Be Prepared In Contractor Format, And Must Include The Following Information: A. The Change Priority, Change Classification (class I Or Class Ii), And Change Justification. B. A Complete Description Of The Change To Be Made And The Need For That Change. C. A Complete Listing Of Other Configuration Items Impacted By The Proposed Change And A Description Of The Impact On Those Cis. D. Proposed Changes To Documents Controlled By The Government. E. Proposed Serial/lot Number Effectivities Of Units To Be Produced In, Or Retrofitted To, The Proposed Configuration. F. Recommendations About The Way A Retrofit Should Be Accomplished. G. Impacts To Any Logistics Support Elements (such As Software, Manuals, Spares, Tools, And Similar) Being Utilized By Government Personnel In Support Of The Product. H. Impacts To The Operational Use Of The Product. I. Complete Estimated Life-cycle Cost Impact Of The Proposed Change. J. Milestones Relating To The Processing And Implementation Of The Engineering Change. 3.9 Certificate Of Compliance - (special Emphasis Material) The Contractor Must Prepare And Submit A Certificate Of Compliance Certifying That The Items/components Furnished Under This Contract Comply With The Requirements Of The Procurement Document, including Any/all Invoked Specifications And Drawings. 3.10 Mercury Free - Mercury And Mercury Containing Compounds Must Not Be Intentionally Added Or Come In Direct Contact With Hardware Or Supplies Furnished Under This Contract. Mercury Contamination Of The Material Will Be Cause For Rejection. 3.11 Thread Forming - The Following Provides The Official Interpretation Of Paragraph 4.5.2.7 Of Mil-dtl-1222. 3.11.1 In Order To Qualify For "alternate Mechanical Testing" Found In Mil-dtl-1222j Paragraph 4.5.2.7 And Utilize The Mechanical Properties For The Starting Bar Stock In Lieu Of Performing Yield Strength Or Proof Stress Testing On Finished Fasteners, All Of the Subsequent Provisions Found In Mil-dtl-1222j Paragraphs 4.5.2.7 A Through E Must Be Met. If Any Single Provision Is Not Met, All Required Mechanical Testing Must Be Performed On The Finished Full Sized Fasteners. These Provisions Are Explained As Follows: a. Proper Product Lot Control And Traceability Must Be In Place. b. No Heat Treatment (including Hot Heading And Hot Forming), Cold Forming, Drawing, Rolling And Thread Rolling May Be Performed On The Starting Bar, Fastener Blanks Or Finished Fasteners After The Completion Of The Mechanical Testing On The Starting Bar. c. And D. The Proper Size Starting Bar Must Be Selected To Ensure Mechanical Properties Of Finished Fasteners Are Represented By The Mechanical Properties Of The Starting Bar. e. The Mandatory Testing, Axial Tensile (studs) And Wedge Tensile (screws And Bolts) Must Be Performed On Full Sized Fasteners. Note That There Is A Typographical Error In Paragraph 4.5.2.7 And That The Axial Load Test Is A Mandatory Test That Must Be performed On Studs As Required In Paragraph 4.5.2.7.e. 3.11.2 Thread Rolling Is A Cold Working Process And Is Not Considered To Be A Machining Or Grinding Operation. Therefore, Fasteners Which Have Rolled Threads Do Not Satisfy The Provisions Of Mil-dtl-1222j Paragraph 4.5.2.7.b And Are Not Eligible For The "alternate Mechanical Testing" Provision. 3.11.3 Thread Rolling Alone Is Not A Sufficient Cold Working Process To Qualify A Fastener To Be In The Cold Worked (cw) Condition. This Condition Is Only Applicable To Some 300 Series Stainless Steel Studs, Screws And Nuts. These Cw Condition Fasteners must Be Manufactured From Cold Worked Bar Stock Or Be Cold Headed In Order To Qualify. The Threads May Subsequently Be Rolled, Machined Or Ground. Testing Of The Finished Fasteners And/or Reporting Of The Starting Bar Stock Material Properties Is Subject To the Same Provisions Found In Mil-dtl-1222j Paragraph 4.5.2.7 And Discussed Above. ^ Quality Assurance Requirements ^ 3.12 See Cdrl Di-misc-80678 (test Certification) - A Statement Of Tests Performed, Listing The Pieces Tested Must Be Furnished Along With A Copy Of The Test Results. Certification Must Include The Contractor's Name, Address And Date, Quantity Inspected, identified To The Contract/purchase Order And Item Number, And The Contractor's Or Authorized Personnel's Signature. Test Certifications Must Reference The Standard/specification, Including The Revision, To Which The Testing Was Performed And The Acceptance criteria Used. Test Procedure Numbers May Also Be Referenced On Test Reports. Test Reports On Weldments Must Be Identified To Weld Joint And Layer. 3.13 Quality System Requirements - The Contractor Furnishing Items Under This Contract/purchase Order Must Provide And Maintain A Quality System In Accordance With Iso-9001 As Amplified Or Modified Herein, With The Calibration System Requirements Of Iso-10012 or Ansi-z540.3 With Iso-17025. A Quality System In Accordance With Mil-i-45208, With The Calibration System Requirements Of Mil-std-45662, Is Acceptable As An Alternate. 3.13.1 The Contractor's Quality System And Products Supplied Under The System Are Subject To Evaluation, Verification Inspection, And Acceptance/nonacceptance By The Government Representative To Determine The System's Effectiveness In Meeting The Quality requirements Established In The Contract/purchase Order. 3.13.2 The Contractor's Quality System Must Be Documented And Must Be Available For Review By The Contracting Officer Or His Representative Prior To Initiation Of Production And Throughout The Life Of The Contract. The Prime Contractor Must, Upon notification, Make His Facilities Available For Audit By The Contracting Officer Or His Authorized Representative. 3.13.3 See Cdrl Di-qcic-81110 (inspection System Procedures) - All Suppliers Of Level I/subsafe (li/ss) Material Are Required To Submit A Copy Of Their Current Documented Quality System Procedures To The Procurement Contracting Officer (pco) Prior To Award Of any Contract/purchase Order. Suppliers That Have A Copy Of Their Current Quality System Procedures On File At The Procuring Activity May Request The Pco Waive This Requirement. 3.13.4 This Contract Provides For The Performance Of Government Quality Assurance At Source. The Place Or Places Of Performance May Not Be Changed Without The Authorization Of The Procurement Contracting Officer. Upon Receipt Of This Order, Promptly Notify the Government Representative Who Normally Services Your Plant So That Appropriate Planning For Government Inspection Can Be Accomplished. If You Do Not Have An Assigned Government Representative, Notify The Nearest Defense Contract Management Agency (dcma) office. In The Event That A Local Government Representative Or Dcma Office Cannot Be Located, Our Purchasing Agent Should Be Notified Immediately. 3.13.5 Any Changes Made By The Contractor To A Qualified Quality System Will Require Re-submittal To The Pco And Concurrence By The Government Quality Assurance Representative Prior To Adoption. 3.14 Contractor Inspection Requirements - The Contractor Must Maintain Adequate Records Of All Inspections And Tests. The Records Must Indicate The Nature And Number Of Observations Made, The Number And Type Of Deficiencies Found, The Quantities Approved And rejected And The Nature Of Corrective Action Taken As Appropriate. Inspection Records Must Be Traceable To The Material Inspected. 3.14.1 The Supplier's Gages, Measuring And Test Equipment Must Be Made Available For Use By The Government Representative When Required To Determine Conformance With Contract Requirements. When Conditions Warrant, The Supplier's Personnel Must Be Made available For Operations Of Such Devices And For Verification Of Their Accuracy And Condition. 3.14.2 All Documents And Reference Data Applicable To This Contract Must Be Available For Review By The Government Representative. Copies Of Documents Required For Government Inspection Purposes Must Be Furnished In Accordance With The Instructions Provided by The Government Representative. 3.15 Subcontractor Inspection Requirements - The Government Has The Right To Inspect At Source, Any Supplies Or Services That Were Not Manufactured Or Performed Within The Contractor's Facility. Such Inspection Can Only Be Requested By Or Under Authorization of The Government Representative. Any Purchasing Documents To A Subcontractor Must Cite The Applicable Portions Of The Contractually Invoked Quality System (e.g. Calibration Requirements), Plus Any Product Requirements That Apply To The Supplies Being purchased. When The Government Elects To Perform Source Inspection At The Subcontractor's Facility, Applicable Purchase Documents Must Be Annotated With The Following Statement: "a Government Inspection Is Required Prior To Shipment From Your Plant. Upon receipt Of This Order, Promptly Notify The Government Representative Who Normally Services Your Plant So That Appropriate Planning For Government Inspection Can Be Accomplished. If You Do Not Have An Assigned Government Representative, Notify The Nearest defense Contract Management Agency (dcma) Office. In The Event That A Local Government Representative Or Dcma Office Cannot Be Located, Our Purchasing Agent Should Be Notified Immediately." 3.15.1 The Prime Contractor's Program Must Include Procedures To Assess The Capability Of The Prospective Suppliers To Produce The Products Or Supply The Services In Accordance With The Contract, Prior To The Issuance Of Any Purchase Document. 3.15.2 Each Sub-tier Supplier Of Material Or Services For Items In Section 3 Of This Contract Must Be Subjected To A Periodic Review Or Audit By The Prime To Determine The Continued Capability Of The Supplier To Control The Quality Of The Products Or Services specified In The Purchase Order Or Contract. 3.15.3 The Prime Contractor Must Ensure That The Purchased Product Conforms To Specified Purchase Requirements And This Contract. The Type And Extent Of Control Applied To The Supplier And The Purchased Product Must Be Dependent Upon The Effect Of The purchased Product On The End Item Represented By This Contract. 3.15.4 The Prime Contractor Must Evaluate The Requirements Of The Contract And Select Suppliers Based On Their Ability To Supply The Product In Accordance With The Prime Contractor's Requirements And The Contract. Criteria For Selection And Evaluation Must Be established. Records Of This Effort Must Be Available For Review By The Government. 3.15.5 The Prime Contractor's Supplier Quality Assurance Program Must Provide For A Review Of Purchase Documents To Assure Applicable Quality Requirements Are Included Or Referenced In The Documentation For Compliance By The Supplier. 3.16 Government Furnished Material And/or Equipment (gfm/gfe) - When Material Or Equipment Is Furnished By The Government, The Contractor Must Develop Documented Control Procedures That Require At Least The Following: 3.16.1 Visual Examination Upon Receipt To Detect Damage During Transit. 3.16.2 Inspection For Completeness And Proper Type. 3.16.3 Verification Of Material Quality Received. 3.16.4 Periodic Inspection And Precautions To Assure Adequate Storage Conditions And To Guard Against Damage From Handling And Deterioration During Storage. 3.16.5 Functional Testing, Either Prior To Or After Installation, Or Both, As Required By The Contract To Determine Satisfactory Operation. 3.16.6 Identification And Protection From Improper Use Or Disposition. 3.16.7 Reporting To The Government, Any Gfm Or Gfe Property Found Damaged, Malfunctioning, Or Otherwise Unsuitable For Use. In The Event Of Damage Or Malfunction During Or After Installation, The Supplier Must Determine And Record Probable Cause And Necessity for Withholding The Material From Use. 3.16.8 For Gfe Material, And As Required By The Terms Of The Bailment Agreement, The Supplier Must Establish Procedures For Adequate Storage, Maintenance, And Inspection Of Bailed Government Material. Records Of All Inspection And Maintenance Performed On bailed Property Must Be Maintained. 3.16.9 Material Returned To The Contractor Must Be Handled As Gfm. 3.17 Traceability And Certification Requirements - To Assure That Correct Materials Are Installed In Level I/subsafe Systems, It Is Imperative That Traceability Be Maintained From The Material To The Material Certification Test Report And Other Required objective Quality Evidence (oqe). The Material Certification Report Must Completely And Accurately Reflect That The Material Supplied Meets The Specified Requirements. 3.17.1 The Following Provides The Minimum Requirements For Maintaining Material Traceability And Supplements The Requirements Specified In Di-misc-81020 And Elsewhere In The Contract/purchase Order. The Contractor Must Develop Written Procedures That implement The Material Control Requirements Stated Herein. 3.18 Material Traceability - The Certification Data Report Must Be Identified Through A Unique Traceability Number, Heat-lot Number, Or Heat-treat Number, As Applicable, Which Must Also Be Marked On The Material. This Traceability Marking On The Material Must provide Direct Traceability To The Material's Chemical Composition And Mechanical Properties Certification Data. For Material Produced By Batch, Continuous Cast, Or Continuous Pour Processes, Samples Must Be Taken No Less Than Once In Every Eight Hours Of operation For The Purpose Of Validating Proper Chemical Composition And Mechanical Properties. Traceability Must Be Maintained Through All Process Operations Including Any Subcontracted Operations, To The Finished Component. 3.19 See Cdrl Di-misc-81020 (chemical And Mechanical) - Material Certification - In Addition To The Certification Data Requirements Specified In Di-misc-81020, The Following Material Certification Requirements Apply: 3.19.1 Quantitative Chemical And Mechanical Analysis Of Material Is Required ;in Accordance With Mil-dtl-1222; .test Reports Must Be Traceable To Traceability Marking On The Material. Material Certification Test Reports Must Include The Class, Form, Condition, grade, Type, Finish, And/or Composition, As Applicable, Of The Material Supplied. 3.19.2 Re-identification And Re-certification Of Material Is Required When The Material Is Subjected To A Process Which Alters It's Properties. If The Starting Material Or Raw Stock Is Processed In A Manner That Will Not Affect Its Chemical Composition Or mechanical Properties, The Original Certifications For The Chemical Composition And Mechanical Properties, As Required By The Material Specification, Are Acceptable. Re-certification Of The Chemical Or Mechanical Properties Is Required If A Process Is Used during Fabrication That Alters The Original Properties Of The Material (e.g. Alloying, Heat Treating, Or Forming). In These Instances, The Properties Of The Material Must Be Re-determined And Documented To Reflect The Altered Condition. The Altered Material must Be Uniquely Re-identified. The Properties Thus Determined And Documented, Are Required For Final Certification And Must Conform To The Material Specification Or The Contract/purchase Order Requirements. When Only The Mechanical Properties Are Altered, the Original Certification For Chemical Composition Must Be Overstamped And/or Annotated With The Unique Traceability marking Used With The Altered Material And At A Minimum Contain The Information Below. traceability Marking ________________________________________________ (marking On Finished Item) is Fabricated From Raw Material Identified To heat/lot Number ________________ And Heat Treat Number ________________________ (when Applicable) _________________________________________ Date _____________________ (name And Signature Of Auth. Co. Rep.) 3.19.3 Material Certification Data Forwarded By The Manufacturer Must Contain A Signed Certification That The Report Results Represent The Actual Attributes Of The Material Furnished And Indicate Full Compliance With All Applicable Specification And Contract requirements. Transcription Of Certification Data Is Prohibited. 3.19.4 Statements On Material Certification Documents Must Be Positive And Unqualified. Disclaimers Such As "to The Best Of Our Knowledge" Or "we Believe The Information Contained Herein Is True" Are Not Acceptable. 3.19.5 If Material Is Received Without The Required Certification Papers Or With Incorrect/missing Data On The Certification Papers, The Material Will Be Rejected. 3.20 Material Marking For Traceability And Identification - The Following Are The Minimum Marking Requirements. Additional/alternate Marking Requirements, If Applicable, Will Be Specified Elsewhere In The Contract/purchase Order. In Addition To The Marking requirements On Applicable Drawings And/or Specifications, Marking For Traceability Is Required. All Traceability Marking Must Be Permanently Applied In Accordance With Mil-std-792 (except As Specified Below). An Alternate Marking Method Is Permissible provided It Is An Available Option In The Contractually Invoked Specification Or Drawing, Except In Instances Where The Material Has Been Modified By This Contract/purchase Order And Differs From That Specified In The Specification Or Drawing. 3.20.1 Fasteners Must Be Marked In Accordance With ;mil-dtl-1222; . The Method Of Marking Must Be Types I, Ii, Iii, V, Viii Or Ix Of Mil-std-792 Except For Grades 410, 416 And 431 In The H Condition And Grades 8, 630, A574, And 4340 Which Must Be Marked By method Ii When Marking Is Applied After The Final Heat Treatment. Markings On Fasteners That Are To Be Coated Must Be Marked Prior To Coating And Have A Minimum Depth Of 4 Mils. Traceability Marking Must Be Legible After The Application Of Protective compounds. 3.20.2 Marking Is Required For All Fasteners Regardless Of Size And Must Include The Material Symbol, The Manufacturer's Identification Symbol, And The Traceability Marking. Marking Must Be Applied On The Head Of Headed Fastener (top Preferred, Side Location if Necessary). Where No Contract Invoked Specification Requirement Exists For This Marking, Self-locking Fasteners Must Be Marked With Six Dots Approximately .032" Diameter, Raised Or Depressed By Approximately .010" Located On The Top Perimeter Of The Head Of the Fastener In An Arc Or Circular Pattern. The Six Dots Must Be Distinguishable From All Other Required Markings. 3.21 Material Handling - The Written Material Control Process Must Include The Following: 3.21.1 All Raw Materials Must Have Traceability Markings (except As Specified Below). 3.21.2 Stored Raw Materials Requiring Traceability Must Be Segregated To Preclude Intermingling With Materials Not Requiring Traceability. 3.21.3 When Traceability Markings Will Be Removed By A Manufacturing Or Fabrication Process, The Marking Must Be Recorded Prior To Removal And Be Immediately Restored Upon Completion Of The Process. If This Cannot Be Done Or Is Impractical, An Appropriate material Control Procedure (such As A Bag And Tag, Tagging, And/or Tote Box Control) Must Be Employed. The Material Control Procedure Must Provide A Method Of Positive Control To Preclude Commingling Of Heats Or Loss Of Traceability. The Traceability Marking must Be Reapplied Upon Completion Of The Final Manufacturing Process. 3.21.4 Purchase Orders For Raw Material Must Specify That The Material Be Traceable To Material Certification Test Reports By The Traceability Marking On The Material And Identified On The Test Reports. The Certification Data Requirements Contained In di-misc-81020 Must Be Invoked By The Prime Contractor On All Subcontractors Supplying Level I Material. 3.21.5 The Material Control Process Must Include Requirements For The Maintenance Of Traceability For Items Sent Out For Subcontracted Operations. If Such Operations Would Remove Traceability Markings, Purchase Or Work Orders Must Specify A Method And Marking location For Remarking. The Contractor Must Also Ensure That Subcontractor Production Controls Are Adequate To Preclude Commingling Of Materials During Processing. 3.22 Receiving Inspection - 3.22.1 Products And Services Produced By Sub-tier Suppliers For Incorporation In The Contract End Item Must Be Subject To Inspection Or Audit At The Time Of Receipt By The Prime Prior To Further Processing Within The Prime Contractor's Plant Or Shipment To another Location. 3.22.2 Receiving Inspection Must Include As A Minimum - verification That The Traceability Marking On The Material Agrees With That On The Certification Test Reports. verification That Certification Test Reports Are Legible And Complete. verification That The Contents Of The Certification Test Reports Are In Compliance With The Contractually Invoked Specifications And Requirements. 3.23 Discrepancy Reporting - 3.23.1 Nonconforming Products From Sub-tier Suppliers Must Be Identified And Processed In Accordance With The Prime Contractor's Procedures For Controlling Nonconforming Products. The Prime Contractor Must Report The Receipt Of Any Nonconforming Products To the Responsible Sub-tier Supplier In Accordance With Established Procedures. Nonconforming Material Records Will Be Maintained And Available For Review By The Government Quality Assurance Representative (qar). 3.24 Final Inspection - The Following Inspections Must Be Performed Prior To Government Inspection And Acceptance. 3.24.1 Material Sampling - Material Must Be Inspected For Form, Fit, And Function. Lot Acceptance Must Be Based On Zero Defects And Lot Rejection Based On One Defect. The Sample Size Must Be In Accordance With The Sampling Plan(s) In The Applicable Military specification Or Standard, Federal Specification Or Standard, Or Drawing To Which The Material Was Manufactured. In The Absence Of Such Sampling Plans, Sampling Inspection Must Be Per Ansi/asq-z1.4, General Inspection Level Ii (for Sample Size Selection Code), table Iia (for Sample Size). small Lot Sizes - For Lot Sizes Of Fifty Or Less, The Minimum Sample Size Must Be Eight Units. For Lot Sizes Of Eight Or Less, The Sample Size Must Be One Hundred Percent Of The Lot. 3.24.2 The Manufacturer May Elect To Use Statistical Process Control (spc) To Assure Product Quality In Lieu Of The Above Attribute Sampling Plan, Provided The Spc Methodology/system Used Provides Acceptable Products To The Government. However, The government/navy Receipt Inspection Activity May Perform Their Acceptance Inspection Of The Material Using The Attribute Sampling Plan Outlined Above. 3.24.3 All Data Concerning Material Verification (chemical And Mechanical Properties), Traceability (material Certifications To Material Marking), And Nondestructive Test (ndt) Certifications For Material Must Be 100% Inspected. The Certification Test Reports must Also Be 100% Inspected For Completeness And Legibility. 3.24.4 All Metallic Material Must Be 100% Inspected For Traceability Marking And That The Marking Is Legible. 3.25 See Cdrl Di-misc-80678 (special Emphasis C Of C) - The Certificate Of Compliance Must Show Traceability To The Marking Applied On Each Individual Item, And Must Contain The Following Information: 1. Contractor's Name, Address And Date. 2. The Contract/purchase Order Number (for Example: N00104-11-p-fa12) 3. The National Stock Number (nsn). The 18 Character National Stock Number For Special Emphasis Material Includes The Two Digit Cog, The Four Digit Fsc, The 9 Digit Niin, And The Two Digit Smic (for Example: 1h 4820 012345678 L1) ("n/a" When Not Applicable). 4. Lubricants, Sealants, Anti-seize, And/or Thread Locking Compounds ("n/a" When Not Applicable). 5. Certification That O-rings, Packing, Gaskets, Or Other Elastomeric Products Were Installed In A Compressed State Within An Assembly Or Sub-assembly, Prior To Expiration Of The Shelf Life ("n/a" When Not Applicable). 6. Manufacturer's Compound Number ("n/a" When Not Applicable). 7. When Weld Procedure Submittal Is Required By The Contract, A Statement That The Approval Date Of The Qualification Data Precedes Any Production Or Repair Welding Performed On This Contract. ("n/a" When Not Applicable). 8. A Statement To The Effect That All Items Furnished On This Contract Are In Full Compliance With The Specifications And Requirements And List Each Contractually Invoked Conformance/compliance Test Performed By Name And That It Was Performed satisfactorily. 9. Contractor's Or Authorized Personnel's Signature. 4. Quality Assurance 4.1 Notes To Dcma Qar And The Contractor - 4.1.1 Dcma Qar And The Contractor For Proprietary Designs - Departures From Contractor Imposed Requirements, Not Specifically Covered By The Contract, Must Be Judged Individually On The Basis Of The Effect, If Any, On Contractual Requirements. When There Is A disagreement Between The Contractor And The Government Representative As To The Effect On Contractual Requirements, The Departure Must Be Considered A Nonconformance And Be Submitted To The Pco For Disposition. 4.1.2 Dcma Qar And The Contractor For Proprietary Designs - All Records Of Departures From Contractor Imposed Requirements Must Be Maintained And Available For Review At The Contractor's Facility. A Copy Must Be Given To The Local Government Representative. A record Of These Departures, Traceable To The Applicablepart Number And Contract Number Must Be Submitted To The Pco. 4.1.3 Dcma Qar And The Contractor For Proprietary Designs - For Proprietary Designs, The Contractor's Part Numbers Are Acceptable For Reference Only. The Delivered Material Must Conform To All Drawings, Specifications, And Other Contractual Requirements. 4.1.4 Dcma Qar - It Is The Responsibility Of Dcma Qar To Review Non-destructive Testing (ndt) Procedures For Navsup Contracts/purchase Orders. 4.1.5 Dcma Qar And The Contractor - The Ecds (electronic Contractor Data Submission) System Is Available For Certain Data Submissions And To Submit Questions And Clarifications, And Waiver Requests On Contracts And Solicitations. Ecds Can Be Found At: https://register.nslc.navy.mil/ 5. Packaging 5.1 Preservation, Packaging, Packing And Marking - Preservation, Packaging, Packing And Marking Must Be In Accordance With The Contract/purchase Order Schedule And As Specified Below. mil-std 2073 Packaging Applies As Found Elsewhere In The Schedule 6. Notes 6.1 Several Definitions Of Terms That Apply To Csi Items Are Listed Below. All Terms May Not Apply To Every Item. 6.1.1 The Ecds (electronic Contractor Data Submission) System Is At: Https://register.nslc.navy.mil/ This Application Will Require Advance Registration Using A Pki Digital Certificate On A Cac. A Vendor User Guide Is Available As Csd001 In The Csd (contract Support Document) Library Within Ecds. 6.1.2 Critical Safety Item (csi) - Any Ship Part, Assembly, Or Support Equipment Containing A Critical Characteristic Whose Failure, Malfunction, Or Absence Of Which Could Cause A Catastrophic Or Critical Failure Resulting In Loss Of, Or Serious Damage To The ship, Or Unacceptable Risk Of Personal Injury Or Loss Of Life. 6.1.3 Critical Process - As Determined By The Twh, Any Process, Operation Or Action Performed On A Ship Csi That Serves To Establish A Critical Characteristic (such As Welding, Soldering, Machining, Polishing, Cleaning, Or Assembling) Or Confirm That A critical Characteristic Is Within Drawing Or Specification Compliance (such As, Testing, Measurement, Or Non-destructive Evaluation). 6.1.4 First Article - Pre-production Models, Initial Product Samples, Test Samples Produced To Ensure A Manufacturer's Capability To Meet Full Specification Requirements. 6.1.5 First Article Test (fat) - Contractually Required Testing And Inspection Of A Supplier's Pre-production, Production, Or "production Representative" Specimens To Evaluate A Manufacturer's Ability To Produce Conforming Product Prior To The Government's commitment To Receive Subsequent Production Items. First Article Testing Is Product Specific And Does Not Assess Manufacturing Process Controls Nor Does It Assure The Effectiveness Of The Manufacturer's Quality Program. 6.1.6 Government Source Inspection (gsi) - Gsi Is Independent Oversight Performed By A Government Representative Usually A Dcma Quality Assurance Representative (qar)) To Assure That Those Unique Product Quality And System Elements, Identified By The contracting Agency As Important, Are Observed And Evaluated. 6.1.7 Quality Assurance Letter Of Instruction (qali) - A Qali Is A Formal Document Initiated By A Contracting Activity That Provides Essential Requirements And Instructions For Contracted Materials To Be Independently Verified And Accepted By A Government representative Prior To Shipment. 6.1.8 Objective Quality Evidence (oqe) - The Quantitative And Qualitative Data Of All Mechanical, Chemical, And Performance Tests Performed (as Required By The Applicable Specification, Drawing, Or Purchase Document) To Prove That The Material Supplied conforms To The Specified Requirements. 6.1.9 Surface Discontinuity - Any Surface Irregularity, Marking, Or Localized Change In Physical Character Of The Surface, Other Than Dimensional, That Exists Infrequently At One Or Several Places. (examples: Burrs, Dents, Nicks, Scratches, Gouges, Pits, center-punches, Scribes, And Tool Marks) Surface Discontinuities Less Than 0.005-inch In Depth Are Acceptable Provided They Do Not Violate Any Other Design Requirements Specified In This Contract/purchase Order. 6.1.10 Traceability Code - A Code Or Number Providing Traceability To The Actual Chemical And Mechanical Properties Of The Specified Heat, Batch, Or Form From Which The Material Originated. 6.1.11 Verification - An Examination Performed To Determine Compliance With A Specific Requirement. 6.1.12 Nonconformance - A Nonconformance Is Defined As Affecting Or Violating The Following: - The Requirements Of This Contract/purchase Order. - Contractually Invoked Drawings (i.e. Envelope Dimensions, Interface Dimensions With Mating Parts/equipment, Center Of Gravity, Weights, Piece Part Identification, Material, Etc.). - Contractually Invoked Federal, Military, Or Commercial Specifications And/or Standards. - Form, Fit, Function, Performance To Contract Requirements, Reliability, Maintainability, Interchangeability, Safety Of Personnel Or Equipment, Or Additional Cost To The Government. 6.1.13 Waiver - A Written Authorization To Accept An Item, Which During Manufacture, Or After Having Been Submitted For Government Inspection Or Acceptance, Is Found To Depart From Specified Requirements, But Nevertheless Is Considered Suitable For Use As Is or After Repair By An Approved Method. 6.1.14 Deviation - A Specific Written Authorization (granted Prior To The Manufacture Of An Item) To Depart From A Particular Requirement(s) Of An Item's Current Approved Configuration Documentation For A Specific Number Of Units Or A Specified Period Of time, And To Accept An Item Which Is Found To Depart From Specified Requirements, But Nevertheless Is Considered Suitable For Use "as Is" Or After Repair By An Approved Method. 6.1.15 Critical Waiver/deviation - This Waiver/deviation Consists Of A Departure Involving Safety. 6.1.16 Major Waiver/deviation - This Waiver/deviation Consists Of A Departure Involving: - Performance - Interchangeability, Reliability, Survivability, Maintainability, Or Durability Of The Item Or Its Repair Parts - Health Or Safety - Effective Use Or Operation - Weight, Stability, Or Structural Integrity - System Design Parameters As Schematics, Flows, Pressures Or Temperatures - Compartment Arrangements Or Assigned Function 6.1.17 Minor Waiver/deviation - This Waiver/deviation Consists Of A Departure Which Does Not Involve Any Of The Factors Listed As Critical Or Major. 6.1.18 Engineering Change (ec) - A Change To The Current Approved Configuration Documentation Of A Configuration Item At Any Point In The Life Cycle Of The Item. 6.1.19 Engineering Change Proposal (ecp) - A Proposed Engineering Change And The Documentation By Which The Change Is Described, Justified, And Submitted To The Government For Approval Or Disapproval. 6.1.20 Class I Ecp - A Class I Ecp Is Approved By The Government's Configuration Control Board And Authorized With A Contract Modification. 6.1.21 Class Ii Ecp - A Class Ii Change Is Typically Reviewed For Concurrence In Classification By The Local Government Representative, Unless Otherwise Specified Elsewhere In The Contract/purchase Order. 6.2 In Accordance With Opnavinst 5510.1 All Documents And Drawings Provided By The U.s. Navy To Perspective Contractors Must Include A "distribution Statement" To Inform The Contractor Of The Limits Of Distribution, And The Safeguarding Of The Information contained On Those Documents And Drawings. 6.2.1 There Are 7 (seven) Separate Distribution Statement Codes Used For Non-classified Documents And Drawings. The Definition For Each Is As Follows: a... Approved For Public Release; Distribution Is Unlimited. b... Distribution Authorized To Us Governments Agencies Only. c... Distribution Authorized To Us Government Agencies And Their Contractors. d... Distribution Authorized To Dod And Dod Contractors Only. e... Distribution Authorized To Dod Components Only. f... Further Distribution Only As Directed By Commander, Naval Sea Systems Command, Code 09t. x... Distribution Is Authorized To Us Government Agencies And Private Individuals Or Enterprises Eligible To Obtain Export Controlled Technical Data In Accordance With Opnavinst 5510.161. 6.3 Ordering Information For Document References - The Department Of Defense Single Stock Point (dodssp), Website Http://www.dsp.dla.mil/, Provides Product Information For The Department Of Defense Index Of Specifications And Standards (dodiss) (i.e.military/federal Specifications And Standards), Data Item Descriptions (dids), And Other Dodssp Products. Most Specifications Can Obtained Directly From Http://quicksearch.dla.mil/ a. Availability Of Cancelled Documents - The Dodssp Offers Cancelled Documentsthat Are Required By Private Industry In Fulfillment Of Contractual Obligationsin Paper Format. Documents Can Be Requested By Phoning The Subscription Services Desk. b. Commercial Specifications, Standards, And Descriptions - These Specifications, Standards And Descriptions Are Not Available From Government Sources. Theymay Be Obtained From The Publishers Of The Applicable Societies. c. Ordnance Standards (os), Weapons Specifications (ws), And Navord Ostd 600 Pages - These Type Publications May Be Obtained By Submitting A Request To: commander, Indian Head Division, Naval Surface Warfare Center code 8410p, 101 Strauss Avenue indian Head, Md 20640-5035 d. On Post-award Actions, Requests For "official Use Only" And "noforn" (not Releasable To Foreign Nationals) Documents Must Identify The Government Contractnumber, And Must Be Submitted Via The Cognizant Defense Contract Management Command (dcmc) For certification Of Need For The Document. On Pre-award Actions Such Requests Must Be Submitted To The Pco For Certification Of Need For The Document. e. Noforn Military Specifications And Standards (including Amendments, Change Notices And Supplements, But Not Interim Changes) To Be Ordered From: contracting Officer navsup-wss code 87321 5450 Carlisle Pike p.o. Box 2020 mechanicsburg, Pa. 17055-0788 f. Nuclear Reactor Publications Assigned Navsea Documents And Identification Numbers (i.e. Navsea Welding Standard, Navsea 250-1500-1) Are To Be Ordered Enue: commanding Officer navsup-wss code 009 5450 Carlisle Pike p.o. Box 2020 mechanicsburg, Pa. 17055-0788 g. Technical Manuals Assigned Navsea Identification Numbers (i.e. Navsea Welding And Brazing Procedure, Navsea S9074-aq-gib-010/248) Are To Be Ordered From: commanding Officer navsup-wss code 1 Support Branch 700 Robbins Avenue philadelphia, Pa. 19111-5094 h. Interim Changes And Classified Specifications Must Be Obtained By Submitting A Request On Dd Form 1425 To Navsup-wss. 6.4 Recent Updates - A Short Description Of Recent Updates To The Technical Requirements Of This Item Are Listed Below, Along With An Implementation Date For Each Issue. The Notes Below Are Only A Generic Quick Reference And Are Provided For Convenience only, Detailed Requirements Will Be Defined Elsewhere In The Technical Sections Of This Contract/purchase Order. ;- 10/20/2016 - Updated Ecds Url - Dec 17 2011 - Expanded Thread Cutting Requirements - Dec 20 2022 - Removed Requirement For Vender To Submit Waivers/deviations In Ecds - Jan 05 2012 - Added Wawf To Forward Approved Waivers/deviations With Final Oqe - Dec 17 2011 - Moved Quality Assurance Text Location For Readability - Apr 15 2009 - Clarified The Sample Size For Large And Small Lot Sizes - Jan 19 2011 - Added Notification Of Dcma Upon Contract Award - May 02 2009 - Added Lubricants And Sealants To The C Of C - Aug 27 2014 - Took Out Contractor's Phone Number Requirement - Dec 01 2011 - Moved "notes To Dcma Qar" To Qa Section - Jan 5 2017 - Ecds/csd Info Was Added To Definitions In The Notes Section; date Of First Submission=asreq paragraph 10.4 Of Di-qcic-81110 Does Not Apply. date Of First Submission=asreq block 12 - Certification Data Must Be Submitted To Portsmouth Naval Shipyard For Review And Acceptance Prior To Each Shipment Of Material. Certification Documentation Must Be Submitted Via Wawf (wide Area Work Flow). enter In Wawf As Follows: "ship To" N50286 "inspect By" N39040 "accept By" N39040 and Email Notification Field: Port_ptnh_wawf_notification@navy.mil no Material Is To Be Shipped Prior To The Receipt Of Acceptance. date Of First Submission=asreq block 4 - Paragraphs 10.2.1, 10.2.2, 10.2.3, 10.3, And 10.4 Of Di-misc-80678 Do Not Apply. block 12 - Certification Data Must Be Submitted To Portsmouth Naval Shipyard For Review And Acceptance Prior To Each Shipment Of Material. Certification Documentation Must Be Submitted Via Wawf (wide Area Work Flow). enter In Wawf As Follows: "ship To" N50286 "inspect By" N39040 "accept By" N39040 and Email Notification Field: Port_ptnh_wawf_notification@navy.mil no Material Is To Be Shipped Prior To The Receipt Of Acceptance. date Of First Submission=asreq block 4 - Paragraphs 10.2.2, 10.2.3, 10.2.4, And 10.3 Of Di-misc-80678 Do Not Apply. block 12 - Certification Data Must Be Submitted To Portsmouth Naval Shipyard For Review And Acceptance Prior To Each Shipment Of Material. Certification Documentation Must Be Submitted Via Wawf (wide Area Work Flow). enter In Wawf As Follows: "ship To" N50286 "inspect By" N39040 "accept By" N39040 and Email Notification Field: Port_ptnh_wawf_notification@navy.mil no Material Is To Be Shipped Prior To The Receipt Of Acceptance.

Description: Commercial Product Procurement Notice|5|||||| item Unique Identification And Valuation (jan 2023)|19|||||||||||||||||||| higher-level Contract Quality Requirement (navicp Review Feb 1991)(feb 1999)|1|mil-i-45208| inspection Of Supplies--fixed-price (aug 1996)|2||| production Lot Testing|1|30| inspection And Acceptance - Short Version|8|x||x|||||| desired And Required Time Of Delivery (june 1997)|29|0001|846|180||||||||||||||||||||||||||| stop-work Order (aug 1989)|1|| general Information-fob-destination|1|b| wide Area Workflow Payment Instructions (jan 2023)|16|invoice And Receiving Report (combo)|n/a|tbd|n00104|tbd|tbd|see Schedule|tbd|n/a|n/a|n/a|||||| inspection System Program Plans, Or Premanufacturing Or Test Procedures|1|45| value Engineering (jun 2020)|3|||| transportation Of Supplies By Sea (oct 2024)|2||| first Article Approval--contractor Testing (sep 1989)|10|1|0001|45|90|wawf|tbd|0001|45||| first Article Approval--government Testing (sep 1989)|7|1|0001|45|wawf|45||| federal Acquisition Supply Chain Security Act Orders-prohibition (dec 2023)|12||||||||||||| contract Terms And Conditions Required To Implement Statutes Or Executiveorders--commercial Products And Commercial Services (nov 2024))|83|x||||x|||x||||x||||x||||x||||||||x|||x||||||x|x|x|x||x||x||x|x|x||x|||x||||x||||||||||x||||x|x|||x||||x||||| continued: Contract Terms And Conditions Required To Implement Statutes Or Executive Orders--commercial Products And Commercial Services (nov 2024))|15|||||||||||||||| offeror Representations And Certifications--commercial Products And Commercialservices (may 2024))|3|||| small Business Program Representations (feb 2024)|4|322299|750||| annual Representations And Certifications (may 2024)|13|322299|750|||||||||||| instructions To Offerors -- Competitive Acquisition (nov 2021)|2||| facsimile Proposals (oct 1997)|1|717-605-8054| type Of Contract (apr 1984)|1|firm-fixed Price| alterations In Solicitation (apr 1984)|3|||| notice Of Priority Rating For National Defense, Emergency Perpardeness, And Enrgy Progam Use (april 2008))|2||x| evaluation--commercial Products And Commercial Services (nov 2021)|4||||| evaluation Of First Article Testing|3|||| amendment To Withdraw Hubzone Set-aside. Please Have Bids To Poc By Cob 24 Jan 2025. this Solicitation Is Set-aside For Hubzone Small Businesses. unless Otherwise Specified, Pricing For This Quotation is Valid For 60 Days After The Closing Date As Indicated On The Quotation. please Specify (if Other Than 60 Days) ______________ Days. if You Are Submitting Your Quote Via Email Or Neco, please Specify The Number Of Days Pricing Is Valid. all Contractual Documents (i.e. Contracts, Purchase Orders, Task Orders,delivery Orders And Modifications) Related To The Instant Procurement Areconsidered To Be 'issued' By The Government When Copies Are Either Depositedin The Mail, Transmitted By Facsimile, Or sent By Other Electronic Commercemethods, Such As Email. The Government's Acceptance Of The Contractor'sproposal Constitutes Bilateral Agreement To 'issue' Contractual Documents Asdetailed Herein. 1. Scope 1.1 In The Event Of A Conflict Between Section "c" And Section "d" Of The Contract/purchase Order, Section "c" Will Take Precedence. 2. Applicable Documents 2.1 Applicable Documents; technical Documents Associated To This Solicitation Or Award Such As; Irpod, Drawings,technical Data, Strs, As Well As Certain Military Specifications, And Commercial Item Descriptions (cid) Etc. May Be Obtained At (https://logistics.unnpp.gov/ecommerce) These Documents, At The Required Revision Levels That Are Associated To Either This Solicitation Or Award, Become A Part Of This Solicitation Or Award Unless Changed By An Admendment To The Solicitation Or Modification To the Award. this Website Requires A Password And Pre-registration. To Obtain Instruction On How To Register And Obtain A Password Contact The Bpmi Website Administrator. 3. Requirements 3.1 Navsup Wss-mech Code N94 Additional Technical Documentation order Of Precedence And Effective Issues Of Cited Documentation Dated: July 2004 a. Order Of Precedence For Document Conflict Resolution: The Technical And Quality Requirements Applicable To Manufacture Of The Material Being Purchased Under This Order Are Contained Or Invoked In One Or More Of The Documents Listed Below. In The Event Of any Inconsistencies Between Any Provisions Of This Order, The Order Or Precedence Shall Be As Follows: 1. Amendments To The Purchase Order/contract 2. Schedule Of Supplies Of The Purchase Order/contract. 3. Terms And Conditions Of The Purchase Order/contract. 4. Individual Repair Part Ordering Data (irpod); Or Master Procurement Specification, As Applicable. 5. Any Invoked Standard Technical Requirements (strs). 6. Drawings Referenced In The Irpod, Or Master Procurement Specification , As Applicable. 7. Specifications Referenced In The Irpod, Master Procurement Specifications Or Drawing(s), As Applicable. b. Effective Issues Of Cited Drawings, Specifications, Standards And Other Documents: 1. The Contractor Shall Comply With The Specified Revisions Of The Documents (i.e. Drawings,specifications,standards And Other Documents) Cited In The Irpod And/or Procurement Specification Contained Herein. The Contractor Shall Obtain Written Approval for The Contracting Officer To Use Document Revisions Other Than Those Specified. When A Later Drawing Revision Is Submitted For Approval, Two Full Size Clear Legible Prints Shall Be Provided. 2. Where Documents Are Referred To Only By The Basic Identification Name Or Number And No Specific Revision Thereto, The Contractor Use Of Any Issue Of The Document Except All Such Revisions Shall Be Dated 1 November 1969 Or Later. c. Use Of Document Revisions In Their Entirety: 1. Contractors Shall Use Revisions To Each Cited Or Referenced Document In Its Entirety Unless The Contractor Obtains Contracting Officer Approval To Do Otherwise (i.e. The Contractor Shall Not Use Portions Of Different Revisions Of A Document). d. Vendor Waiver/deviations On Critical Contracts. 1. Compliance With The Delivery Date And Technical Requirements Of Navsup Wss Critical Repair Part Material Contracts Is Expected. 2. As The Cautionary Note Contained In The Contract States, Seller Intended Use Of Any Material Which Is Not In Full Compliance With The Specified Contract Technical Requirements, Should Be Identified As An Exception In Advance Either At The Time The Quotation is Submitted Or Prior To Manufacture. 3. Requests For Delivery Date Extensions And Waivers/deviations Should Be Accompanied By An Explanation Of The Cause For The Delay, Or The Reason For The Requested Non-conformance With An Offer Of Consideration In The Event The Contracting Officer Concurs With your Request. 4. Requests For Waivers/deviations Should Provide Justification For The Requested Change Including An Evaluation Which Demonstrates That Proposed Non-conformance Will Not Affect The Quality, Form, Fit, Or Function Of The Part. Where A Proposed Alternate Or replacement Item Is Offered, Supporting Technical Data (catalog Page, Drawing (s), Etc.) That Fully Describe The Proposed Item Shall Be Provided For Technical Evaluation. 5. Requests Which Do Not Contain The Above Information Will Be Returned And Will Not Be Submitted To Technical/engineering Review Until Sufficient Justification Is Provided. 6. Requests For Waivers/deviations Shall Be Presented To The Government Quality Assurance Representative (qar) For Comment. The Qar Shall Forward The Request, With Their Comments, Directly To The Post Award Pco Identified In The Contract/purchase Order Within five Working Days After Receipt. e. Exclusion Of Mercury 1. Mercury Or Mercury Containing Compounds Shall Not Be Intentionally Added To Or Come In Direct Contact With Hardware Or Supplies Under This Contract. 4. Quality Assurance 4.1 The Quality Assurance Requirements Are Located In The Individual Repair Part Ordering Data (irpod). the Contractor Shall Provide And Maintain An Inspection System Acceptable To The Government Covering The Supplies Herein. records Of All Inspection Work By The Contractor Shall Be Kept Complete And Available To The Government During The Performance Of This Contract And For Such Longer Periods As May Be Specified Elsewhere In The Contract. 4.2 First Article Test/inspection And Report Submittal-(contractor Destructive Or Non Destructive). the Contractor Shall Conduct First Article Test/inspection On ;1 Box; Unit(s) In Accordance With The Irpod Requirements Specified In This Contract/purchase Order. the Contractor Shall Prepare And Submit A Report In Accordance With The Contract Data Requirements List (dd Form 1423). first Article Approval Is Required Prior To Manufacturing The Pco. 5. Packaging 5.1 When The Cleanliness Control Requirements Of One Or More Of The Following Documents Are Invoked: Mil-std-767, Mil-std-2041, Refueling Clean, Or Reactor Plant Clean, The Following Clarification Of Requirements For Mil-prf-23199 Packaging Of Repair Parts applies. (1). The Following Summary Clarifies The Packaging Requirements Of Mil-prf-23199 Pertaining To The Use Of Mil-dtl-24466 Green Poly Bags. The Supplier Remains Responsible For Meeting All Contract Requirements. Suppliers Who Are Unsure Of The Packaging, Packing, and Marking. requirements For A Particular Part Should Request Clarification By Contacting The Navsup-wss Contracting Poc. (a). Paragraph 3.4.2 Of Mil-prf-23199 Discusses Level B Packaging And Refers To Paragraph 3.3.1 For The Method Of Packaging. Paragraph 3.3.1 Provides Several Methods Of Packaging. Packaging In Heat Sealed Envelopes Is Covered In Paragraph 3.3.1.1 Which States, "components Which Are Subject To Cleanliness Controls (see 6.2) Or As Specified (see 6.1) Shall Be Packaged In Heat Sealed Envelopes (see 3.2.2.5 And 3.2.2.5.1)". (2). The Following Conditions Must Be Satisfied In Order For Mil-dtl-24466 Bags To Apply: (a). Paragraph 6.2 Of Mil-prf-23199 Defines Cleanliness Controls As Any Reference To (or Application Of) The Cleanliness Control Requirements Of One Or More Of The Following Documents: Mil-std-767, Mil-std-2041, Refueling Clean, Reactor Plant Clean, Or Other requirements Identified Within The Irpod. the Repair Part Must Have Cleaning Requirements Of One Of The Aformentioned Methods. (b). Paragraph 6.1 Contains Ordering Data Options. Paragraph 6.1(k)2. Provides An Option To Specify The Method Of Packaging To Be Used When Packaging Is Other Than In Accordance With Paragraph 3.3.1.1 Only. If A Contract Specifies Any Additional Requirements for The Use Of Green Poly Bags, Then They Are Required And Take Precedence. (4). The Use Of Fire Retardant Packaging Material Is No Longer Required In Any Navsup-wss N94 Contract. mil-std 2073 Packaging Applies As Found Elsewhere In The Schedule 6. Notes 6.1 Information Regarding Abbreviations, Symbols And Codes Appearing On Dd Form 1423 - The Following Information Is Provided To Assist In Understanding The Intent Of The Requirement To Provide A Deliverable Item To The Government. The Explanation Of abbreviation, Symbols And Codes Found In A Block Follows The Block Number As They Appear On The Dd Form 1423. block A: Is The Actual Contract Line Item No. block B: Is The Actual Collective Physical List Of The Deliverable Item(s) Which Are Part Of The Total Requirement Of The Contract/purchase Order. block C: Is The Category Of Data Required, Tdp Is Defined In Mil-t-31000. Tm Is Defined In Part 1x, Section B Of Dodi 5000.2. Navsup-wss Has Reasoned That Most Dd Form 1423's Included In Our Solicitations Meet The Requirement Of Tdp As Navsup-wss Does Not Regularly Purchase Only Technical Manuals Without Purchasing Hardware And Related Tdp Software. Therefore, Most Navsup-wss Dd Form 1423 Category Code Will Be Tdp. block D: Is The Name Of The Parent System, Next Higher Assembly, Or The Item Being Purchased. block E: Is The Purchase Request Number, Request For Proposal Number, Invitation For Bid Number Or Another Number For Tracking And Monitoring Purposes. block F: Is The Successful Offerors Name And Or Cage Code. block G: Is The Name Of The Individual And Or The Code/activity Of The Individual Who Prepared The Dd Form 1423 And Included The Requirement In The Technical Data Package (tdp). block H: Self Explanatory. block I: Is The Name And Signature Of The Individual Who Approved The Content And The Need For Inclusion Of The Dd Form 1423 In The Tdp. block J: Self Explanatory. block 1: Is The Exhibit Line Item Number (elin). block 2: Is The Title Of The Data Item Cited In Block 4. block 3: Is The Subtitle Of The Data Item Cited In Block 4 And Is Used If The Title Requires Clarification. block 4: Is The Actual Data Item Description (did) Number Or The Actual Technical Manual Contract Requirements Number. In The Event The Dd Form 1423 Is Requiring A Technical Manual The Numbered Tmcr Will Be An Attachment To The Contract/purchase Order. block 5: Is The Section And Paragraph Area, Where The Requirement Statement For The Dd Form 1423 Will Be Found. block 6: Is The Activity That Will Inform The Contractor Of Approval, Conditional Approval Or Disapproval Of The Deliverable Item. block 7: Is A Code Which Designates Authority For Inspection And Acceptance Of The Deliverable Item. The Definition Of The Codes Is As Follows: Dd Form 250 Code Inspection Acceptance Ss (1) (2) Dd (3) (4) Sd (1) (4) Ds (3) (5) Lt (6) (7) No (8) (8) Xx (9) (9) (1) Inspection At Source. (2) Acceptance At Source. (3) No Inspection Performed At Source. Final Inspection Performance At Destination. (4) Acceptance At Destination. (5) Acceptance At Source. Acceptance Based On Written Approval From The Contract Officer. (6) Letter Of Transmittal Only. Lt Should Not Be Used When Inspection Is Required. The Data Is Sent By The Contractor Directly To The Personnel Listed In Block 14 Of The Dd Form 1423. Lt Is Used When The Contracting Agency Does Not Desire To Have A Dd Form 250 For Each And Every Piece Of Data Developed By The Contractor. The Only Other Authorized Use Of Lt Is The Special Case Where The Contracting Agency Does Not Desire To Have Separate Dd Forms 250 But Desires To Have A Government Quality Assurance Representative Perform Inspection. The Government Quality Assurance Representative Shall Be Listed On The Distribution In Block 14 And Requested To Provide Comments Via The Quality Assurance Letter Of Inspection. Use Of The Symbol Lt Is Not Authorized For Data Comprising Final Delivery Of Technical Data Package Of For Technical Manuals. (lt May, However, Be Used For Delivery Of Preliminary Tdp's Or Tm's). (7) As Specified In Block 8 Of The Dd Form 1423. (8) No Inspection Or Acceptance Required. No Dd Form 250 Or Letter Of Transmittal Required. Use Of The Symbol No Is Not Authorized For Data Comprising Technical Data Packages Or For Technical Manuals. (9) Inspection And Acceptance Requirements Specified Elsewhere In The Contract. block 8: Is The Approval Code - Items Of Critical Data Requiring Specific Advanced Written Approval Prior To Distribution Of The Final Data Item Will Be Identified By Placing An "a" In This Field. This Data Item Requires Submission Of A Preliminary Draft Prior To Publication Of A Final Document. When A Preliminary Draft Is Required, Block 16 Of The Dd Form 1423 Will Show Length Of Time Required For Government Approval/disapproval And Subsequent Turn-around Time For The Contractor To Resubmit The Data After Government Approval/disapproval Has Been Issued. Block 16 Will Also Indicate The Extent Of The Approval Requirements, E.g., Approval Of Technical Content And/or Format. block 9: Is The Distribution Statement Code Which Explains How The Government Can Circulate The Deliverable Item. The Definition Of Codes A, B, C, D, E, Or F Is As Follows: A. Distribution Of The Item Is Unrestricted. B. Distribution Of The Item Is Limited To Agencies Only. C. Distribution Of The Item Is Limited To Contractors With A Cage Code And Have A Dd Form 2345 On File With The Dla Logistics Information Services (dlis) Battle Creek, Mich. Or Government Activities. D. Distribution Of The Item Is Limited To Dod Activities And Dod Contractors Only. E. Distribution Of The Item Is Limited To Dod Components Only. F. Distribution Of The Item Is Restricted From Foreign Nations And Foreign Nationals. block 10: Is The Frequency Which The Deliverable Item Is Expected To Be Delivered To The Government. The Abbreviations And Their Meaning. Annly Annually Asgen As Generated Asreq As Required Bi-mo Every Two Months Bi-we Every Two Weeks Daily Daily Dfdel Deferred Delivery Mthly Monthly One/r One Time With Revisions Qrtly Quarterly Semia Every Six Months Wekly Weekly Xtime Number Of Times To Be Submitted (1time, 2times...9times) Use Of These Codes Requires Further Explanation In Block 16 To Provide The Contractor With Guidance Necessary To Accurately Price The Deliverable Data Item. Other Abbreviations Not Appearing On The Above List May On Occasion Be Used In Block 10 Of The Dd Form 1423. When Other Abbreviations Are Used They Will Be Fully Explained In Block 16 Of The Dd Form 1423. block 11: Is The Last Calendar Date, Expressed In Year/month/day Format, The Deliverable Item Is To Be Received By The Requiring Office Cited In Block 6 Of The Dd Form 1423 For An Item With A Block 10 Entry Indication A Single Delivery. If The Item Is To Be Submitted Multiple Times, The Number Stated Is The Number Of Calendar Days After The Frequency Cited In Block 10 The Item Is To Be Received By The Requiring Office Cited In Block 6 Of The Dd Form 1423. On Occasion The Deliverable Item Will Be Required To Be Submitted Prior To The End Of The Frequency Cited In Block 6. In That Event The Requirement Will Be Fully Explained In Block 16 Of The Dd Form 1423. block 12: Is The Date Of First Submission Of The Deliverable Item To The Requiring Office (block 4) Expressed In Year/month/day Format. The Abbreviations And Their Meaning Are As Follows: Asgen As Generated Asreq As Required Dac Days After Contract Date Dfdel Deferred Delivery Eoc End Of Contract Eom End Of Month Eoq End Of Quarter Specific Instructions For These Requirements Will Be Provided In Block 16. If The Deliverable Item Is Constrained By A Specific Event Or Milestone The Constraint Will Be Fully Explained In Block 16 Of The Dd Form 1423. "as Generated", "as Required", And "deferred Delivery" Will Always Be Fully Explained In Block 16. block 13: Is The Date Of Subsequent Submission Of The Deliverable Item, After The Initial Submission. Subsequent Submission Is Only Used To Indicate The Specific Time Period. The Data Is Required When Block 10 Of The Dd Form 1423 Indicates Multiple Delivery Is Required. This Does Not Apply To Resubmission Of A Deliverable Item That Has Been Reviewed By The Requiring Office And Determined To Be Only Conditionally Acceptable Or Unacceptable. block 14a: Will Contain The Activity Name(s) Where The Deliverable Item Is To Be Sent. If The Activity Is Other Than Dcma Or Navsup-wss The Full Name, Address (including Code) Will Be Specified. That Specific Information Will Be Located In Block 16 Of The Dd Form 1423. block 14b: Is The Number Of Copies Of Draft And Or Final Copies To Be Submitted. When Final "repro" Copies Are To Be Submitted Block 16 Will Clarify The Type Of Repro Copies Required. (e.g., Vellum, Negative, Etc.) block 15: Is The Total Of Each Type Of Copies To Be Submitted As Required By Block 14. block 16: Is The Block Used To Provide Additional Or Clarifying Information Blocks 1 Through 15. This Block Is Also The Only Area Used To Tailor The Document Listed In Block 4. Only Deletions To The Minimum Requirements Stated In The Document In Block 4 Are Allowed. Block 16 May Also Be Used To Specify The Medium For Delivery Of The Data. block 17: Is The Block Where The Bidder Or Offeror Is To Enter The Appropriate Price Group. The Price Groups Are Defined As Follows: A. Group I - Data Which The Contractor Prepares To Satisfy The Government's Requirements. The Contractor Does Not Need This Type Of Data To Perform The Rest Of The Contract. Price Would Be Based On Identifiable Direct Costs, Overhead, General And Administrative (g&a) And Profit. B. Group Ii - Data Essential To Contract Performance Which Must Be Reworked Or Amended To Conform To Government Requirements. The Price For Data In This Group Would Be Based On The Direct Cost To Convert The Original Data To Meet Government Needs And To Deliver It, Plus Allocable Overhead, G&a And Profit. C. Group Iii - Data Which The Contractor Must Develop For His Own Use And Which Requires No Substantial Change To Conform To Government Requirements Regarding Depth Of Content, Format, Frequency Of Submittal, Preparation, And Quality Of Data. Only The Costs Of Reproducing, Handling And Delivery, Plus Overhead, G&a And Profit, Are Considered In Pricing Data In This Group. D. Group Iv - Data Which The Contractor Has Developed As Part Of His Commercial Business. Not Much Of This Data Is Required And The Cost Is Insignificant. The Item Should Normally Be Coded "no Charge." An Example Is A Brochure Or Brief Manual Developed For Commercial Application Which Will Be Acquired In Small Quantities, And The Added Cost Is Too Small To Justify The Expense Of Computing The Charge That Otherwise Would Go With The Acquisition. block 18: Enter The Total Estimated Price Equal To That Portion Of The Total Price Which Is Estimated To Be Attributable To The Production Or Development For The Government Of That Item Of Data. The Entry "n/c" For "no Charge" Is Acceptable. 6.2 In Accordance With Dodi 5230.24 All Documents And Drawings Provided By The U.s. Navy To Prospective Contractors Must Include A "distribution Statement" To Inform The Contractor Of The Limits Of Distribution, And The Safeguarding Of The Information contained On Those Documents And Drawings. There Are 6 (six) Separate Distribution Statement Codes Used For Non-classified Documents And Drawings. The Definition For Each Is As Follows: a... Approved For Public Release; Distribution Is Unlimited. b... Distribution Authorized To Us Governments Agencies Only. c... Distribution Authorized To Us Government Agencies And Their Contractors. d... Distribution Authorized To Dod And Dod Contractors Only. e... Distribution Authorized To Dod Components Only. f... Further Distribution Only As Directed By Commander, Naval Sea Systems Command, Code 09t. 6.3 1. Nuclear Reactor Publications Assigned Navsea Document And Identification Numbers That Are Not Available From Bpmi E-commerce Web Site Must Be Requested From: contracting Officer navsup Wss-mech code N943 5450 Carlisle Pike p.o. Box 2020 mechanicsburg, Pa. 17055-0788 requests For "official Use Only" And "noforn" (not Releasable To Foreign Natio Nals) Documents Must Identify The Quotation Number On Pre-award Procurement Actions. Requests Must Be Submitted To The Pco For Certification Of "need-to-know" For The Document. On post-award Actions, The Request Must Identify The Government Contract Number, And Be Submitted Via The Defense Contract Management Agency (dcma) For Certification Of "need-to-know" For The Document. 2. Commercial Specifications, Standards And Descriptions - These Specifications, Standards And Descriptions Are Not Available From Government Sources. They May Be Obtained From The Publishers Or Societies Of The Applicable Documents. the Packaging Label Shall Be Marked With The Nomenclature As Cited On Irpod. date Of First Submission=eoc submit To Navsup-wss, Code N9433 For Review, A Complete Package Of All Applicable Vendor Certified Reports Of Test And Inspection Per Di-qcic-8872(latest Rev) See (individual Repair Parts Ordering Data) Irpod For Individual Documentsrequired. the Package Will Be Submitted Per The Contract Delivery Schedule, And Authorization To Ship Material Must Be Obtained From The Pco. a Separate Package Will Be Prepared And Submitted For Each Unique Combination Of Contract Number, National Stock Number, And Item Nomenclature Specified In The Schedule Of Supplies/services. di-qcic-a8872s Cited In Block 4 Is A Unique Navsup-wss Dd1423 Sequence Control Number - Roti Package To Be Iaw Did Di-qcic-8872(latest Rev). date Of First Submission=asreq date Of Subsequent Submission=asreq submit A Complete Certification Package To Navsup-wss Iaw Di-ndti-80809. The Certification Shall Include Results Of Testing And Supporting Certification For The First Article Sample Cited In The Irpod. a Separate Package Will Be Prepared And Submitted For Each Unique Combination Of Contract Number, National Stock Number, And Item Nomenclature Specified In The Schedule Of Supplies/services. applicable Material Specification Identified In The Irpod. authorization To Start Production Must Be Obtained From The Pco. dindtia80809b Cited In Block 4 Is A Unique Navsup-wss Dd1423 Sequence Control Number - Certification Package To Be Iaw Did Di-ndti-80809(latest Rev).

Description: Item Unique Identification And Valuation (jan 2023)|19|||||||||||||||||||| higher-level Contract Quality Requirement (navicp Review Feb 1991)(feb 1999)|1|mil-i-45208| inspection Of Supplies--fixed-price (aug 1996)|2||| inspection And Acceptance - Short Version|8|x||x|||||| stop-work Order (aug 1989)|1|| general Information-fob-destination|1|b| wide Area Workflow Payment Instructions (jan 2023)|16|invoice And Receiving Report (combo)|n/a|tbd|n00104|tbd|tbd|see Schedule|tbd|n/a|n/a|n/a|||||| inspection System Program Plans, Or Premanufacturing Or Test Procedures|1|| federal Acquisition Supply Chain Security Act Orders-prohibition (dec 2023)|12||||||||||||| notice Of Total Small Business Set-aside (oct 2020)(deviation 2020-o0008)|1|| alternate A, Annual Representations And Certifications (oct 2024)|13|||||||||||||| annual Representations And Certifications (may 2024)|13|332722|600|||||||||||| notice Of Priority Rating For National Defense, Emergency Perpardeness, And Enrgy Progam Use (april 2008))|2||| a Material Irpod Is Available At The Bpmi Website. please Specify (if Other Than 60 Days) ______________ Days.if You Are Submitting Your Quote Via Email Or Neco,please Specify The Number Of Days Pricing Is Valid. all Contractual Documents (i.e. Contracts, Purchase Orders, Task Orders,delivery Orders And Modifications) Related To The Instant Procurement Areconsidered To Be 'issued' By The Government When Copies Are Either Depositedin The Mail, Transmitted By Facsimile, Or sent By Other Electronic Commercemethods, Such As Email. The Government's Acceptance Of The Contractor's Proposal Constitutes Bilateral Agreement To 'issue' Contractual Documents As Detailed Herein. 1. Scope 1.1 In The Event Of A Conflict Between Section "c" And Section "d" Of The Contract/purchase Order, Section "c" Will Take Precedence. 2. Applicable Documents 2.1 Not Releasable To Foreign Nationals (noforn) Distribution Statement - Drawings, Specification, Or Related Technical Documents As Cited In The Irpod Are Subject To Special Export Controls And Each Transmittal To Foreign Govern Ments Or Foreign Nationals May be Made Only With Prior Approval Of The Naval Sea Systems Command. 2.2 Applicable Documents; technical Documents Associated To This Solicitation Or Award Such As; Irpod, Drawings,technical Data, Strs, As Well As Certain Military Specifications, And Commercial Item Descriptions (cid) Etc. May Be Obtained At (https://logistics.unnpp.gov/ecommerce) These Documents, At The Required Revision Levels That Are Associated To Either This Solicitation Or Award, Become A Part Of This Solicitation Or Award Unless Changed By An Admendment To The Solicitation Or Modification To the Award. this Website Requires A Password And Pre-registration. To Obtain Instruction On How To Register And Obtain A Password Contact The Bpmi Website Administrator. 3. Requirements 3.1 Navsup Wss-mech Code N94 Additional Technical Documentation order Of Precedence And Effective Issues Of Cited Documentation Dated: July 2004 a. Order Of Precedence For Document Conflict Resolution: The Technical And Quality Requirements Applicable To Manufacture Of The Material Being Purchased Under This Order Are Contained Or Invoked In One Or More Of The Documents Listed Below. In The Event Of any Inconsistencies Between Any Provisions Of This Order, The Order Or Precedence Shall Be As Follows: 1. Amendments To The Purchase Order/contract 2. Schedule Of Supplies Of The Purchase Order/contract. 3. Terms And Conditions Of The Purchase Order/contract. 4. Individual Repair Part Ordering Data (irpod); Or Master Procurement Specification, As Applicable. 5. Any Invoked Standard Technical Requirements (strs). 6. Drawings Referenced In The Irpod, Or Master Procurement Specification , As Applicable. 7. Specifications Referenced In The Irpod, Master Procurement Specifications Or Drawing(s), As Applicable. b. Effective Issues Of Cited Drawings, Specifications, Standards And Other Documents: 1. The Contractor Shall Comply With The Specified Revisions Of The Documents (i.e. Drawings,specifications,standards And Other Documents) Cited In The Irpod And/or Procurement Specification Contained Herein. The Contractor Shall Obtain Written Approval for The Contracting Officer To Use Document Revisions Other Than Those Specified. When A Later Drawing Revision Is Submitted For Approval, Two Full Size Clear Legible Prints Shall Be Provided. 2. Where Documents Are Referred To Only By The Basic Identification Name Or Number And No Specific Revision Thereto, The Contractor Use Of Any Issue Of The Document Except All Such Revisions Shall Be Dated 1 November 1969 Or Later. c. Use Of Document Revisions In Their Entirety: 1. Contractors Shall Use Revisions To Each Cited Or Referenced Document In Its Entirety Unless The Contractor Obtains Contracting Officer Approval To Do Otherwise (i.e. The Contractor Shall Not Use Portions Of Different Revisions Of A Document). d. Vendor Waiver/deviations On Critical Contracts. 1. Compliance With The Delivery Date And Technical Requirements Of Navsup Wss Critical Repair Part Material Contracts Is Expected. 2. As The Cautionary Note Contained In The Contract States, Seller Intended Use Of Any Material Which Is Not In Full Compliance With The Specified Contract Technical Requirements, Should Be Identified As An Exception In Advance Either At The Time The Quotation is Submitted Or Prior To Manufacture. 3. Requests For Delivery Date Extensions And Waivers/deviations Should Be Accompanied By An Explanation Of The Cause For The Delay, Or The Reason For The Requested Non-conformance With An Offer Of Consideration In The Event The Contracting Officer Concurs With your Request. 4. Requests For Waivers/deviations Should Provide Justification For The Requested Change Including An Evaluation Which Demonstrates That Proposed Non-conformance Will Not Affect The Quality, Form, Fit, Or Function Of The Part. Where A Proposed Alternate Or replacement Item Is Offered, Supporting Technical Data (catalog Page, Drawing (s), Etc.) That Fully Describe The Proposed Item Shall Be Provided For Technical Evaluation. 5. Requests Which Do Not Contain The Above Information Will Be Returned And Will Not Be Submitted To Technical/engineering Review Until Sufficient Justification Is Provided. 6. Requests For Waivers/deviations Shall Be Presented To The Government Quality Assurance Representative (qar) For Comment. The Qar Shall Forward The Request, With Their Comments, Directly To The Post Award Pco Identified In The Contract/purchase Order Within five Working Days After Receipt. e. Exclusion Of Mercury 1. Mercury Or Mercury Containing Compounds Shall Not Be Intentionally Added To Or Come In Direct Contact With Hardware Or Supplies Under This Contract. 4. Quality Assurance 4.1 The Quality Assurance Requirements Are Located In The Individual Repair Part Ordering Data (irpod). the Contractor Shall Provide And Maintain An Inspection System Acceptable To The Government Covering The Supplies Herein. records Of All Inspection Work By The Contractor Shall Be Kept Complete And Available To The Government During The Performance Of This Contract And For Such Longer Periods As May Be Specified Elsewhere In The Contract. 4.2 First Article Test/inspection And Report Submittal-(contractor Destructive Or Non Destructive). the Contractor Shall Conduct First Article Test/inspection On ; Three (3); Unit(s) In Accordance With The Irpod Requirements Specified In This Contract/purchase Order. the Contractor Shall Prepare And Submit A Report In Accordance With The Contract Data Requirements List (dd Form 1423). first Article Approval Is Required Prior To Manufacturing The Pco. 5. Packaging 5.1 When The Cleanliness Control Requirements Of One Or More Of The Following Documents Are Invoked: Mil-std-767, Mil-std-2041, Refueling Clean, Or Reactor Plant Clean, The Following Clarification Of Requirements For Mil-prf-23199 Packaging Of Repair Parts applies. (1). The Following Summary Clarifies The Packaging Requirements Of Mil-prf-23199 Pertaining To The Use Of Mil-dtl-24466 Green Poly Bags. The Supplier Remains Responsible For Meeting All Contract Requirements. Suppliers Who Are Unsure Of The Packaging, Packing, and Marking. requirements For A Particular Part Should Request Clarification By Contacting The Navsup-wss Contracting Poc. (a). Paragraph 3.4.2 Of Mil-prf-23199 Discusses Level B Packaging And Refers To Paragraph 3.3.1 For The Method Of Packaging. Paragraph 3.3.1 Provides Several Methods Of Packaging. Packaging In Heat Sealed Envelopes Is Covered In Paragraph 3.3.1.1 Which States, "components Which Are Subject To Cleanliness Controls (see 6.2) Or As Specified (see 6.1) Shall Be Packaged In Heat Sealed Envelopes (see 3.2.2.5 And 3.2.2.5.1)". (2). The Following Conditions Must Be Satisfied In Order For Mil-dtl-24466 Bags To Apply: (a). Paragraph 6.2 Of Mil-prf-23199 Defines Cleanliness Controls As Any Reference To (or Application Of) The Cleanliness Control Requirements Of One Or More Of The Following Documents: Mil-std-767, Mil-std-2041, Refueling Clean, Reactor Plant Clean, Or Other requirements Identified Within The Irpod. the Repair Part Must Have Cleaning Requirements Of One Of The Aformentioned Methods. (b). Paragraph 6.1 Contains Ordering Data Options. Paragraph 6.1(k)2. Provides An Option To Specify The Method Of Packaging To Be Used When Packaging Is Other Than In Accordance With Paragraph 3.3.1.1 Only. If A Contract Specifies Any Additional Requirements for The Use Of Green Poly Bags, Then They Are Required And Take Precedence. (4). The Use Of Fire Retardant Packaging Material Is No Longer Required In Any Navsup-wss N94 Contract. mil-std 2073 Packaging Applies As Found Elsewhere In The Schedule 6. Notes 6.1 1. Nuclear Reactor Publications Assigned Navsea Document And Identification Numbers That Are Not Available From Bpmi E-commerce Web Site Must Be Requested From: contracting Officer navsup Wss-mech code N943 5450 Carlisle Pike p.o. Box 2020 mechanicsburg, Pa. 17055-0788 requests For "official Use Only" And "noforn" (not Releasable To Foreign Natio Nals) Documents Must Identify The Quotation Number On Pre-award Procurement Actions. Requests Must Be Submitted To The Pco For Certification Of "need-to-know" For The Document. On post-award Actions, The Request Must Identify The Government Contract Number, And Be Submitted Via The Defense Contract Management Agency (dcma) For Certification Of "need-to-know" For The Document. 2. Commercial Specifications, Standards And Descriptions - These Specifications, Standards And Descriptions Are Not Available From Government Sources. They May Be Obtained From The Publishers Or Societies Of The Applicable Documents. 6.2 In Accordance With Dodi 5230.24 All Documents And Drawings Provided By The U.s. Navy To Prospective Contractors Must Include A "distribution Statement" To Inform The Contractor Of The Limits Of Distribution, And The Safeguarding Of The Information contained On Those Documents And Drawings. There Are 6 (six) Separate Distribution Statement Codes Used For Non-classified Documents And Drawings. The Definition For Each Is As Follows: a... Approved For Public Release; Distribution Is Unlimited. b... Distribution Authorized To Us Governments Agencies Only. c... Distribution Authorized To Us Government Agencies And Their Contractors. d... Distribution Authorized To Dod And Dod Contractors Only. e... Distribution Authorized To Dod Components Only. f... Further Distribution Only As Directed By Commander, Naval Sea Systems Command, Code 09t. 6.3 Information Regarding Abbreviations, Symbols And Codes Appearing On Dd Form 1423 - The Following Information Is Provided To Assist In Understanding The Intent Of The Requirement To Provide A Deliverable Item To The Government. The Explanation Of abbreviation, Symbols And Codes Found In A Block Follows The Block Number As They Appear On The Dd Form 1423. block A: Is The Actual Contract Line Item No. block B: Is The Actual Collective Physical List Of The Deliverable Item(s) Which Are Part Of The Total Requirement Of The Contract/purchase Order. block C: Is The Category Of Data Required, Tdp Is Defined In Mil-t-31000. Tm Is Defined In Part 1x, Section B Of Dodi 5000.2. Navsup-wss Has Reasoned That Most Dd Form 1423's Included In Our Solicitations Meet The Requirement Of Tdp As Navsup-wss Does Not Regularly Purchase Only Technical Manuals Without Purchasing Hardware And Related Tdp Software. Therefore, Most Navsup-wss Dd Form 1423 Category Code Will Be Tdp. block D: Is The Name Of The Parent System, Next Higher Assembly, Or The Item Being Purchased. block E: Is The Purchase Request Number, Request For Proposal Number, Invitation For Bid Number Or Another Number For Tracking And Monitoring Purposes. block F: Is The Successful Offerors Name And Or Cage Code. block G: Is The Name Of The Individual And Or The Code/activity Of The Individual Who Prepared The Dd Form 1423 And Included The Requirement In The Technical Data Package (tdp). block H: Self Explanatory. block I: Is The Name And Signature Of The Individual Who Approved The Content And The Need For Inclusion Of The Dd Form 1423 In The Tdp. block J: Self Explanatory. block 1: Is The Exhibit Line Item Number (elin). block 2: Is The Title Of The Data Item Cited In Block 4. block 3: Is The Subtitle Of The Data Item Cited In Block 4 And Is Used If The Title Requires Clarification. block 4: Is The Actual Data Item Description (did) Number Or The Actual Technical Manual Contract Requirements Number. In The Event The Dd Form 1423 Is Requiring A Technical Manual The Numbered Tmcr Will Be An Attachment To The Contract/purchase Order. block 5: Is The Section And Paragraph Area, Where The Requirement Statement For The Dd Form 1423 Will Be Found. block 6: Is The Activity That Will Inform The Contractor Of Approval, Conditional Approval Or Disapproval Of The Deliverable Item. block 7: Is A Code Which Designates Authority For Inspection And Acceptance Of The Deliverable Item. The Definition Of The Codes Is As Follows: Dd Form 250 Code Inspection Acceptance Ss (1) (2) Dd (3) (4) Sd (1) (4) Ds (3) (5) Lt (6) (7) No (8) (8) Xx (9) (9) (1) Inspection At Source. (2) Acceptance At Source. (3) No Inspection Performed At Source. Final Inspection Performance At Destination. (4) Acceptance At Destination. (5) Acceptance At Source. Acceptance Based On Written Approval From The Contract Officer. (6) Letter Of Transmittal Only. Lt Should Not Be Used When Inspection Is Required. The Data Is Sent By The Contractor Directly To The Personnel Listed In Block 14 Of The Dd Form 1423. Lt Is Used When The Contracting Agency Does Not Desire To Have A Dd Form 250 For Each And Every Piece Of Data Developed By The Contractor. The Only Other Authorized Use Of Lt Is The Special Case Where The Contracting Agency Does Not Desire To Have Separate Dd Forms 250 But Desires To Have A Government Quality Assurance Representative Perform Inspection. The Government Quality Assurance Representative Shall Be Listed On The Distribution In Block 14 And Requested To Provide Comments Via The Quality Assurance Letter Of Inspection. Use Of The Symbol Lt Is Not Authorized For Data Comprising Final Delivery Of Technical Data Package Of For Technical Manuals. (lt May, However, Be Used For Delivery Of Preliminary Tdp's Or Tm's). (7) As Specified In Block 8 Of The Dd Form 1423. (8) No Inspection Or Acceptance Required. No Dd Form 250 Or Letter Of Transmittal Required. Use Of The Symbol No Is Not Authorized For Data Comprising Technical Data Packages Or For Technical Manuals. (9) Inspection And Acceptance Requirements Specified Elsewhere In The Contract. block 8: Is The Approval Code - Items Of Critical Data Requiring Specific Advanced Written Approval Prior To Distribution Of The Final Data Item Will Be Identified By Placing An "a" In This Field. This Data Item Requires Submission Of A Preliminary Draft Prior To Publication Of A Final Document. When A Preliminary Draft Is Required, Block 16 Of The Dd Form 1423 Will Show Length Of Time Required For Government Approval/disapproval And Subsequent Turn-around Time For The Contractor To Resubmit The Data After Government Approval/disapproval Has Been Issued. Block 16 Will Also Indicate The Extent Of The Approval Requirements, E.g., Approval Of Technical Content And/or Format. block 9: Is The Distribution Statement Code Which Explains How The Government Can Circulate The Deliverable Item. The Definition Of Codes A, B, C, D, E, Or F Is As Follows: A. Distribution Of The Item Is Unrestricted. B. Distribution Of The Item Is Limited To Agencies Only. C. Distribution Of The Item Is Limited To Contractors With A Cage Code And Have A Dd Form 2345 On File With The Dla Logistics Information Services (dlis) Battle Creek, Mich. Or Government Activities. D. Distribution Of The Item Is Limited To Dod Activities And Dod Contractors Only. E. Distribution Of The Item Is Limited To Dod Components Only. F. Distribution Of The Item Is Restricted From Foreign Nations And Foreign Nationals. block 10: Is The Frequency Which The Deliverable Item Is Expected To Be Delivered To The Government. The Abbreviations And Their Meaning. Annly Annually Asgen As Generated Asreq As Required Bi-mo Every Two Months Bi-we Every Two Weeks Daily Daily Dfdel Deferred Delivery Mthly Monthly One/r One Time With Revisions Qrtly Quarterly Semia Every Six Months Wekly Weekly Xtime Number Of Times To Be Submitted (1time, 2times...9times) Use Of These Codes Requires Further Explanation In Block 16 To Provide The Contractor With Guidance Necessary To Accurately Price The Deliverable Data Item. Other Abbreviations Not Appearing On The Above List May On Occasion Be Used In Block 10 Of The Dd Form 1423. When Other Abbreviations Are Used They Will Be Fully Explained In Block 16 Of The Dd Form 1423. block 11: Is The Last Calendar Date, Expressed In Year/month/day Format, The Deliverable Item Is To Be Received By The Requiring Office Cited In Block 6 Of The Dd Form 1423 For An Item With A Block 10 Entry Indication A Single Delivery. If The Item Is To Be Submitted Multiple Times, The Number Stated Is The Number Of Calendar Days After The Frequency Cited In Block 10 The Item Is To Be Received By The Requiring Office Cited In Block 6 Of The Dd Form 1423. On Occasion The Deliverable Item Will Be Required To Be Submitted Prior To The End Of The Frequency Cited In Block 6. In That Event The Requirement Will Be Fully Explained In Block 16 Of The Dd Form 1423. block 12: Is The Date Of First Submission Of The Deliverable Item To The Requiring Office (block 4) Expressed In Year/month/day Format. The Abbreviations And Their Meaning Are As Follows: Asgen As Generated Asreq As Required Dac Days After Contract Date Dfdel Deferred Delivery Eoc End Of Contract Eom End Of Month Eoq End Of Quarter Specific Instructions For These Requirements Will Be Provided In Block 16. If The Deliverable Item Is Constrained By A Specific Event Or Milestone The Constraint Will Be Fully Explained In Block 16 Of The Dd Form 1423. "as Generated", "as Required", And "deferred Delivery" Will Always Be Fully Explained In Block 16. block 13: Is The Date Of Subsequent Submission Of The Deliverable Item, After The Initial Submission. Subsequent Submission Is Only Used To Indicate The Specific Time Period. The Data Is Required When Block 10 Of The Dd Form 1423 Indicates Multiple Delivery Is Required. This Does Not Apply To Resubmission Of A Deliverable Item That Has Been Reviewed By The Requiring Office And Determined To Be Only Conditionally Acceptable Or Unacceptable. block 14a: Will Contain The Activity Name(s) Where The Deliverable Item Is To Be Sent. If The Activity Is Other Than Dcma Or Navsup-wss The Full Name, Address (including Code) Will Be Specified. That Specific Information Will Be Located In Block 16 Of The Dd Form 1423. block 14b: Is The Number Of Copies Of Draft And Or Final Copies To Be Submitted. When Final "repro" Copies Are To Be Submitted Block 16 Will Clarify The Type Of Repro Copies Required. (e.g., Vellum, Negative, Etc.) block 15: Is The Total Of Each Type Of Copies To Be Submitted As Required By Block 14. block 16: Is The Block Used To Provide Additional Or Clarifying Information Blocks 1 Through 15. This Block Is Also The Only Area Used To Tailor The Document Listed In Block 4. Only Deletions To The Minimum Requirements Stated In The Document In Block 4 Are Allowed. Block 16 May Also Be Used To Specify The Medium For Delivery Of The Data. block 17: Is The Block Where The Bidder Or Offeror Is To Enter The Appropriate Price Group. The Price Groups Are Defined As Follows: A. Group I - Data Which The Contractor Prepares To Satisfy The Government's Requirements. The Contractor Does Not Need This Type Of Data To Perform The Rest Of The Contract. Price Would Be Based On Identifiable Direct Costs, Overhead, General And Administrative (g&a) And Profit. B. Group Ii - Data Essential To Contract Performance Which Must Be Reworked Or Amended To Conform To Government Requirements. The Price For Data In This Group Would Be Based On The Direct Cost To Convert The Original Data To Meet Government Needs And To Deliver It, Plus Allocable Overhead, G&a And Profit. C. Group Iii - Data Which The Contractor Must Develop For His Own Use And Which Requires No Substantial Change To Conform To Government Requirements Regarding Depth Of Content, Format, Frequency Of Submittal, Preparation, And Quality Of Data. Only The Costs Of Reproducing, Handling And Delivery, Plus Overhead, G&a And Profit, Are Considered In Pricing Data In This Group. D. Group Iv - Data Which The Contractor Has Developed As Part Of His Commercial Business. Not Much Of This Data Is Required And The Cost Is Insignificant. The Item Should Normally Be Coded "no Charge." An Example Is A Brochure Or Brief Manual Developed For Commercial Application Which Will Be Acquired In Small Quantities, And The Added Cost Is Too Small To Justify The Expense Of Computing The Charge That Otherwise Would Go With The Acquisition. block 18: Enter The Total Estimated Price Equal To That Portion Of The Total Price Which Is Estimated To Be Attributable To The Production Or Development For The Government Of That Item Of Data. The Entry "n/c" For "no Charge" Is Acceptable. the Packaging Label Shall Be Marked With The Nomenclature Cited On The Irpod. date Of First Submission=045 Dac submit For Approval One Package (iaw Di-qcic-8871) Of All Applicable Procedure, Drawing And Other Pre-manufacturing Submittals, Listed On The Individual Repair Part Ordering Data (irpod) Document(s) And Detailed In The Cited Specification, Within 45 Days After contract Award To The Contracting Officer (navsup-wss Code N9433). See Irpod For Individual Documents Required. a Separate Package Will Be Prepared And Submitted For Each Unique Combination Of Contract Number, National Stock Number, And Item Nomenclature Specified In The Schedule Of Supplies/services. di-qcic-a8871 Cited In Block 4 Is A Unique Navsup-wss Dd1423 Sequence Control Number - Procedure Package To Be Iaw Did Di-qcic-8871(latest Rev). date Of First Submission=eoc submit To Navsup-wss, Code N9433 For Review, A Complete Package Of All Applicable Vendor Certified Reports Of Test And Inspection Per Di-qcic-8872(latest Rev) See (individual Repair Parts Ordering Data) Irpod For Individual Documentsrequired. the Package Will Be Submitted Per The Contract Delivery Schedule, And Authorization To Ship Material Must Be Obtained From The Pco. a Separate Package Will Be Prepared And Submitted For Each Unique Combination Of Contract Number, National Stock Number, And Item Nomenclature Specified In The Schedule Of Supplies/services. di-qcic-a8872s Cited In Block 4 Is A Unique Navsup-wss Dd1423 Sequence Control Number - Roti Package To Be Iaw Did Di-qcic-8872(latest Rev). date Of First Submission=045 Dac submit For Approval One Package Iaw Di-qcic-8874 Which Identifies The Lower Tier Suppliers Of Material, Supplies And Services. this Package Shall Be Submitted Within 45 Days After Contract Award To The Contracting Officer, Navsup-wss, Code N9433. a Separate Package Will Be Prepared And Submitted For Each Unique Combination Of Contract Number, National Stock Number, And Item Nomenclature Specified In The Schedule Of Supplies/services. di-qcic-a8874a Cited In Block 4 Is A Unique Navsup-wss Dd1423 Sequence Control Number - Roti Package To Be Iaw Did Di-qcic-8874(latest Rev). date Of First Submission=asreq submittal Requirements Specified In The Irpod, Under Paragraph 6.1, Contract Data Requirements, Shall Be In Accordance With Either Of The Following: 1. When Specified For Contractor Submittal Of Reports Prior To Manufacturing For Approval, Then The Report Shall Be Submitted For Approval, In Accordance With The Contract Delivery Schedule. Authorization To Start Production Must Be Obtained From The Pco. a Separate Package Will Be Prepared And Submitted For Each Unique Combination Of Contract Number, National Stock Number, And Item Nomenclature Specified In The Schedule Of Supplies/services. resubmittal Not Later Than 45 Days After Disapproval. 2. When Specified For Contractor Submittal Of Report Per The Contract Delivery Schedule, Then The Report Shall Be Submitted For Approval Per The Contract Delivery Schedule And Authorization To Ship Material Must Be Obtained From The Pco. a Separate Package Will Be Prepared And Submitted For Each Unique Combination Of Contract Number, National Stock Number, And Item Nomenclature Specified In The Schedule Of Supplies/services. dindtia80809a Cited In Block 4 Is A Unique Navsup-wss Dd1423 Sequence Control Number - Report Package To Be Iaw Did Di-ndti-80809(latest Rev).

Description: Item Unique Identification And Valuation (jan 2023)|19|||||||||||||||||||| higher-level Contract Quality Requirement (navicp Review Feb 1991)(feb 1999)|1|mil-i-45208| inspection Of Supplies--fixed-price (aug 1996)|2||| inspection And Acceptance - Short Version|8|x||x|||||| stop-work Order (aug 1989)|1|| general Information-fob-destination|1|b| wide Area Workflow Payment Instructions (jan 2023)|16|invoice And Receiving Reports (combo)|n/a|tbd|n00104|tbd|tbd|see Schedule|tbd|n/a|n/a|n/a|||||| inspection System Program Plans, Or Premanufacturing Or Test Procedures|1|45| transportation Of Supplies By Sea (oct 2024)|2||| federal Acquisition Supply Chain Security Act Orders-prohibition (dec 2023)|12||||||||||||| notice Of Total Small Business Set-aside (oct 2020)(deviation 2020-o0008)|1|| annual Representations And Certifications (may 2024)|13|332919|750|||||||||||| notice Of Priority Rating For National Defense, Emergency Perpardeness, And Enrgy Progam Use (april 2008))|2||x| a Material Irpod Is Available At The Bpmi Site. Vendor Review Of The Irpod Is Mandatory. unless Otherwise Specified, Pricing For This Quotation Is Valid For 60 Days After The Closing Date As Indicated On The Quotation. Please Specify (if Other Than 60 Days) ______________ Days. If You Are Submitting Your Quote Via Email Or Neco, Please Specify The number Of Days Pricing Is Valid all Contractual Documents (i.e. Contracts, Purchase Orders, Task Orders, Delivery Orders And Modifications) Related To The Instant Procurement Are Considered To Be 'issued' By The Government When Copies Are Either Deposited In The Mail, Transmitted By Facsimile, or Sent By Other Electronic Commerce Methods, Such As Email. The Government's Acceptance Of The Contractor's Proposal Constitutes Bilateral Agreement To 'issue' Contractual Documents As Detailed Herein. the Bpmi Ecommerce Website Is Being Moved To A New Url (https://logistics.unnpp.gov/ecommerce) Effective 17 July, 2019. The Current Site Address (https://logistics.bpmionline.net) Will Be Active Until 1 August, 2019, But We Encourage You To Ensure You Are Able To access The New Website At Your Earliest Convenience. If You Have Any Questions, Please Contact The Poc Listed Below. n9432.41 Danny O'neal, Ph: 717-605-4954, Email: Danny.l.oneal8.civ@us.navy.mil \ 1. If The Irpod For An Individual Item Calls For Mil-p-24503, Please Advise The Name Of The Manufacturer And The Grade Of The Mil-p-24503 Material That You Will Be Offering For That Line Item: mil-p-24503 Manufacturer's Name _____________________________. mil-p-24503 Material Grade __________________________________. 2. If The Irpod For An Individual Item Calls For Reports Of Test And Inspection (rotis), The Documentation Is Due 40 Days Prior To Delivery. 3. If The Irpod For An Individual Item Calls For Mil-i-45208 Higher Level Inspection System Requirements, Clause 52.242-11 -- Higher Level Contract Quality Requirement Applies. 4. When Applicable, First Article Test Reports Are Due Within 45 Days From The Date Of Order. 5. "all Contractual Documents (i.e. Contracts, Purchase Orders, Task Orders, Delivery Orders And Modifications) Related To The Instant Procurement Are Considered To Be "issued" By The Government When Copies Are Either Deposited In The Mail, Transmitted By facsimile, Or Sent By Other Electronic Commerce Methods, Such As Email. The Government's Acceptance Of The Contractor's Proposal Constitutes Bilateral Agreement To "issue" Contractual Documents As Detailed Herein. 6. Any Subsequent Contract Awarded Will Be A (do) Rated Order. See Clause 52.211-14 For Additional Information. 7. The Government Reserves The Right To Place A Single Order Or Multiple Orders. 8. Please Provide A Quoted Delivery Date For Each Line Item. 9. Unless Otherwise Specified, Pricing For This Quotation Is Valid For 60 Days After The Closing Date As Indicated On The Quotation. please Specify (if Other Than 60 Days) ______________ Days. if You Are Submitting Your Quote Via Email Or Neco,please Specify The Number Of Days Pricing Is Valid. \ 1. Scope 1.1 In The Event Of A Conflict Between Section "c" And Section "d" Of The Contract/purchase Order, Section "c" Will Take Precedence. 2. Applicable Documents 2.1 Applicable Documents; technical Documents Associated To This Solicitation Or Award Such As; Irpod, Drawings,technical Data, Strs, As Well As Certain Military Specifications, And Commercial Item Descriptions (cid) Etc. May Be Obtained At (https://logistics.unnpp.gov/ecommerce) These Documents, At The Required Revision Levels That Are Associated To Either This Solicitation Or Award, Become A Part Of This Solicitation Or Award Unless Changed By An Admendment To The Solicitation Or Modification To the Award. this Website Requires A Password And Pre-registration. To Obtain Instruction On How To Register And Obtain A Password Contact The Bpmi Website Administrator. 3. Requirements 3.1 Navsup Wss-mech Code N94 Additional Technical Documentation order Of Precedence And Effective Issues Of Cited Documentation Dated: July 2004 a. Order Of Precedence For Document Conflict Resolution: The Technical And Quality Requirements Applicable To Manufacture Of The Material Being Purchased Under This Order Are Contained Or Invoked In One Or More Of The Documents Listed Below. In The Event Of any Inconsistencies Between Any Provisions Of This Order, The Order Or Precedence Shall Be As Follows: 1. Amendments To The Purchase Order/contract 2. Schedule Of Supplies Of The Purchase Order/contract. 3. Terms And Conditions Of The Purchase Order/contract. 4. Individual Repair Part Ordering Data (irpod); Or Master Procurement Specification, As Applicable. 5. Any Invoked Standard Technical Requirements (strs). 6. Drawings Referenced In The Irpod, Or Master Procurement Specification , As Applicable. 7. Specifications Referenced In The Irpod, Master Procurement Specifications Or Drawing(s), As Applicable. b. Effective Issues Of Cited Drawings, Specifications, Standards And Other Documents: 1. The Contractor Shall Comply With The Specified Revisions Of The Documents (i.e. Drawings,specifications,standards And Other Documents) Cited In The Irpod And/or Procurement Specification Contained Herein. The Contractor Shall Obtain Written Approval for The Contracting Officer To Use Document Revisions Other Than Those Specified. When A Later Drawing Revision Is Submitted For Approval, Two Full Size Clear Legible Prints Shall Be Provided. 2. Where Documents Are Referred To Only By The Basic Identification Name Or Number And No Specific Revision Thereto, The Contractor Use Of Any Issue Of The Document Except All Such Revisions Shall Be Dated 1 November 1969 Or Later. c. Use Of Document Revisions In Their Entirety: 1. Contractors Shall Use Revisions To Each Cited Or Referenced Document In Its Entirety Unless The Contractor Obtains Contracting Officer Approval To Do Otherwise (i.e. The Contractor Shall Not Use Portions Of Different Revisions Of A Document). d. Vendor Waiver/deviations On Critical Contracts. 1. Compliance With The Delivery Date And Technical Requirements Of Navsup Wss Critical Repair Part Material Contracts Is Expected. 2. As The Cautionary Note Contained In The Contract States, Seller Intended Use Of Any Material Which Is Not In Full Compliance With The Specified Contract Technical Requirements, Should Be Identified As An Exception In Advance Either At The Time The Quotation is Submitted Or Prior To Manufacture. 3. Requests For Delivery Date Extensions And Waivers/deviations Should Be Accompanied By An Explanation Of The Cause For The Delay, Or The Reason For The Requested Non-conformance With An Offer Of Consideration In The Event The Contracting Officer Concurs With your Request. 4. Requests For Waivers/deviations Should Provide Justification For The Requested Change Including An Evaluation Which Demonstrates That Proposed Non-conformance Will Not Affect The Quality, Form, Fit, Or Function Of The Part. Where A Proposed Alternate Or replacement Item Is Offered, Supporting Technical Data (catalog Page, Drawing (s), Etc.) That Fully Describe The Proposed Item Shall Be Provided For Technical Evaluation. 5. Requests Which Do Not Contain The Above Information Will Be Returned And Will Not Be Submitted To Technical/engineering Review Until Sufficient Justification Is Provided. 6. Requests For Waivers/deviations Shall Be Presented To The Government Quality Assurance Representative (qar) For Comment. The Qar Shall Forward The Request, With Their Comments, Directly To The Post Award Pco Identified In The Contract/purchase Order Within five Working Days After Receipt. e. Exclusion Of Mercury 1. Mercury Or Mercury Containing Compounds Shall Not Be Intentionally Added To Or Come In Direct Contact With Hardware Or Supplies Under This Contract. 4. Quality Assurance 4.1 The Quality Assurance Requirements Are Located In The Individual Repair Part Ordering Data (irpod). the Contractor Shall Provide And Maintain An Inspection System Acceptable To The Government Covering The Supplies Herein. records Of All Inspection Work By The Contractor Shall Be Kept Complete And Available To The Government During The Performance Of This Contract And For Such Longer Periods As May Be Specified Elsewhere In The Contract. 5. Packaging 5.1 When The Cleanliness Control Requirements Of One Or More Of The Following Documents Are Invoked: Mil-std-767, Mil-std-2041, Refueling Clean, Or Reactor Plant Clean, The Following Clarification Of Requirements For Mil-prf-23199 Packaging Of Repair Parts applies. (1). The Following Summary Clarifies The Packaging Requirements Of Mil-prf-23199 Pertaining To The Use Of Mil-dtl-24466 Green Poly Bags. The Supplier Remains Responsible For Meeting All Contract Requirements. Suppliers Who Are Unsure Of The Packaging, Packing, and Marking. requirements For A Particular Part Should Request Clarification By Contacting The Navsup-wss Contracting Poc. (a). Paragraph 3.4.2 Of Mil-prf-23199 Discusses Level B Packaging And Refers To Paragraph 3.3.1 For The Method Of Packaging. Paragraph 3.3.1 Provides Several Methods Of Packaging. Packaging In Heat Sealed Envelopes Is Covered In Paragraph 3.3.1.1 Which States, "components Which Are Subject To Cleanliness Controls (see 6.2) Or As Specified (see 6.1) Shall Be Packaged In Heat Sealed Envelopes (see 3.2.2.5 And 3.2.2.5.1)". (2). The Following Conditions Must Be Satisfied In Order For Mil-dtl-24466 Bags To Apply: (a). Paragraph 6.2 Of Mil-prf-23199 Defines Cleanliness Controls As Any Reference To (or Application Of) The Cleanliness Control Requirements Of One Or More Of The Following Documents: Mil-std-767, Mil-std-2041, Refueling Clean, Reactor Plant Clean, Or Other requirements Identified Within The Irpod. the Repair Part Must Have Cleaning Requirements Of One Of The Aformentioned Methods. (b). Paragraph 6.1 Contains Ordering Data Options. Paragraph 6.1(k)2. Provides An Option To Specify The Method Of Packaging To Be Used When Packaging Is Other Than In Accordance With Paragraph 3.3.1.1 Only. If A Contract Specifies Any Additional Requirements for The Use Of Green Poly Bags, Then They Are Required And Take Precedence. (4). The Use Of Fire Retardant Packaging Material Is No Longer Required In Any Navsup-wss N94 Contract. mil-std 2073 Packaging Applies As Found Elsewhere In The Schedule 6. Notes 6.1 1. Nuclear Reactor Publications Assigned Navsea Document And Identification Numbers That Are Not Available From Bpmi E-commerce Web Site Must Be Requested From: contracting Officer navsup Wss-mech code N943 5450 Carlisle Pike p.o. Box 2020 mechanicsburg, Pa. 17055-0788 requests For "official Use Only" And "noforn" (not Releasable To Foreign Natio Nals) Documents Must Identify The Quotation Number On Pre-award Procurement Actions. Requests Must Be Submitted To The Pco For Certification Of "need-to-know" For The Document. On post-award Actions, The Request Must Identify The Government Contract Number, And Be Submitted Via The Defense Contract Management Agency (dcma) For Certification Of "need-to-know" For The Document. 2. Commercial Specifications, Standards And Descriptions - These Specifications, Standards And Descriptions Are Not Available From Government Sources. They May Be Obtained From The Publishers Or Societies Of The Applicable Documents. 6.2 Information Regarding Abbreviations, Symbols And Codes Appearing On Dd Form 1423 - The Following Information Is Provided To Assist In Understanding The Intent Of The Requirement To Provide A Deliverable Item To The Government. The Explanation Of abbreviation, Symbols And Codes Found In A Block Follows The Block Number As They Appear On The Dd Form 1423. block A: Is The Actual Contract Line Item No. block B: Is The Actual Collective Physical List Of The Deliverable Item(s) Which Are Part Of The Total Requirement Of The Contract/purchase Order. block C: Is The Category Of Data Required, Tdp Is Defined In Mil-t-31000. Tm Is Defined In Part 1x, Section B Of Dodi 5000.2. Navsup-wss Has Reasoned That Most Dd Form 1423's Included In Our Solicitations Meet The Requirement Of Tdp As Navsup-wss Does Not Regularly Purchase Only Technical Manuals Without Purchasing Hardware And Related Tdp Software. Therefore, Most Navsup-wss Dd Form 1423 Category Code Will Be Tdp. block D: Is The Name Of The Parent System, Next Higher Assembly, Or The Item Being Purchased. block E: Is The Purchase Request Number, Request For Proposal Number, Invitation For Bid Number Or Another Number For Tracking And Monitoring Purposes. block F: Is The Successful Offerors Name And Or Cage Code. block G: Is The Name Of The Individual And Or The Code/activity Of The Individual Who Prepared The Dd Form 1423 And Included The Requirement In The Technical Data Package (tdp). block H: Self Explanatory. block I: Is The Name And Signature Of The Individual Who Approved The Content And The Need For Inclusion Of The Dd Form 1423 In The Tdp. block J: Self Explanatory. block 1: Is The Exhibit Line Item Number (elin). block 2: Is The Title Of The Data Item Cited In Block 4. block 3: Is The Subtitle Of The Data Item Cited In Block 4 And Is Used If The Title Requires Clarification. block 4: Is The Actual Data Item Description (did) Number Or The Actual Technical Manual Contract Requirements Number. In The Event The Dd Form 1423 Is Requiring A Technical Manual The Numbered Tmcr Will Be An Attachment To The Contract/purchase Order. block 5: Is The Section And Paragraph Area, Where The Requirement Statement For The Dd Form 1423 Will Be Found. block 6: Is The Activity That Will Inform The Contractor Of Approval, Conditional Approval Or Disapproval Of The Deliverable Item. block 7: Is A Code Which Designates Authority For Inspection And Acceptance Of The Deliverable Item. The Definition Of The Codes Is As Follows: Dd Form 250 Code Inspection Acceptance Ss (1) (2) Dd (3) (4) Sd (1) (4) Ds (3) (5) Lt (6) (7) No (8) (8) Xx (9) (9) (1) Inspection At Source. (2) Acceptance At Source. (3) No Inspection Performed At Source. Final Inspection Performance At Destination. (4) Acceptance At Destination. (5) Acceptance At Source. Acceptance Based On Written Approval From The Contract Officer. (6) Letter Of Transmittal Only. Lt Should Not Be Used When Inspection Is Required. The Data Is Sent By The Contractor Directly To The Personnel Listed In Block 14 Of The Dd Form 1423. Lt Is Used When The Contracting Agency Does Not Desire To Have A Dd Form 250 For Each And Every Piece Of Data Developed By The Contractor. The Only Other Authorized Use Of Lt Is The Special Case Where The Contracting Agency Does Not Desire To Have Separate Dd Forms 250 But Desires To Have A Government Quality Assurance Representative Perform Inspection. The Government Quality Assurance Representative Shall Be Listed On The Distribution In Block 14 And Requested To Provide Comments Via The Quality Assurance Letter Of Inspection. Use Of The Symbol Lt Is Not Authorized For Data Comprising Final Delivery Of Technical Data Package Of For Technical Manuals. (lt May, However, Be Used For Delivery Of Preliminary Tdp's Or Tm's). (7) As Specified In Block 8 Of The Dd Form 1423. (8) No Inspection Or Acceptance Required. No Dd Form 250 Or Letter Of Transmittal Required. Use Of The Symbol No Is Not Authorized For Data Comprising Technical Data Packages Or For Technical Manuals. (9) Inspection And Acceptance Requirements Specified Elsewhere In The Contract. block 8: Is The Approval Code - Items Of Critical Data Requiring Specific Advanced Written Approval Prior To Distribution Of The Final Data Item Will Be Identified By Placing An "a" In This Field. This Data Item Requires Submission Of A Preliminary Draft Prior To Publication Of A Final Document. When A Preliminary Draft Is Required, Block 16 Of The Dd Form 1423 Will Show Length Of Time Required For Government Approval/disapproval And Subsequent Turn-around Time For The Contractor To Resubmit The Data After Government Approval/disapproval Has Been Issued. Block 16 Will Also Indicate The Extent Of The Approval Requirements, E.g., Approval Of Technical Content And/or Format. block 9: Is The Distribution Statement Code Which Explains How The Government Can Circulate The Deliverable Item. The Definition Of Codes A, B, C, D, E, Or F Is As Follows: A. Distribution Of The Item Is Unrestricted. B. Distribution Of The Item Is Limited To Agencies Only. C. Distribution Of The Item Is Limited To Contractors With A Cage Code And Have A Dd Form 2345 On File With The Dla Logistics Information Services (dlis) Battle Creek, Mich. Or Government Activities. D. Distribution Of The Item Is Limited To Dod Activities And Dod Contractors Only. E. Distribution Of The Item Is Limited To Dod Components Only. F. Distribution Of The Item Is Restricted From Foreign Nations And Foreign Nationals. block 10: Is The Frequency Which The Deliverable Item Is Expected To Be Delivered To The Government. The Abbreviations And Their Meaning. Annly Annually Asgen As Generated Asreq As Required Bi-mo Every Two Months Bi-we Every Two Weeks Daily Daily Dfdel Deferred Delivery Mthly Monthly One/r One Time With Revisions Qrtly Quarterly Semia Every Six Months Wekly Weekly Xtime Number Of Times To Be Submitted (1time, 2times...9times) Use Of These Codes Requires Further Explanation In Block 16 To Provide The Contractor With Guidance Necessary To Accurately Price The Deliverable Data Item. Other Abbreviations Not Appearing On The Above List May On Occasion Be Used In Block 10 Of The Dd Form 1423. When Other Abbreviations Are Used They Will Be Fully Explained In Block 16 Of The Dd Form 1423. block 11: Is The Last Calendar Date, Expressed In Year/month/day Format, The Deliverable Item Is To Be Received By The Requiring Office Cited In Block 6 Of The Dd Form 1423 For An Item With A Block 10 Entry Indication A Single Delivery. If The Item Is To Be Submitted Multiple Times, The Number Stated Is The Number Of Calendar Days After The Frequency Cited In Block 10 The Item Is To Be Received By The Requiring Office Cited In Block 6 Of The Dd Form 1423. On Occasion The Deliverable Item Will Be Required To Be Submitted Prior To The End Of The Frequency Cited In Block 6. In That Event The Requirement Will Be Fully Explained In Block 16 Of The Dd Form 1423. block 12: Is The Date Of First Submission Of The Deliverable Item To The Requiring Office (block 4) Expressed In Year/month/day Format. The Abbreviations And Their Meaning Are As Follows: Asgen As Generated Asreq As Required Dac Days After Contract Date Dfdel Deferred Delivery Eoc End Of Contract Eom End Of Month Eoq End Of Quarter Specific Instructions For These Requirements Will Be Provided In Block 16. If The Deliverable Item Is Constrained By A Specific Event Or Milestone The Constraint Will Be Fully Explained In Block 16 Of The Dd Form 1423. "as Generated", "as Required", And "deferred Delivery" Will Always Be Fully Explained In Block 16. block 13: Is The Date Of Subsequent Submission Of The Deliverable Item, After The Initial Submission. Subsequent Submission Is Only Used To Indicate The Specific Time Period. The Data Is Required When Block 10 Of The Dd Form 1423 Indicates Multiple Delivery Is Required. This Does Not Apply To Resubmission Of A Deliverable Item That Has Been Reviewed By The Requiring Office And Determined To Be Only Conditionally Acceptable Or Unacceptable. block 14a: Will Contain The Activity Name(s) Where The Deliverable Item Is To Be Sent. If The Activity Is Other Than Dcma Or Navsup-wss The Full Name, Address (including Code) Will Be Specified. That Specific Information Will Be Located In Block 16 Of The Dd Form 1423. block 14b: Is The Number Of Copies Of Draft And Or Final Copies To Be Submitted. When Final "repro" Copies Are To Be Submitted Block 16 Will Clarify The Type Of Repro Copies Required. (e.g., Vellum, Negative, Etc.) block 15: Is The Total Of Each Type Of Copies To Be Submitted As Required By Block 14. block 16: Is The Block Used To Provide Additional Or Clarifying Information Blocks 1 Through 15. This Block Is Also The Only Area Used To Tailor The Document Listed In Block 4. Only Deletions To The Minimum Requirements Stated In The Document In Block 4 Are Allowed. Block 16 May Also Be Used To Specify The Medium For Delivery Of The Data. block 17: Is The Block Where The Bidder Or Offeror Is To Enter The Appropriate Price Group. The Price Groups Are Defined As Follows: A. Group I - Data Which The Contractor Prepares To Satisfy The Government's Requirements. The Contractor Does Not Need This Type Of Data To Perform The Rest Of The Contract. Price Would Be Based On Identifiable Direct Costs, Overhead, General And Administrative (g&a) And Profit. B. Group Ii - Data Essential To Contract Performance Which Must Be Reworked Or Amended To Conform To Government Requirements. The Price For Data In This Group Would Be Based On The Direct Cost To Convert The Original Data To Meet Government Needs And To Deliver It, Plus Allocable Overhead, G&a And Profit. C. Group Iii - Data Which The Contractor Must Develop For His Own Use And Which Requires No Substantial Change To Conform To Government Requirements Regarding Depth Of Content, Format, Frequency Of Submittal, Preparation, And Quality Of Data. Only The Costs Of Reproducing, Handling And Delivery, Plus Overhead, G&a And Profit, Are Considered In Pricing Data In This Group. D. Group Iv - Data Which The Contractor Has Developed As Part Of His Commercial Business. Not Much Of This Data Is Required And The Cost Is Insignificant. The Item Should Normally Be Coded "no Charge." An Example Is A Brochure Or Brief Manual Developed For Commercial Application Which Will Be Acquired In Small Quantities, And The Added Cost Is Too Small To Justify The Expense Of Computing The Charge That Otherwise Would Go With The Acquisition. block 18: Enter The Total Estimated Price Equal To That Portion Of The Total Price Which Is Estimated To Be Attributable To The Production Or Development For The Government Of That Item Of Data. The Entry "n/c" For "no Charge" Is Acceptable. 6.3 In Accordance With Dodi 5230.24 All Documents And Drawings Provided By The U.s. Navy To Prospective Contractors Must Include A "distribution Statement" To Inform The Contractor Of The Limits Of Distribution, And The Safeguarding Of The Information contained On Those Documents And Drawings. There Are 6 (six) Separate Distribution Statement Codes Used For Non-classified Documents And Drawings. The Definition For Each Is As Follows: a... Approved For Public Release; Distribution Is Unlimited. b... Distribution Authorized To Us Governments Agencies Only. c... Distribution Authorized To Us Government Agencies And Their Contractors. d... Distribution Authorized To Dod And Dod Contractors Only. e... Distribution Authorized To Dod Components Only. f... Further Distribution Only As Directed By Commander, Naval Sea Systems Command, Code 09t. mark Packaging Label With Nomenclature Cited In Irpod. date Of First Submission=eoc submit To Navsup-wss, Code N9433 For Review, A Complete Package Of All Applicable Vendor Certified Reports Of Test And Inspection Per Di-qcic-8872(latest Rev) See (individual Repair Parts Ordering Data) Irpod For Individual Documentsrequired. the Package Will Be Submitted Per The Contract Delivery Schedule, And Authorization To Ship Material Must Be Obtained From The Pco. a Separate Package Will Be Prepared And Submitted For Each Unique Combination Of Contract Number, National Stock Number, And Item Nomenclature Specified In The Schedule Of Supplies/services. di-qcic-a8872s Cited In Block 4 Is A Unique Navsup-wss Dd1423 Sequence Control Number - Roti Package To Be Iaw Did Di-qcic-8872(latest Rev). date Of First Submission=045 Dac submit For Approval One Package (iaw Di-qcic-8871) Of All Applicable Procedure, Drawing And Other Pre-manufacturing Submittals, Listed On The Individual Repair Part Ordering Data (irpod) Document(s) And Detailed In The Cited Specification, Within 45 Days After contract Award To The Contracting Officer (navsup-wss Code N9433). See Irpod For Individual Documents Required. a Separate Package Will Be Prepared And Submitted For Each Unique Combination Of Contract Number, National Stock Number, And Item Nomenclature Specified In The Schedule Of Supplies/services. di-qcic-a8871 Cited In Block 4 Is A Unique Navsup-wss Dd1423 Sequence Control Number - Procedure Package To Be Iaw Did Di-qcic-8871(latest Rev).

Description: Item Unique Identification And Valuation (jan 2023)|19|||||||||||||||||||| higher-level Contract Quality Requirement (navicp Review Feb 1991)(feb 1999)|1|mil-i-45208| inspection Of Supplies--fixed-price (aug 1996)|2||| inspection And Acceptance - Short Version|8|x||x|||||| stop-work Order (aug 1989)|1|| wide Area Workflow Payment Instructions (jan 2023)|16|invoice And Receiving Reports (combo)|n/a|tbd|n00104|tbd|tbd|see Schedule|tbd|n/a|n/a|n/a|||||| inspection System Program Plans, Or Premanufacturing Or Test Procedures|1|45| contract Definitization (may 2023)|5|a Firm Fixed Price Purchase Order|firm Fixed Price|repair T&e Proposal: Not To Exceed 90 Days After Award Of Purchase Order Definitization Not To Exceed 180 Days After Award Of Purchase Order|firm Fixed Price|tbd| limitation Of Government Liability (apr 1984)|2|tbd|tbd| federal Acquisition Supply Chain Security Act Orders-prohibition (dec 2023)|12||||||||||||| alternate A, Annual Representations And Certifications (oct 2024)|13|||||||||||||| small Business Program Representations (feb 2024)|4|||x|| annual Representations And Certifications (may 2024)|13|333998|700|||||||||||| notice Of Priority Rating For National Defense, Emergency Perpardeness, And Enrgy Progam Use (april 2008))|2||x| if You Have Questions Concerning This Rfq, Please Contact The P.o.c. Carly gassert, Ph 717-605-5693, Fax 717-605-1569, Email:carly.a.gassert.civ@us.navy.mil note: This Request For Quotation (rfq) Is Being Issued Only To Open, Inspect and Evaluate The Subject Item(s) Required To Be Repaired. After Receipt Of your Quotation, A Contract Will Be Issued, And The Item(s) Needing Repaired will Be Shipped To Your Company For Opening, Inspection And Evaluation. unless Otherwise Specified, Your Quotation Is Valid For 60 Days. all Contractual Documents (i.e. Contracts, Purchase Orders, Task Orders, delivery Orders) And Modifications Related To The Instant Procurement Are considered To Be 'issued' By The Government When Copies Are Either Deposited in The Mail, Transmitted By Facsimile, Or Sent By Other Electronic Commerce methods, Such As Email. The Government's Acceptance Of The Contractor's proposal Constitutes Bilateral Agreement To 'issue' Contractual Documents As detailed Herein. with Your Quote For Teardown And Evaluation Pricing, Please Provide The Following Additional Information: repair Turn Around Time (rtat) Defined As Induction Start Date To End/final Delivery Date (in Days). throughput Constraint Defined As Total Assets To Be Repaired Monthly After Initial Delivery Commences. A Throughput Of 0000/month Reflects No Throughput Constraint. 1. Scope 1.1 In The Event Of A Conflict Between Section "c" And Section "d" Of The Contract/purchase Order, Section "c" Will Take Precedence. 1.2 This Contract/purchase Order Contains The Requirements For Repair And The Contract Quality Requirements For The Filter Element Flui . 2. Applicable Documents 2.1 Applicable Documents; The Individual Repair Parts Ordering Data, (irpod) Is Located In Section "k" Of The Contract/purchase Order As An Attachment. 2.2 Not Releasable To Foreign Nationals (noforn) Distribution Statement - Drawings, Specification, Or Related Technical Documents As Cited In The Irpod Are Subject To Special Export Controls And Each Transmittal To Foreign Govern Ments Or Foreign Nationals May be Made Only With Prior Approval Of The Naval Sea Systems Command. 2.3 Applicable Documents; technical Documents Associated To This Solicitation Or Award Such As; Irpod, Drawings,technical Data, Strs, As Well As Certain Military Specifications, And Commercial Item Descriptions (cid) Etc. May Be Obtained At (https://logistics.unnpp.gov/ecommerce) These Documents, At The Required Revision Levels That Are Associated To Either This Solicitation Or Award, Become A Part Of This Solicitation Or Award Unless Changed By An Admendment To The Solicitation Or Modification To the Award. this Website Requires A Password And Pre-registration. To Obtain Instruction On How To Register And Obtain A Password Contact The Bpmi Website Administrator. drawing Data=820-2177935 |53711| | |c| | | | drawing Data=820-4383862 |07107| | |f| | | | drawing Data=820-4383863 |07107| | |c| | | | drawing Data=820-4383864 |07107| | |c| | | | drawing Data=820-4383865 |07107| | |c| | | | drawing Data=820-4383866 |07107| | |c| | | | drawing Data=820-4383867 |07107| | |c| | | | 3. Requirements 3.1 Navsup Wss-mech Code N94 Additional Technical Documentation order Of Precedence And Effective Issues Of Cited Documentation Dated: July 2004 a. Order Of Precedence For Document Conflict Resolution: The Technical And Quality Requirements Applicable To Manufacture Of The Material Being Purchased Under This Order Are Contained Or Invoked In One Or More Of The Documents Listed Below. In The Event Of any Inconsistencies Between Any Provisions Of This Order, The Order Or Precedence Shall Be As Follows: 1. Amendments To The Purchase Order/contract 2. Schedule Of Supplies Of The Purchase Order/contract. 3. Terms And Conditions Of The Purchase Order/contract. 4. Individual Repair Part Ordering Data (irpod); Or Master Procurement Specification, As Applicable. 5. Any Invoked Standard Technical Requirements (strs). 6. Drawings Referenced In The Irpod, Or Master Procurement Specification , As Applicable. 7. Specifications Referenced In The Irpod, Master Procurement Specifications Or Drawing(s), As Applicable. b. Effective Issues Of Cited Drawings, Specifications, Standards And Other Documents: 1. The Contractor Shall Comply With The Specified Revisions Of The Documents (i.e. Drawings,specifications,standards And Other Documents) Cited In The Irpod And/or Procurement Specification Contained Herein. The Contractor Shall Obtain Written Approval for The Contracting Officer To Use Document Revisions Other Than Those Specified. When A Later Drawing Revision Is Submitted For Approval, Two Full Size Clear Legible Prints Shall Be Provided. 2. Where Documents Are Referred To Only By The Basic Identification Name Or Number And No Specific Revision Thereto, The Contractor Use Of Any Issue Of The Document Except All Such Revisions Shall Be Dated 1 November 1969 Or Later. c. Use Of Document Revisions In Their Entirety: 1. Contractors Shall Use Revisions To Each Cited Or Referenced Document In Its Entirety Unless The Contractor Obtains Contracting Officer Approval To Do Otherwise (i.e. The Contractor Shall Not Use Portions Of Different Revisions Of A Document). d. Vendor Waiver/deviations On Critical Contracts. 1. Compliance With The Delivery Date And Technical Requirements Of Navsup Wss Critical Repair Part Material Contracts Is Expected. 2. As The Cautionary Note Contained In The Contract States, Seller Intended Use Of Any Material Which Is Not In Full Compliance With The Specified Contract Technical Requirements, Should Be Identified As An Exception In Advance Either At The Time The Quotation is Submitted Or Prior To Manufacture. 3. Requests For Delivery Date Extensions And Waivers/deviations Should Be Accompanied By An Explanation Of The Cause For The Delay, Or The Reason For The Requested Non-conformance With An Offer Of Consideration In The Event The Contracting Officer Concurs With your Request. 4. Requests For Waivers/deviations Should Provide Justification For The Requested Change Including An Evaluation Which Demonstrates That Proposed Non-conformance Will Not Affect The Quality, Form, Fit, Or Function Of The Part. Where A Proposed Alternate Or replacement Item Is Offered, Supporting Technical Data (catalog Page, Drawing (s), Etc.) That Fully Describe The Proposed Item Shall Be Provided For Technical Evaluation. 5. Requests Which Do Not Contain The Above Information Will Be Returned And Will Not Be Submitted To Technical/engineering Review Until Sufficient Justification Is Provided. 6. Requests For Waivers/deviations Shall Be Presented To The Government Quality Assurance Representative (qar) For Comment. The Qar Shall Forward The Request, With Their Comments, Directly To The Post Award Pco Identified In The Contract/purchase Order Within five Working Days After Receipt. e. Exclusion Of Mercury 1. Mercury Or Mercury Containing Compounds Shall Not Be Intentionally Added To Or Come In Direct Contact With Hardware Or Supplies Under This Contract. 4. Quality Assurance 4.1 The Quality Assurance Requirements Are Located In The Individual Repair Part Ordering Data (irpod) As An Attachment To The Contract/purchase Order. the Contractor Shall Provide And Maintain An Inspection System Acceptable To The Government Covering The Supplies Herein. records Of All Inspection Work By The Contractor Shall Be Kept Complete And Available To The Government During The Performance Of This Contract And For Such Longer Periods As May Be Specified Elsewhere In The Contract. 5. Packaging 5.1 When The Cleanliness Control Requirements Of One Or More Of The Following Documents Are Invoked: Mil-std-767, Mil-std-2041, Refueling Clean, Or Reactor Plant Clean, The Following Clarification Of Requirements For Mil-prf-23199 Packaging Of Repair Parts applies. (1). The Following Summary Clarifies The Packaging Requirements Of Mil-prf-23199 Pertaining To The Use Of Mil-dtl-24466 Green Poly Bags. The Supplier Remains Responsible For Meeting All Contract Requirements. Suppliers Who Are Unsure Of The Packaging, Packing, and Marking. requirements For A Particular Part Should Request Clarification By Contacting The Navsup-wss Contracting Poc. (a). Paragraph 3.4.2 Of Mil-prf-23199 Discusses Level B Packaging And Refers To Paragraph 3.3.1 For The Method Of Packaging. Paragraph 3.3.1 Provides Several Methods Of Packaging. Packaging In Heat Sealed Envelopes Is Covered In Paragraph 3.3.1.1 Which States, "components Which Are Subject To Cleanliness Controls (see 6.2) Or As Specified (see 6.1) Shall Be Packaged In Heat Sealed Envelopes (see 3.2.2.5 And 3.2.2.5.1)". (2). The Following Conditions Must Be Satisfied In Order For Mil-dtl-24466 Bags To Apply: (a). Paragraph 6.2 Of Mil-prf-23199 Defines Cleanliness Controls As Any Reference To (or Application Of) The Cleanliness Control Requirements Of One Or More Of The Following Documents: Mil-std-767, Mil-std-2041, Refueling Clean, Reactor Plant Clean, Or Other requirements Identified Within The Irpod. the Repair Part Must Have Cleaning Requirements Of One Of The Aformentioned Methods. (b). Paragraph 6.1 Contains Ordering Data Options. Paragraph 6.1(k)2. Provides An Option To Specify The Method Of Packaging To Be Used When Packaging Is Other Than In Accordance With Paragraph 3.3.1.1 Only. If A Contract Specifies Any Additional Requirements for The Use Of Green Poly Bags, Then They Are Required And Take Precedence. (4). The Use Of Fire Retardant Packaging Material Is No Longer Required In Any Navsup-wss N94 Contract. mil-std 2073 Packaging Applies As Found Elsewhere In The Schedule 6. Notes 6.1 1. Nuclear Reactor Publications Assigned Navsea Document And Identification Numbers That Are Not Available From Bpmi E-commerce Web Site Must Be Requested From: contracting Officer navsup Wss-mech code N943 5450 Carlisle Pike p.o. Box 2020 mechanicsburg, Pa. 17055-0788 requests For "official Use Only" And "noforn" (not Releasable To Foreign Natio Nals) Documents Must Identify The Quotation Number On Pre-award Procurement Actions. Requests Must Be Submitted To The Pco For Certification Of "need-to-know" For The Document. On post-award Actions, The Request Must Identify The Government Contract Number, And Be Submitted Via The Defense Contract Management Agency (dcma) For Certification Of "need-to-know" For The Document. 2. Commercial Specifications, Standards And Descriptions - These Specifications, Standards And Descriptions Are Not Available From Government Sources. They May Be Obtained From The Publishers Or Societies Of The Applicable Documents. 6.2 In Accordance With Dodi 5230.24 All Documents And Drawings Provided By The U.s. Navy To Prospective Contractors Must Include A "distribution Statement" To Inform The Contractor Of The Limits Of Distribution, And The Safeguarding Of The Information contained On Those Documents And Drawings. There Are 6 (six) Separate Distribution Statement Codes Used For Non-classified Documents And Drawings. The Definition For Each Is As Follows: a... Approved For Public Release; Distribution Is Unlimited. b... Distribution Authorized To Us Governments Agencies Only. c... Distribution Authorized To Us Government Agencies And Their Contractors. d... Distribution Authorized To Dod And Dod Contractors Only. e... Distribution Authorized To Dod Components Only. f... Further Distribution Only As Directed By Commander, Naval Sea Systems Command, Code 09t. 6.3 Information Regarding Abbreviations, Symbols And Codes Appearing On Dd Form 1423 - The Following Information Is Provided To Assist In Understanding The Intent Of The Requirement To Provide A Deliverable Item To The Government. The Explanation Of abbreviation, Symbols And Codes Found In A Block Follows The Block Number As They Appear On The Dd Form 1423. block A: Is The Actual Contract Line Item No. block B: Is The Actual Collective Physical List Of The Deliverable Item(s) Which Are Part Of The Total Requirement Of The Contract/purchase Order. block C: Is The Category Of Data Required, Tdp Is Defined In Mil-t-31000. Tm Is Defined In Part 1x, Section B Of Dodi 5000.2. Navsup-wss Has Reasoned That Most Dd Form 1423's Included In Our Solicitations Meet The Requirement Of Tdp As Navsup-wss Does Not Regularly Purchase Only Technical Manuals Without Purchasing Hardware And Related Tdp Software. Therefore, Most Navsup-wss Dd Form 1423 Category Code Will Be Tdp. block D: Is The Name Of The Parent System, Next Higher Assembly, Or The Item Being Purchased. block E: Is The Purchase Request Number, Request For Proposal Number, Invitation For Bid Number Or Another Number For Tracking And Monitoring Purposes. block F: Is The Successful Offerors Name And Or Cage Code. block G: Is The Name Of The Individual And Or The Code/activity Of The Individual Who Prepared The Dd Form 1423 And Included The Requirement In The Technical Data Package (tdp). block H: Self Explanatory. block I: Is The Name And Signature Of The Individual Who Approved The Content And The Need For Inclusion Of The Dd Form 1423 In The Tdp. block J: Self Explanatory. block 1: Is The Exhibit Line Item Number (elin). block 2: Is The Title Of The Data Item Cited In Block 4. block 3: Is The Subtitle Of The Data Item Cited In Block 4 And Is Used If The Title Requires Clarification. block 4: Is The Actual Data Item Description (did) Number Or The Actual Technical Manual Contract Requirements Number. In The Event The Dd Form 1423 Is Requiring A Technical Manual The Numbered Tmcr Will Be An Attachment To The Contract/purchase Order. block 5: Is The Section And Paragraph Area, Where The Requirement Statement For The Dd Form 1423 Will Be Found. block 6: Is The Activity That Will Inform The Contractor Of Approval, Conditional Approval Or Disapproval Of The Deliverable Item. block 7: Is A Code Which Designates Authority For Inspection And Acceptance Of The Deliverable Item. The Definition Of The Codes Is As Follows: Dd Form 250 Code Inspection Acceptance Ss (1) (2) Dd (3) (4) Sd (1) (4) Ds (3) (5) Lt (6) (7) No (8) (8) Xx (9) (9) (1) Inspection At Source. (2) Acceptance At Source. (3) No Inspection Performed At Source. Final Inspection Performance At Destination. (4) Acceptance At Destination. (5) Acceptance At Source. Acceptance Based On Written Approval From The Contract Officer. (6) Letter Of Transmittal Only. Lt Should Not Be Used When Inspection Is Required. The Data Is Sent By The Contractor Directly To The Personnel Listed In Block 14 Of The Dd Form 1423. Lt Is Used When The Contracting Agency Does Not Desire To Have A Dd Form 250 For Each And Every Piece Of Data Developed By The Contractor. The Only Other Authorized Use Of Lt Is The Special Case Where The Contracting Agency Does Not Desire To Have Separate Dd Forms 250 But Desires To Have A Government Quality Assurance Representative Perform Inspection. The Government Quality Assurance Representative Shall Be Listed On The Distribution In Block 14 And Requested To Provide Comments Via The Quality Assurance Letter Of Inspection. Use Of The Symbol Lt Is Not Authorized For Data Comprising Final Delivery Of Technical Data Package Of For Technical Manuals. (lt May, However, Be Used For Delivery Of Preliminary Tdp's Or Tm's). (7) As Specified In Block 8 Of The Dd Form 1423. (8) No Inspection Or Acceptance Required. No Dd Form 250 Or Letter Of Transmittal Required. Use Of The Symbol No Is Not Authorized For Data Comprising Technical Data Packages Or For Technical Manuals. (9) Inspection And Acceptance Requirements Specified Elsewhere In The Contract. block 8: Is The Approval Code - Items Of Critical Data Requiring Specific Advanced Written Approval Prior To Distribution Of The Final Data Item Will Be Identified By Placing An "a" In This Field. This Data Item Requires Submission Of A Preliminary Draft Prior To Publication Of A Final Document. When A Preliminary Draft Is Required, Block 16 Of The Dd Form 1423 Will Show Length Of Time Required For Government Approval/disapproval And Subsequent Turn-around Time For The Contractor To Resubmit The Data After Government Approval/disapproval Has Been Issued. Block 16 Will Also Indicate The Extent Of The Approval Requirements, E.g., Approval Of Technical Content And/or Format. block 9: Is The Distribution Statement Code Which Explains How The Government Can Circulate The Deliverable Item. The Definition Of Codes A, B, C, D, E, Or F Is As Follows: A. Distribution Of The Item Is Unrestricted. B. Distribution Of The Item Is Limited To Agencies Only. C. Distribution Of The Item Is Limited To Contractors With A Cage Code And Have A Dd Form 2345 On File With The Dla Logistics Information Services (dlis) Battle Creek, Mich. Or Government Activities. D. Distribution Of The Item Is Limited To Dod Activities And Dod Contractors Only. E. Distribution Of The Item Is Limited To Dod Components Only. F. Distribution Of The Item Is Restricted From Foreign Nations And Foreign Nationals. block 10: Is The Frequency Which The Deliverable Item Is Expected To Be Delivered To The Government. The Abbreviations And Their Meaning. Annly Annually Asgen As Generated Asreq As Required Bi-mo Every Two Months Bi-we Every Two Weeks Daily Daily Dfdel Deferred Delivery Mthly Monthly One/r One Time With Revisions Qrtly Quarterly Semia Every Six Months Wekly Weekly Xtime Number Of Times To Be Submitted (1time, 2times...9times) Use Of These Codes Requires Further Explanation In Block 16 To Provide The Contractor With Guidance Necessary To Accurately Price The Deliverable Data Item. Other Abbreviations Not Appearing On The Above List May On Occasion Be Used In Block 10 Of The Dd Form 1423. When Other Abbreviations Are Used They Will Be Fully Explained In Block 16 Of The Dd Form 1423. block 11: Is The Last Calendar Date, Expressed In Year/month/day Format, The Deliverable Item Is To Be Received By The Requiring Office Cited In Block 6 Of The Dd Form 1423 For An Item With A Block 10 Entry Indication A Single Delivery. If The Item Is To Be Submitted Multiple Times, The Number Stated Is The Number Of Calendar Days After The Frequency Cited In Block 10 The Item Is To Be Received By The Requiring Office Cited In Block 6 Of The Dd Form 1423. On Occasion The Deliverable Item Will Be Required To Be Submitted Prior To The End Of The Frequency Cited In Block 6. In That Event The Requirement Will Be Fully Explained In Block 16 Of The Dd Form 1423. block 12: Is The Date Of First Submission Of The Deliverable Item To The Requiring Office (block 4) Expressed In Year/month/day Format. The Abbreviations And Their Meaning Are As Follows: Asgen As Generated Asreq As Required Dac Days After Contract Date Dfdel Deferred Delivery Eoc End Of Contract Eom End Of Month Eoq End Of Quarter Specific Instructions For These Requirements Will Be Provided In Block 16. If The Deliverable Item Is Constrained By A Specific Event Or Milestone The Constraint Will Be Fully Explained In Block 16 Of The Dd Form 1423. "as Generated", "as Required", And "deferred Delivery" Will Always Be Fully Explained In Block 16. block 13: Is The Date Of Subsequent Submission Of The Deliverable Item, After The Initial Submission. Subsequent Submission Is Only Used To Indicate The Specific Time Period. The Data Is Required When Block 10 Of The Dd Form 1423 Indicates Multiple Delivery Is Required. This Does Not Apply To Resubmission Of A Deliverable Item That Has Been Reviewed By The Requiring Office And Determined To Be Only Conditionally Acceptable Or Unacceptable. block 14a: Will Contain The Activity Name(s) Where The Deliverable Item Is To Be Sent. If The Activity Is Other Than Dcma Or Navsup-wss The Full Name, Address (including Code) Will Be Specified. That Specific Information Will Be Located In Block 16 Of The Dd Form 1423. block 14b: Is The Number Of Copies Of Draft And Or Final Copies To Be Submitted. When Final "repro" Copies Are To Be Submitted Block 16 Will Clarify The Type Of Repro Copies Required. (e.g., Vellum, Negative, Etc.) block 15: Is The Total Of Each Type Of Copies To Be Submitted As Required By Block 14. block 16: Is The Block Used To Provide Additional Or Clarifying Information Blocks 1 Through 15. This Block Is Also The Only Area Used To Tailor The Document Listed In Block 4. Only Deletions To The Minimum Requirements Stated In The Document In Block 4 Are Allowed. Block 16 May Also Be Used To Specify The Medium For Delivery Of The Data. block 17: Is The Block Where The Bidder Or Offeror Is To Enter The Appropriate Price Group. The Price Groups Are Defined As Follows: A. Group I - Data Which The Contractor Prepares To Satisfy The Government's Requirements. The Contractor Does Not Need This Type Of Data To Perform The Rest Of The Contract. Price Would Be Based On Identifiable Direct Costs, Overhead, General And Administrative (g&a) And Profit. B. Group Ii - Data Essential To Contract Performance Which Must Be Reworked Or Amended To Conform To Government Requirements. The Price For Data In This Group Would Be Based On The Direct Cost To Convert The Original Data To Meet Government Needs And To Deliver It, Plus Allocable Overhead, G&a And Profit. C. Group Iii - Data Which The Contractor Must Develop For His Own Use And Which Requires No Substantial Change To Conform To Government Requirements Regarding Depth Of Content, Format, Frequency Of Submittal, Preparation, And Quality Of Data. Only The Costs Of Reproducing, Handling And Delivery, Plus Overhead, G&a And Profit, Are Considered In Pricing Data In This Group. D. Group Iv - Data Which The Contractor Has Developed As Part Of His Commercial Business. Not Much Of This Data Is Required And The Cost Is Insignificant. The Item Should Normally Be Coded "no Charge." An Example Is A Brochure Or Brief Manual Developed For Commercial Application Which Will Be Acquired In Small Quantities, And The Added Cost Is Too Small To Justify The Expense Of Computing The Charge That Otherwise Would Go With The Acquisition. block 18: Enter The Total Estimated Price Equal To That Portion Of The Total Price Which Is Estimated To Be Attributable To The Production Or Development For The Government Of That Item Of Data. The Entry "n/c" For "no Charge" Is Acceptable. tagand Mark The Packaging Of Each Assembly With A Note Stating "this Assembly Meets The Cleanliness Requirements Of Mil-std-767". Clean Per Mil Std 767.packaging And Pack Per Mil Prf 23199, Greenpoly Bags Req. After Packaging,in The Greennpoly The Item Shall Be placed In A Second Watervapor Proof Bag, Then Placed Cushioned To Prevent Movement And Placed In The Rigid Box. mark The Packaging Label With The Nomenclature: element Assy in Lieu Of: filter Element Flui \ date Of First Submission=045 Dac submit For Approval One Package (iaw Di-qcic-8871) Of All Applicable Procedure, Drawing And Other Pre-manufacturing Submittals, Listed On The Individual Repair Part Ordering Data (irpod) Document(s) And Detailed In The Cited Specification, Within 45 Days After contract Award To The Contracting Officer (navsup-wss Code N9433). See Irpod For Individual Documents Required. a Separate Package Will Be Prepared And Submitted For Each Unique Combination Of Contract Number, National Stock Number, And Item Nomenclature Specified In The Schedule Of Supplies/services. di-qcic-a8871 Cited In Block 4 Is A Unique Navsup-wss Dd1423 Sequence Control Number - Procedure Package To Be Iaw Did Di-qcic-8871(latest Rev). date Of First Submission=eoc submit To Navsup-wss, Code N9433 For Review, A Complete Package Of All Applicable Vendor Certified Reports Of Test And Inspection Per Di-qcic-8872(latest Rev) See (individual Repair Parts Ordering Data) Irpod For Individual Documentsrequired. the Package Will Be Submitted Per The Contract Delivery Schedule, And Authorization To Ship Material Must Be Obtained From The Pco. a Separate Package Will Be Prepared And Submitted For Each Unique Combination Of Contract Number, National Stock Number, And Item Nomenclature Specified In The Schedule Of Supplies/services. di-qcic-a8872s Cited In Block 4 Is A Unique Navsup-wss Dd1423 Sequence Control Number - Roti Package To Be Iaw Did Di-qcic-8872(latest Rev). date Of First Submission=030 Dac submit For Approval One Package In Accordance With Di-qcic-8874 Which Identifies The Lower Tier Suppliers Of Material, Supplies And Services. package Shall Be Submitted Within 45 Days After Contract Award To The Contracting Officer, Navsup-wss, Code N9433. a Separate Package Will Be Prepared And Submitted For Each Unique Combination Of Contract Number, National Stock Number, And Item Nomenclature Specified In The Schedule Of Supplies/services. di-qcic-a8874 Cited In Block 4 Is A Unique Navsup-wss Dd1423 Sequence Control Number - Report Package To Be Iaw Did Di-qcic-8874(latest Rev).

Details: Amendment 0004: amendment 0004 Is Issued To Extend The Sf 330 Submission Date Regarding N0016425r1025. amendment 0003: amendment 0003 Is Issued To Provide Answers To Industry Questions Received Thus Far Regarding N0016425r1025. amendment 0002: amendment 0002 Is Issued To Provide Answers To Industry Questions Received Thus Far Regarding N0016425r1025. amendment 0001: amendment 0001 Is Issued To Provide Answers To Industry Questions Received Thus Far Regarding N0016425r1025. original Posting: n0016425r1025 Indefinite Delivery/indefinite Quantity (idiq) Contract For Multi‐ Discipline Architect‐engineer (a‐e) Services In Support Of Naval Surface Warfare Center Crane Division (nswc Crane) Facilities Projects At Naval Support Activitys Crane (nsa Crane), Crane, Indiana And Lake Glendora Test Facility (lgtf), Sullivan In. description: All Information Needed For Interested Parties To Submit A Standard Form Sf 330, Architect Engineer Qualifications Is Contained Herein. There Is No Separate Request For Proposals (rfp) Package To Download. related Notices: N0016422snb83, N0016424snb55, N0016424r1025, N0016424snc12, N0016425snb08 background: the Naval Surface Warfare Center Crane Division (nswc Crane) Requires A-e Services In Support Of Various Projects At Nsa Crane And Lgtf. This Procurement Will Result In One Single-award Idiq Contract For Multi‐discipline A‐e Services For Planning, Design, Construction, Evaluation Of New Construction, And Renovation Projects. These Services Will Be Procured In Accordance With 40 United States Code (usc) Chapter 11, Selection Of Architects And Engineers, As Implemented By Federal Acquisition Regulation (far) Subpart 36.6. The Idiq Contract Will Be For A Five-year Ordering Period. This Is A Five-year Contract, With No Option Years. The Maximum Value For The Contract Term, Including All Awards, Shall Not Exceed $12,000,000. There Will Be No Minimum Dollar Limit Per Order And The Maximum Dollar Limit Per Order Will Be $5m In Compliance With The $9m Fy24 Ndaa Prescription. The Guaranteed Minimum For The Contract Ordering Period Is $5,000 And Will Be Satisfied By Simultaneous Award Of The Initial Task Order With The Basic Contract. Firm‐fixed Price Task Orders Will Be Negotiated At The Task Order Level. In Accordance With Dfars Subpart 236.6, The Contract Price Or The Estimated Cost And Fee For Production And Delivery Of Designs, Plans, Drawings, And Specifications Shall Not Exceed Ten (10) Percent Of The Estimated Construction Cost Of The Public Work Or Construction, Excluding Fees. there Will Be No Minimum Dollar Limits Per Task Order. The Estimated Award Date Is October 2025. this Proposed Contract Is Anticipated To Be A Full And Open Procurement. The North American Industry Classification System (naics) Code Is 541330, Engineering Services, And The Small Business Size Standard Is $25,500,000. The Product And Services Code (psc) Is C219 Architect And Engineering- General: Structural Engineering. The Government Seeks The Most Highly Qualified Firm To Perform The Required Services, Based On The Demonstrated Competence And Qualifications, In Accordance With The Selection Criteria Included Herein. comprehensive A‐e Services Are Required For The New Construction, Repair, Replacement, Demolition, Alteration, And/or Improvement Of Facility Projects. Projects May Include Single Or Multiple Disciplines, Such As: Structural, Civil, Mechanical, Electrical, Architectural, Planning, Environmental, Fire Protection, Cost Estimating, And/or Geotechnical. The Types Of Projects May Include: Building Renovations; Building Additions; Site Work Required To Support New Work; New Construction; Parking Areas; Foundations; Retaining Walls; Failure Investigation Including Destructive And Non‐destructive Testing; Seismic Evaluation And Design; Progressive Collapse Analysis; Blast Resistant Design; Structural Engineering Investigations; Utility Systems Including sanitary And Storm; Water Systems; Electrical Power Systems, Storm Water Management; Surveying; Pavement Design; And Civil Engineering Studies. the Selected Offeror Will Be Solely Responsible For The Designs Produced On The Resulting Task Order Contracts And Will Be Recorded As The Designer Of Record. The Successful Offeror Shall Also Be Accountable And Responsible For Contributions To Design-build Rfp Preparation And All Other Requirement Submittals To The Government. in Accordance With Far 36.604 And The Supplements Thereto, And Upon Final Acceptance Or Termination, All Task Orders Above $35,000 Will Receive A Performance Evaluation. A Performance Evaluation May Be Prepared For Lesser Task Orders And Interim Performance Evaluations May Be Prepared At Any Time. Performance Evaluations Will Be Maintained For Use In Future Source Selections For Architect-engineer Services. performance Location(s): crane, Indiana sullivan, Indiana requirements: for Complete Details On This Requirement See Attachment 1, “statement Of Work (sow).” Specific Types Of A‐e Services That May Be Required Under This Contract Include: facility Planning And Project Development: Services May Include Work Such As The Following: Prepare Master Plans, Project/site Plans For Proposed Facility/infrastructure Projects. Facility Planning May Be Requested For Renovation, Addition, Repair And New Construction Projects. development Of Design‐bid‐build (dbb) Packages: Services May Include Preparation Of Drawings And Specifications For Renovation, Addition, Repair Or New Construction Projects. Design Meetings With The Government May Be Required In Order To Agree On Design Solution(s) That Meet The Government’s Project Requirements. Electronic Document Delivery Details Will Be Specified At The Order Level. Electronic Delivery Shall Include Both .pdf And .dwg Formats. development Of Design‐build (db) Request For Proposal (rfp) Packages: Services May Include Working With A Construction Manager As Part Of A Design-build Team To Prepare Drawings And Specifications For Renovation, Additions, Repair Or New Construction Projects. Design Meetings With The Government May Be Required In Order To Agree On Design-build Solution(s) That Meet The Government’s Project Requirements. Electronic Document Delivery Details Will Be Specified At The Order Level. Electronic Delivery Shall Be Include Both .pdf And .dwg Formats. preparation Of Cost Estimates Using Unit Guidance, Parametric Methodologies, And Detailed Cost Estimating: Services May Include Preparing Cost Estimates To Include Rough Order Of Magnitude Through Construction Working Estimates For Renovation, Addition, Repair And/or New Construction Projects Based On Prepared Design Documents, As Called Out In The Task Order. development Of Alternatives And Economic Analysis: Service May Include Providing Alternate Design Solutions And Associated Economic Impacts For Renovation, Addition, Repair Or New Construction Projects. condition Assessment: Services May Include Performing Studies Of Existing Buildings And/or Components Of Buildings To Validate Existing Conditions That May Then Be Used To Inform Future Proposed Design Solutions. Site Visits May Be Required To Document Existing Facility/infrastructure Conditions. field Investigations (including Utility And Geotechnical): Services May Include Conducting Field Surveys/investigations Of Existing Sites, Buildings Or Specific Components Of A Building (i.e., Hvac Or Electrical Systems) In Order To Document Current Status Of A Facility’s Infrastructure. The Results Of Any Field Investigations May Then Be Used To Assist With The Preparation Of Design Documents For A Particular Project. surveying And Mapping: Services May Include Surveying And/or Mapping Of Existing Or Proposed Sites For A New Construction Project Or Building Addition. Survey Work May Be Required In Order To Document Existing Site Conditions To Support Site/civil Design Solutions. preparation Of Engineering Evaluations: Services May Include Performing Engineering Calculations To Support Civil, Mechanical, Electrical, Plumbing Or Fire Protection Design Solutions. incorporation Of Sustainable Engineering Design Practices: Services May Include Incorporation Of Design Principles For Renovation, Addition, Repair And/or New Construction Projects To Support Sustainable Design Solutions And/or Leadership In Energy And Environmental Design (leed) Certification. consultations: Services May Include Collaborating With Other Specialty Design Professionals To Offer And Propose Design Solutions Required To Respond To Unique Project Requirements. energy Computations: Services May Include Preparation Of Energy Calculations To Verify Proposed Design Solutions Comply With Required Building Codes, Federal, State And/or Local Energy Requirements. geotechnical Investigations: Services May Include Conducting Soil Boring Testing In Order To Identify Minimum Design Requirements For New Construction Projects Or Building Additions. obtaining Permits And Regulatory Approvals: Services May Include Submitting Design Documents To Local, State And/or Federal Jurisdictions For Review And Approval Prior To Proceeding With Renovation/construction Work. environmental Investigation And Consultation: Services May Include Providing Design Services Required To Meet Environmental/epa Regulations On Facility/infrastructure Projects And Providing Consultation(s)/collaboration With The Government To Discuss Acceptable Environmental Design Alternatives And Solutions. review Of Construction Contractor Submittals: Services May Include Review Of Project Submittals (such As Product Data Or Product Samples) In Order To Validate Proposed Materials/products Comply With Design Drawings And/or Specifications. field Consultation And Inspection During Construction: Services May Include Responding To Contractor Requests For Information (rfis) During Construction In Order To Address Design Questions That May Arise During Construction/renovation Projects. commissioning: Services May Include Supporting The Commissioning Process By Attending Commissioning Meetings In Order To Validate Engineered Design Solutions Are Incorporated Into The Project In Accordance With Design Specifications. operation And Maintenance Support Information (omsi): Services May Include Providing The Government With O&m Documentation And Training, Where Applicable, Based On The Final Design Solution And Construction. Electronic Document Delivery Details Shall Be Included With Each Order. Electronic Delivery Shall Include Both .pdf And .dwg Formats. as‐built Drawing Preparation: Services May Include Updating Design Documents Including Drawings And Specifications To Accurately Reflect Construction Field Changes And Document Final As-built Construction/renovation Projects. Electronic Document Delivery Details Shall Be Included With Each Order. Electronic Delivery Shall Include Both .pdf And .dwg Formats functional Analysis Concept Development (facd)/design Charrette/other Design And Construction Related Workshops And Meetings: Contractor Shall Attend Design Meetings To Collaborate With Government Representatives To Consider Design Options And Build Consensus Regarding Preferred Design Solution(s). Contractor Shall Provide Meeting Minutes (cdrl A005). document Deliverable Requirements: cdrl did Number did Title did Description/scope deliverable Schedule a001 di-misc-80508b technical Report - Study/services studies And Specifications at Milestone/ Asreq a002 di-fncl-81116 Not 2 manhour Estimate, Technical Cost Proposals manpower And Cost Estimate To Implement The Statement Of Work (sow) at Milestone a003 di-mgmt-80061a Not 2 engineering And Technical Services Accomplishment Report production Report weekly a004 di-misc-81274 Not 2 environmental Permits outlines Submittal Procedures To Be Applied To All Permits asreq a005 di-admn-81250c meeting Minutes meeting Minutes 2 Days After Meeting a006 di-mgmt-81597 personnel Resumes contractor’s Personnel Roster With Relevant Qualifications And Certifications post Award Kickoff a007 di-mgmt-80507 project Planning Chart schedule post Award Kick Off a008 di-admn-81249c meeting Agenda meeting Agenda 1 Day Before Meeting a009 di-facr-82278 installation Design Package designs And Drawings asreq other Special Considerations: as Defined By Paragraph 1‐5 Of United Facilities Criteria (ufc) 3‐ 600‐01, Fire Protection Engineering For Facilities, This Contract Requires The Services Of A Licensed Fire Protection Engineer Or Consultant. asbestos And/or Lead‐based Paint Assessments May Be Required On This Contract To Determine The Presence Of Hazardous Material During Removals/demolition Or At Utility Points Of Connections. Work On And Around Waterfront Structures, Including Under Deck And Underwater, And Work In Confined Spaces May Be Required On This Contract. A‐e Firms Must Be Able To Accept Work That Involves Asbestos, Lead Paint, Poly‐chlorinated Biphenyls (pcbs), And Other Hazardous Materials, Work On And Under Waterfront Structures, And In Confined Spaces. all Engineering And Design Services Shall Comply With The Most Current Edition Of Facilities Criteria (fc) 1‐300‐09n Design Procedures, And Other Requirements As Indicated On The Whole Building Design Guide (wbdg) Web Site (www.wbdg.org). The Selected A-e Contractor Shall Have Online Access To Web‐based Support Programs Capable Of Creating Auto-cad Documents For Government Review, And Email Via The Internet For Routine Exchange Of Correspondence. The Selected A-e Contractor Shall Submit And Maintain An A‐e Accident Prevention Plan (app) In Accordance With U.s. Army Corp Of Engineers (usace) Em 385‐1‐1 For Each Project On This Contract And Activity Hazard Analysis (aha) For Each In‐field Action. Key Personnel, Including Consultants, Must Be U.s. Citizens. a‐e Firms Are Advised That The Selected Firm, Its Subsidiaries Or Affiliates, And Its Consultants Which Design, Prepare, Or Provide Engineering Services In Support Of Construction Contract Documents Cannot Provide Construction Services For The Same Contract. This Includes Concept Design, Preparation Of Project Programming Documents (dd Form 1391), Facility Siting Studies, Environmental Assessments, Geotechnical Services, Engineering Studies And Services, Design‐build Request For Proposals (rfps), Or Other Activities That Result In Identification Of Project Scope And Cost. The Awarded Contract Will Be Subject To Specific Provisions Addressing The Avoidance Of Organizational Conflicts Of Interest, Including H-209-h003, Required Disclosure Of Organizational Conflict Of Interest (navsea) (nov 2022). The Prime Firm For This Contract Will Be Required To Perform Throughout The Contract Term. in Accordance With Far 19.702, Each Solicitation Of Offers To Perform A Contract That Is Expected To Exceed $750,000 ($1.5 Million For Construction) And That Has Subcontracting Possibilities, Shall Require The Apparently Successful Offeror To Submit An Acceptable Small Business Subcontracting Plan. If The Apparently Successful Offeror Fails To Negotiate A Subcontracting Plan Acceptable To The Contracting Officer Within The Time Limit Prescribed By The Contracting Officer, The Offeror Will Be Ineligible For Award. submission Requirements: submission Requirements - Sf 330 Part I typed, 12 Point Times New Roman, Shall Not Exceed 100 Single‐sided 8.5 By 11 Inch Pages criterion criterion Title criterion Requirements criterion 1 specialized Experience sf 330, Part I, Section F - Minimum Of Three (3) And Maximum Of Five (5) Projects Completed (project Completion To Be Defined As Receiving Final Design Acceptance From Client) Within The Past Seven (7) Years criterion 2 professional Qualifications And Technical Competence sf 330, Part I, Section E – Resumes For All Proposed Key Personnel That Illustrate Experience In The Type Of Work Proposed Under This Contract. Resumes Are Limited To Three Pages And Should Indicate: Professional Registration, Certification, Licensure And/or Accreditation In Appropriate Disciplines; Cite Recent (within The Past 10 Years) Project‐specific Experience In Work Relevant To The Services Required Under This Contract; And Indicate Proposed Role In This Contract. Indicate Participation Of Key Personnel In Example Projects In The Sf 330, Part I, Section G. criterion 3 past Performance submit A Completed Cpars/acass/ppq Evaluation For Each Project Under Criterion 1 criterion 4 quality Control describe The Quality Control Program That Will Be Utilized For All Deliverables Of This Contract And The Management Approach For Quality Control Processes And Procedures. criterion 5 program Management And Capacity 1. Provide An Organizational Chart For The Team And Discuss The Management Plan For This Contract And Personnel Roles In The Organization. Include Small Business Participation Specifics. 2. Describe The Firm’s Present Workload And The Availability Of The Project Team (including Consultants) For The Specified Contract Performance Period. 3. Describe The Firm’s Ability To Sustain The Loss Of Key Personnel While Accomplishing Work Within Required Time Limits, To Ensure Continuity Of Services And Ability To Meet Surges In Unexpected Project Demands And Ability To Adhere To Schedules And Budgets. criterion 6 knowledge Of General Geographic Area 1. Indicate Location Of The Office(s) That Will Be Performing The Work, Including Main Offices, Branch Offices, And Offices Of Team Members. 2. Provide A Narrative Describing The Team’s Knowledge And Previous Experience Of The Primary Geographic Areas To Be Covered By This Contract. 3. Provide A Narrative To Describe The Team’s Ability To Provide Timely Response To Requests For On‐site Support. criterion 7 volume Of Work firms Shall Not Submit Data For This Factor. a‐e Firms Desiring To Be Considered For This Contract Shall Submit A Completed Sf 330 Package By Dod Safe To The Contracting Officer And The Contract Specialist. The Sf 330 Shall Be Typed, 12 Point Times New Roman. Part I Shall Not Exceed 100 Single‐sided 8.5 By 11 Inch Pages (the 100 Page Limit Does Not Include The First Eight (8) Instructional Pages Of The Sf 330, Individual Subcontracting Reports (isrs), The Small Business Subcontracting Plan Or Certificates/licenses, Nor Does The Page Limit Include Cover Sheets Or Dividers, Provided That These Do Not Contain Any Substantive Information Submitted In Response To The Synopsis Or Intended To Demonstrate The Qualifications Of The Firm). Part I Pages Shall Be Numbered Sequentially. Introductions Shall Be Included In Sections E And F. A-e Firm Submissions Shall Include Its Unique Entity Identifier (uei), Commercial And Government Entity (cage), And Taxpayer Identification Number (tin) Numbers In Block 30 Of The Sf 330. submissions To This Proposal Announcement Must Be Submitted Electronically Through Dod Safe. No Paper Copies, Email, Cd-roms Or Facsimile Submissions Will Be Accepted. Electronic Proposal Submission Is Required Through The Army’s Electronic File Sharing Service, Dod Safe (https://safe.apps.mil). The Dod Safe Application Is Used To Send Large Files To Individuals That Would Normally Be Too Large To Send Via Email. There Are No User Accounts For Dod Safe. Authentication Is Handled Via Email. anyone Has Access To Dod Safe And The Application Is Available For Use By Anyone. The Dod Safe “getting Started Guide” Has Information On How To Utilize The System (https://safe.apps.mil/about.php). Instructions For Uploading Are As Follows: send An Email To The Contracting Officer And Contract Specialist To Receive The Link To Drop Off Your Proposal. This Will Need To Be Completed Five (5) Business Days Prior To The Proposal Due Date. contract Specialist, Aaron Hohl, Aaron.m.hohl.civ@us.navy.mil contracting Officer, Jared Myers, Jared.s.myers3.civ@us.navy.mil . you Will Receive An Email With The Link To Submit Your Drop Off. The Link Will Be Provided No Later Than Two (2) Business Days Prior To The Proposal Due Date. short Note To The Recipients: Click The Add Files Or Drag And Drop Your Files. For File Description, Enter N0016425r1025-firmname. click Upload Button To Send Documents. guest Users Will Need To Check Their Email To Verify Their Email Address Before The Recipients Will Be Notified. (government-issued Common Access Cards (cacs) Are Not Required). file Size Limitations: Offerors Are Advised To Follow The Dod Safe Instruction For Uploading Files. Dod Safe Supports Delivery Up To 8gb. If Needed, Offerors Are Advised To Break The Files Down To Smaller Sections In Order To Upload It To The System. In Such Cases, Please Divide The Sections As Logically As Possible And Be Sure To Clearly Name The Files As Specified Below. file Naming Convention: To Ensure Your Submission Is Received And Processed Appropriately, It Is Important That Interested Parties Carefully Ensure Their Electronic Files Adhere To The Following Naming Convention: xxx- Firmname- Volume I xxx- Firmname- Volume Ii each File Name Shall Begin With The Solicitation Number Followed By The Firm’s Name And A Brief File Description. Please See Examples Above. file Organization: Although Hard Copies Are Not Accepted, Each File Shall Be Clearly Indexed, And Logically Assembled. Font Size Shall Be 12 Or Larger. Pages Shall Be Letter Sized (larger Page Sizes (such As 11x17 Foldouts, Etc.) Will Be Counted As One Page. Proposals Shall Be In Narrative Format, Organized, And Titled So That Each Section Of The Proposal Follows The Order And Format Of The Criterion. Information Presented Should Be Organized So As To Pertain To Only The Evaluation Factor In The Section That The Information Is Presented. Information Pertaining To More Than One Evaluation Factor Should Be Repeated In Each Section For Each Factor. upload Completion And Deadline: Interested Offerors Shall Submit Proposals No Later Than The Date And Time Specified In This Synopsis. The Time And Date Of The Proposal Receipt Will Be Upload Completion/delivery Time And Date Recorded Within Dod Safe Site. Do Not Assume That Electronic Submission Will Occur Instantaneously. Large Files (e.g. 10mb Or More) Will Take Some Time To Upload. Offerors Should Time Their Upload Effort With Prudence By Not Waiting Until The Last Few Minutes- This Will Allow For Unexpected Delays In The Transmittal Process. Offerors Are Encouraged To Keep A Copy Of The Upload Confirmation For Their Record. Submissions After The Deadline Will Be Considered Late And Will Be Processed In Accordance With Far 15.208. electronic Files: Files Shall Be In Their Native Format (i.e .,.docx, .xlsx, .ppt, Etc.), Or If In .pdf Format, Shall Be In Searchable Text. Text And Graphics Portfolios Of The Electronic Copies Shall Be In A Format Readable By Microsoft Office Or Adobe Applications. Data Submitted In A Spreadsheet Format Shall Be Readable By Ms Excel (all Cells And Formulars Shall Be Unlocked). all Contractors Are Advised That Registration In System For Award Management (sam) Database Is Required Prior To Award Of A Contract. Failure To Register In The Sam Database May Render Your Firm Ineligible For Award. For More Information, Check The Sam Web Site: Https://www.sam.gov. the Technical Data Package May Contain Information That Is Export Controlled. Only Those Companies That Have Completed Dd Form 2345 And Are Certified Under The Joint Certification Program (jcp) In An Active Status Are Authorized To Receive Export Controlled Information. Only Jcp Certified Firms Will Be Eligible For Any Future Award Made Related To This Effort. Additional Information About Jcp Is Available At Https://www.dla.mil/hq/logisticsoperations/services/jcp/. offerors Shall Restrict The Disclosure Or Use Of Its Proposal, (and) A Proper Legend Must Be Included On Materials Provided. Individual Subcontractor/vendor Proprietary Information May Be Submitted Separately. In Addition, If Proposal Volumes Include Technical Requirements That Have Been Identified As Cui, The Markings Shall Apply To The Technical Information Included In The Technical Volume. offeror Shall Mark Proposal Documents As Cui In Accordance With Nist Sp 800-171. Possible Categories For Use Include But Are Not Limited To The Following: cui Category: General Proprietary Business Information https://www.archives.gov/cui/registry/category-detail/proprietary-business-info.html#authority-list banner Marking For Specified Authorities: Cui//sp-propin banner Marking For Basic Authorities: Cui category Description: material And Information Relating To, Or Associated With, A Company's Products, Business, Or Activities, Including But Not Limited To Financial Information; Data Or Statements; Trade Secrets; Product Research And Development; Existing And Future Product Designs And Performance Specifications. *at A Minimum Technical Proposals Shall Safeguard In Accordance With Markings And Distributions Statements On All Technical Documents Within The Solicitation (sow, Specification, Drawings, Etc.). cui Category: Controlled Technical Information* https://www.archives.gov/cui/registry/category-detail/controlled-technical-info.html#authority-list banner Marking: Cui//sp-cti category Description: controlled Technical Information Means Technical Information With Military Or Space Application That Is Subject To Controls On The Access, Use, Reproduction, Modification, Performance, Display, Release, Disclosure, Or Dissemination. Controlled Technical Information Is To Be Marked With One Of The Distribution Statements B Through F, In Accordance With Department Of Defense Instruction 5230.24, "distribution Statements Of Technical Documents." The Term Does Not Include Information That Is Lawfully Publicly Available Without Restrictions. "technical Information" Means Technical Data Or Computer Software, As Those Terms Are Defined In Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement Clause 252.227-7013, "rights In Technical Data - Noncommercial Items" (48 Cfr 252.227-7013). Examples Of Technical Information Include Research And Engineering Data, Engineering Drawings, And Associated Lists, Specifications, Standards, Process Sheets, Manuals, Technical Reports, Technical Orders, Catalog-item Identifications, Data Sets, Studies And Analyses And Related Information, And Computer Software Executable Code And Source Code. category Marking: cti *at A Minimum Technical Proposals Shall Safeguard In Accordance With Markings And Distributions Statements On All Technical Documents Within The Solicitation (sow, Specification, Drawings, Etc.). cui Category: General Procurement And Acquisition https://www.archives.gov/cui/registry/category-detail/procurement-acquisition.html#authority-list banner Marking: Cui//sp-procure category Description: material And Information Relating To, Or Associated With, The Acquisition And Procurement Of Goods And Services, Including But Not Limited To, Cost Or Pricing Data, Contract Information, Indirect Costs And Direct Labor Rates. category Marking: procure cui Category: Source Selection https://www.archives.gov/cui/registry/category-detail/source-selection banner Marking For Specified Authorities: Cui//sp-ssel banner Marking For Basic Authorities: Cui category Description: per Far 2.101: Any Of The Following Information That Is Prepared For Use By An Agency For The Purpose Of Evaluating A Bid Or Proposal To Enter Into An Agency Procurement Contract, If That Information Has Not Been Previously Made Available To The Public Or Disclosed Publicly: (items 1-10). category Marking: ssel each Volume Submitted Shall Be Properly Marked With At A Minimum Ssel As Follows: a Cover Page Including The “cui” Marking In The Header And Footer As Required, As Well As The Requiredcui Designator Block If The Volume Contains Cui. This Designator Block Shall Be Included At The Bottom Right Portion Of The Cover Page And Read As Follows: controlled By: Department Of The Navy controlled By: Nswc Crane Code 02 cui Category: Propin/cti/procure/ssel distribution/dissemination Control: Fedcon poc: Nswccr 0253 Branch Head all Subsequent Pages Of The Document Shall Include The “cui” Marking In The Header And Footer. If Other Information Is Included In The Header Or Footer, The "cui" Marking Shall Be Centered On Its Own Line Within The Header And Footer. in Accordance With The Federal Acquisition Regulations (far) 36.601-4(b), The A-e Firm Must Be A Professional A-e Firm Permitted By Law To Practice The Professions Of Architecture Or Engineering In The State Of Indiana. This Requirement Can Be Achieved By Providing The Firm’s Indiana Secretary Of State Registration, And Currently Employing At Least Two (2) State Of Indiana Registered A-e Professionals. A-e Firms Shall Provide Proof That The Firm Is Permitted By Law To Practice The Professions Of Architecture Or Engineering In Indiana (e.g., Indiana Secretary Of State Registration And Employee’s State Of Indiana Professional Engineering License With Stamp Or State Of Indiana Registered Architect License With Stamp). Failure To Submit The Required Proof Will Result In A Firm’s Elimination From Consideration. all Businesses Intending To Conduct Business In Indiana, Except Sole Proprietors And General Partnerships, Must Register With The Indiana Secretary Of State. If A Business Needs To Be Registered, Please Do So At Www.inbiz.in.gov. jv Offerors Must Ensure That Both Entities Are Either State Registered Individually In Accordance With The Information Above, Or State Registered As A Jv In Accordance With The Information Above. only Those Companies That Have Completed Dd Form 2345 And Are Certified Under The Joint Certification Program (jcp) In An Active Status Are Authorized To Receive Export-controlled Information. Only Jcp Certified Firms Will Be Eligible For Any Future Award Made Related To This Effort. please Provide A-e Professional Licensure Proof Within Sf 330, Part I, Section E. Please Provide Secretary Of State Registration Information Within Sf 330, Part I, Section H. please Provide Jcp Registration Specifics Within Sf 330, Part I, Section E. Include Jcp Certification Number, Jcp Status, And Jcp Expiration Date. If Currently Working To Acquire Jcp Certification, You May Provide A Brief Explanation Of Your Firm’s Progress Towards Certification. However, Only Actively Jcp Certified Firms Will Be Eligible For Award. Jcp Active Status Will Be Confirmed Via Https://www.public.dacs.dla.mil/jcp/ext/ On The Day Of Proposal Submission. firms Must Also Acknowledge All Amendments To The Solicitation Within Their Proposal. A Statement Of Amendment Acknowledgement Within Sf 330, Part I, Section H Will Suffice. Please Address Individual Amendments Along With Corresponding Date Of Issuance On Sam.gov With Your Proposal. A Signed Copy Of The Amendments Is Not Required. if An Sf 254/sf 255 Is Submitted For This Request, It Will Not Be Reviewed Or Considered. As Required Above, Provide Verifiable Evidence That Your Firm Is Permitted By Law To Practice The Professions Of Architecture Or Engineering (e.g., State Registration Number). interested Firms Shall Submit Proposals To Both The Contract Specialist And The Contracting Officer Via Dod Safe. sf 330 Submissions Are Due No Later Than 9 January 2025 At 12:00 Pm (est). Late Responses Will Be Handled In Accordance With Federal Acquisition Regulations (far) 52.215‐1. The Points Of Contact For This Acquisition Are Contract Specialist, Aaron Hohl, At Aaron.m.hohl.civ@us.navy.mil And Jared Myers, Contracting Officer, At Jared.s.myers3.civ@us.navy.mil. inquiries Concerning This Procurement Should Reference The Solicitation Number (n0016425r1025) And Title And Be Forwarded Via Email To The Points Of Contact Identified Above. Questions Pertaining To This Requirement Are Due No Later Than Fourteen (14) Days After Posting Of This Requirement In Sam.gov. list Of Attachments: statement Of Work (sow) cdrls past Performance Questionnaire (ppq) key Personnel Criteria dd 254 selection Criteria: firms Responding To This Special Notice Will Be Evaluated To Determine The Most Highly Qualified Firms To Perform The Required Services In Accordance With The Published Selection Criteria. failure To Comply With Instructions Or Provide Complete Information May Affect The Firm’s Evaluation Or Disqualify The Firm From Further Consideration. Evaluation Criteria (1) Through (4) Are Considered Most Important And Are Equal Among Themselves; Criteria (5) Through (6) Are Less Important And Are Equal Among Themselves; Criteria (7) Will Only Be Used As A Tie‐breaker Among Technically Equal Firms. Specific Selection Criteria Include: specialized Experience professional Qualifications And Technical Competence past Performance quality Control program Management And Capacity knowledge Of General Geographic Area volume Of Work (no Data Submission Required) criterion 1 —specialized Experience (sf 330, Part I, Section F): firms Will Be Evaluated On Specialized Experience In Performance Of Services Similar To Those Anticipated Under This Contract Through Evaluation Of Experience In: infrastructure/facility Design Utilizing The Following Criteria, Including, But Not Limited To, Unified Facilities Criteria (ufcs) And Military Standard (milstd); conducting On‐site Design Development Workshops, Charrettes, Functional Analysis, Schematic Design, Or Space Programming, Including Supporting Budgetary Or Parametric Cost Estimating; demonstrated Ability To Design To Project Budget And Schedule; experience Preparing Design‐bid‐build; experience Preparing Design‐build Rfp Packages; And designing Projects In Accordance With Dod, Navy, Or Other Government Agencies’ Criteria. use Of Specsintact For Package Generation And Submittal To The Government specialized Design Experience To Include Antiterrorism Force Protection (atfp), Seismic Design And Analysis, And Design Of Secure Spaces firms May Be Considered More Favorably Under Criterion 1 By Demonstrating The Following: demonstrated Experience On Military Bases Within The Primary Geographic Area Of The Contract. experience In The Delivery Of Multiple Types Of A‐e Services Identified In The Requirements Above. experience On Multiple Facility Types, Such As Business, Educational, Industrial, Assembly, Health Care, Residential, Storage, Laboratory, And Mixed-use Occupancies, Identified In The Requirements Above. demonstrated Experience Using Rsmeans-based (or Equal) Electronic Cost Estimating Software. demonstrated Experience Designing Modifications To Existing Structures And Developing Construction Phasing While Associated Facilities Are Required To Remain In Service. demonstrated Experience Specific To Navy Facility Projects, Illustrating The Capability Of The A‐e Firm And Individual Design Team Members (a‐e Staff, Key Personnel, Consultants) To Work Within The Navy Project Planning Process Including: dd Form 1391 Development In The Navy’s Electronic Procurement Generator (epg), dd Form 1391 Validation Procedures Including Cost Validation. demonstrated Understanding Of Procedures And Timely Submission Of Base Access Documents In Adherence With Security, Safety, Environmental, And Accident Prevention Regulations In Order To Support A‐e Activities And Maintain Project Schedules. experience Of A‐e Firm And Individual Design Team Members (a‐e Staff, Key Personnel, Sub‐ Consultants) With Facilities Located In Historic Areas That Will Require Consultation With State Historic Preservation Officer (shpo) Throughout The Design Process. criterion 1 Submission Requirements: provide Up To A Minimum Of Three (3) And Maximum Of Five (5) Projects Completed (project Completion To Be Defined As Receiving Final Design Acceptance From Client) Within The Past Seven (7) Years Immediately Preceding The Date Of Issuance Of This Notice That Best Demonstrate Specialized Experience Of The Proposed Team In The Areas Outlined Above. Sufficient Information To Determine The Date Of Completion Of The Project Must Be Included In The Project Description Or The Project Will Not Be Considered. If More Than The Maximum Number Of Projects Is Submitted, The Government Will Only Evaluate Projects Up To The Maximum Number Authorized In The Order Submitted. all Projects Provided In The Sf 330 Must Be Completed By The Actual Office/branch/regional Office/ Individual Team Member Proposed To Manage And Perform Work Under This Contract. Projects Not Meeting This Requirement Will Be Excluded From Consideration In The Evaluation. To Enable Verification, Firms Should Include The Uei And Cage Along With Each Firm Name In The Sf 330 Part I, Section F, Block 25, “firm Name.” Include A Contract Number Or Project Identification Number In Block 21. Include An E‐mail Address And Phone Number For The Point Of Contact In Block 23(c). In Block 24, Include In The Project Description The Contract Period Of Performance, Award Contract Value, Current Contract Value, And A Summary Of The Work Performed That Demonstrates Relevance To Specialized Experience As Outlined Above. For Projects Performed As A Sub-contractor Or A Joint Venture Involving Different Partners, Specifically Indicate The Value Of The Work Performed As A Subcontractor Or By Those Firms Proposed For This Contract, And Identify The Specific Roles And Responsibilities Performed As A Sub-contractor Or By Those Firms On The Project Rather Than The Work Performed On The Project As A Whole. If The Project Description Does Not Clearly Delineate The Work Performed By The Entity/entities Offering/teaming On This Contract, The Firm Will Be Eliminated From Award Consideration. note: If The Firm Is A Joint Venture, Projects Performed By The Joint Venture Should Be Submitted; However, If There Are No Projects Performed By The Joint Venture, Projects Must Be Submitted For Each Joint Venture Partner, Not To Exceed A Total Of Five (5) Projects For Both Partners Combined. Each Partner Within A Jv May Not Be Responsible For More Than Three (3) Projects Within The Past Performance Submission. Firms Failing To Provide Projects From All Joint Venture Partners Will Be Considered To Have Not Met The Requirements Of The Criterion. projects Shall Be Submitted On The Sf 330 At Part I, Section F And Shall Be Completed Projects. Projects Not Completed Will Be Excluded From Evaluation Consideration. For Submittal Purposes, A Task Order On An Idiq Contract Is Considered A Project, As Is A Stand‐alone Contract Award. Do Not Submit An Idiq Base Contract As An Example Project. Instead, List Relevant Task Orders Or Stand‐ Alone Contract Awards That Fit Within The Definition Above. The Government Will Not Evaluate Information Provided For An Idiq Contract. Examples Of Project Work Submitted That Do Not Conform To This Requirement Will Not Be Evaluated. all Information For Criterion 1 Shall Be Submitted In The Sf 330, Part I, Section F. The Government Will Not Consider Information Submitted In Addition To Part I, Section F In The Evaluation Of Criterion 1. criterion 2—professional Qualifications And Technical Competence (sf 330, Part I, Sections E & G): films Will Be Evaluated On Professional Qualifications, Competence, And Experience Of The Proposed Key Personnel In Providing Services To Accomplish The Tasks Required Under This Contract, Including Participation In Example Projects In The Sf 330, Part I, Section G. Key Personnel Are Individuals Who Will Have Major Contract Or Project Management Responsibilities And/or Will Provide Unusual Or Unique Expertise. Specific Disciplines That Must Be Included In Key Personnel Are: project Manager, Registered Architect Or Professional Engineer, 10 Years quality Control Specialist, Architect Or Professional Engineer, 15 Years architect, Senior, Registered Architect, 15 Years architect, Junior, Registered Architect, 10 Years civil Engineer, Senior, Registered Professional Engineer, 15 Years civil Engineer, Junior, Registered Professional Engineer, 10 Years structural Engineer, Senior, Registered Professional Engineer, 15 Years structural Engineer, Junior, Registered Professional Engineer, 10 Years mechanical Engineer, Senior, Registered Professional Engineer, 15 Years mechanical Engineer, Junior, Registered Professional Engineer, 10 Years electrical Engineer, Senior, Registered Professional Engineer, 15 Years electrical Engineer, Junior, Registered Professional Engineer, 10 Years registered Communication Distribution Design (rcdd), 15 Years fire Protection Engineer, Registered Professional Engineer, 15 Years cost Estimator, Certified Cost Professional Or Equivalent, 15 Years key Personnel, Including Consultants, Shall Be U.s. Citizens. submissions Must Demonstrate Key Personnel Relevant Experience, Formal Education (e.g. Bachelor’s Or Master’s Degrees), And Relevant Professional Development Or Professional Certifications. See Key Personnel Attachment For Specific Qualification Criteria. If An Offeror Is Unable To Meet Key Personnel Requirement List In Its Entirety, The Government Still Urges A Response For Consideration Which Illustrates The Firm’s Maximum Personnel Capabilities. If Certain Key Personnel Roles Cannot Be Fulfilled, Please Indicate Those Role Vacancies Individually With A Course Of Action For Fulfillment. criteria 2 Submission Requirements: sf 330, Part I, Section E – Provide Resumes For All Proposed Key Personnel That Illustrate Experience In The Type Of Work Proposed Under This Contract. Resumes Are Limited To Three (3) Single-sided Pages And Should Indicate: Professional Registration, Certification, Licensure And/or Accreditation In Appropriate Disciplines To Include Document/licensure Numbers; Cite Recent (within The Past 10 Years) Project‐specific Experience In Work Relevant To The Services Required Under This Contract; And Indicate Proposed Role In This Contract. Indicate Participation Of Key Personnel In Example Projects In The Sf 330, Part I, Section G. The Firm Must Hold A Current And Active License In The State Of Indiana As Well As Currently Employ At Least Two (2) State Of Indiana Registered A-e Professionals. offeror Will Not Be Permitted To Simultaneously Fulfill Multiple Roles With An Individual On The Same Project. The Individuals Identified As Key Personnel On The Sf330 May Not Have Multiple Duties Or Be “dual-hatted.” Offerors Shall Provide Individual Resumes In Sf330 Section E For Each Of The Individuals Listed Above. criterion 3—past Performance (sf 330, Part I, Section H): firms Will Be Evaluated On Past Performance With Government Agencies And Private Industry In Terms Of Work Quality, Compliance With Schedules, Cost Control, And Stakeholder/customer Satisfaction. evaluating Past Performance And Experience Will Include Information Provided In The Contract performance Assessment Reporting System (cpars) / Architect-engineer Contract Administration Support System (acass) Or A Completed Past Performance Questionnaire (ppq) For Criterion 1 Projects And May Include Customer Inquiries, Government Databases, And Other Information Available To The Government Including Contacts With Points Of Contact In Other Criteria. Failure To Provide Requested Data, Accessible Points Of Contact, Or Valid Phone Numbers Could Result In A Firm Being Considered Less Qualified. criteria 3 Submission Requirements: submit A Completed Cpars/acass/ppq Evaluation For Each Project Under Criterion 1. firms May Provide Any Information On Problems Encountered And The Corrective Actions Taken On Projects Submitted Under Criterion 1—specialized Experience. Firms May Also Address Any Adverse Past Performance Issues. Information For Each Past Performance Submission Shall Not Exceed Five Single‐sided Pages In Total. offeror Shall Submit One (1) Past Performance Questionnaire Provided As An Attachment To This Synopsis To Each Of Its Customer Pocs Identified In Criterion 1 For Referenced Projects With No Cpars/acass Available. In Order To Expedite The Assessment Process, The Offeror May Complete The “contract Information” Portion Of The Past Performance Questionnaire For The Convenience Of The Customer Poc. A Ppq Submission Is Not Required For Criterion 1 Projects Accompanied By A Cpars/acass. However, A Ppq Submission For Every Criterion 1 Project, Including Those With A Cpars/acass Evaluation On Record, Would Assist The Government In Evaluation Accuracy And Is Encouraged. the Offeror Shall Not, However, Complete Any Other Section Of The Past Performance Questionnaire. The Questionnaire Shall Be Provided To The Customer Poc With Instructions To Complete And Submit It Directly To The Contracting Officer And/or The Point Of Contact Identified In This Announcement On Or Before The Proposal Due Date. Electronic Submission Via Encrypted E-mail By The Customer Is Required. under No Circumstances Shall The Questionnaires Be Returned To The Offerors After Completion. Any Information Provided By The Offeror’s References Is Subject To Verification/validation By The Government During The Evaluation Process. The Government May Make Contact And Follow Up With The Listed References Identified On The Contractor Past Performance Data Documents/data. The Offeror May Provide Information On Problems Encountered On The Identified Contracts As Well As The Offeror’s Corrective Actions. The Government Reserves The Right To Solicit Feedback Beyond What Is Identified In The Questionnaire. awards, Letters Of Commendation, Certificates Of Appreciation, Etc., Shall Not Be Submitted And Will Not Be Considered In The Evaluation. criterion 4—quality Control Program (sf 330, Part I, Section H): firms Will Be Evaluated On The Strength Of The Quality Control Program Proposed By The Firm To Ensure Quality Products And Services Under This Contract And Means Of Ensuring Quality Services From Their Consultants/subcontractors. criteria 4 Submission Requirements: describe The Quality Control Program That Will Be Utilized For All Deliverables Of This Contract And The Management Approach For Quality Control Processes And Procedures. The Description Shall: describe Specific Quality Control Processes And Procedures Proposed For This Contract To Achieve Technical Accuracy Of And Assurance Of Overall Coordination Of Plans And Specifications, And Engineering And Design Services. provide A Quality Control Process Chart Showing The Inter‐relationship Of The Management And Team Components. identify The Key Personnel (submitted Under Criterion 2—professional Qualifications And Technical Competence) Responsible For The Quality Control Program And A Description Of Their Roles And Responsibilities. describe How The Firm’s Quality Control Program Extends To Management Of Sub-contractors. explain The Quality Control Program Including An Example Of How The Plan Has Worked For One Of The Projects Submitted As Part Of Sf 330, Section F Or How The Plan Will Work If It Has Not Been Used Previously. criterion 5—program Management And Capacity (sf 330, Part I, Section H): firms Will Be Evaluated On The Firm’s Ability To Plan For And Manage Work Under The Contract And The Capacity To Accomplish The Work In The Required Time. criteria 5 Submission Requirements: provide An Organizational Chart For The Team And Discuss The Management Plan For This Contract And Personnel Roles In The Organization. Describe The Ability Of The Firm To Manage, Coordinate And Work Effectively With Team Members, Both Internal Staff, Sub- Contractors And Consultants. Discuss The History Of Working Relationships With Team Members, Including Joint Venture Partners Where Applicable. describe The Firm’s Present Workload And The Availability Of The Project Team (including Consultants) For The Specified Contract Performance Period. Describe The Workload/availability Of The Key Personnel During The Anticipated Contract Performance Period And The Ability Of The Firm To Provide Qualified Backup Staffing For Key Personnel To Ensure Continuity Of Services. General Statements Of Availability/capacity May Be Considered Less Favorably. describe The Firm’s Ability To Sustain The Loss Of Key Personnel While Accomplishing Work Within Required Time Limits, To Ensure Continuity Of Services And Ability To Meet Surges In Unexpected Project Demands And Ability To Adhere To Schedules And Budgets. include Small Business Subcontracting Plan Specifics Which Detail Level Of Participation Of Small Business, Small Disadvantaged Business, Woman-owned Small Business, Hubzone Small Business, Service-disabled Veteran-owned Small Business And Veteran Owned Small Business Team Members. attach A Small Business Subcontracting Plan Which Estimates The Proposed Extent Of Participation Of Small Business, Small Disadvantaged Business, Woman-owned Small Business, Hubzone Small Business, Service-disabled Veteran-owned Small Business And Veteran Owned Small Business Team Members In The Contract Team. Clearly Specify Each Small Business Firm That Is A Team Member, Their Small Business Category, And Their Proposed Level Of Participation Measured As A Percentage Of The Overall Estimated Effort. The Small Business Subcontracting Plan Draft Will Not Count Against The Total Page Count Limitation For The Firm’s Response. The Small Business Subcontracting Plan Should Be Included As An Attachment To The Sf 330 Response. Small Business Subcontracting Plan Specifics May Be Referenced Within The Sf 330 Response, But The Subcontracting Plan Should Also Be Attached In Its Entirety. criterion 6— Knowledge Of General Geographic Area (sf 330, Part I, Section H) firms Will Be Evaluated On The Locations Of Their Office Or Offices That Will Be Performing The Work Under This Contract And Demonstrated Knowledge Of The General Geographic Areas In Which Projects Could Be Located. Evaluation Of Firms Will Include Consideration Of Their Location Within The General Geographic Area Of The Anticipated Projects (primarily At Naval Surface Warfare Center Crane Division, Crane, In). criteria 6 Submission Requirements: indicate Location Of The Office(s) That Will Be Performing The Work, Including Main Offices, Branch Offices, And Offices Of Team Members. provide A Narrative Describing The Team’s Knowledge And Previous Experience Of The Primary Geographic Areas To Be Covered By This Contract. provide A Narrative To Describe The Team’s Ability To Provide Timely Response To Requests For On‐site Support. Provide Timelines And Examples Of The Team’s Success In Providing This Response. Include Both Primary And Sub‐contractor Support As Required. Teams With A Demonstrated History Of Providing Timely Support May Be Considered More Favorably. criterion 7—volume Of Work (sf 330, Part 1, Section H) (tie-breaker) in The Event Of A Tie Among Equally Rated Firms, Those Firms Will Be Evaluated In Accordance With Dod Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (dfars) Procedures, Guidance And Information (pgi) 236.602‐1, From Data Extracted From The Federal Procurement Data System (fpds). Firms Will Be Evaluated In Terms Of Work Previously Awarded To The Firm By Dod Within The Past Twelve (12) Months With The Objective Of Effecting An Equitable Distribution Of Contracts Among Qualified A‐e Firms Including Small, Disadvantaged Business Firms, And Firms That Have Not Had Prior Dod A‐e Contracts. criterion 7 Submission Requirements: firms Shall Not Submit Data For This Factor.

Details: Description Republic Of The Philippines Department Of Health Western Visayas Sanitarium And General Hospital Santa Barbara, Iloilo Invitation To Bid For Supply, Delivery And Installation Of Various Hospital Equipment Ib No. 2024-12-018-g The Western Visayas Sanitarium, Through Its Bids And Awards Committee (bac), Invites Suppliers/manufacturers/distributors To Apply For Eligibility And To Bid For The Hereunder Project: Name Of Project : Supply, Delivery And Installation Of Various Hospital Equipment Location : Western Visayas Sanitarium And General Hospital, Inangayan, Santa Barbara, Iloilo Approved Budget For : Php 34,665,000.00 The Contract (abc) Fund Source : Caf No. 2024-133-gf Delivery Period : Within Ninety (90) Working Days After Receipt Of The Notice To Proceed Line Items Abc: Php 34,665,000.00 Lot 1 No. Description Unit Of Measure Quantity Approved Budget Cost (php) 1 Electrical Machine. Brand New. Product Specifications: Combination Of Electrotherapy And Ultrasound; With 3 Independent Channels And Body Diagram Installed; Power Supply: Ac 100- 240 V, Number Of Channels: 3 Independent (2 For Electrotherapy, 1 For Ultrasound) Electrotherapy; Ten& Ems, Ultrasound Functions; Electrode Pads For Tens & Ems; Us Probe Head: Large And Small. Warranty -1 Year From Delivery And Installation. Unit 1 290,000.00 2 Hand Dynanometer. Brand New. Product Specifications: Hydraulic Adjustable Handle. Strength Can Be Viewed In Pounds Or Kilogram. Can Measure Up To 90kg (200lbs.). Durable Metal Gauge. Warranty –at Least 6 Months Upon Delivery And Installation. Unit 1 55,000.00 3 Parallel Bars. Brand New. Product Specifications: Adjustable And Foldable. Stainless Steel Bars And Steel Base. Height Adjust Within 26''-40''. Width -24''-36". Length Ranges: 7-10 Feet. Warranty -at Least 6 Months Upon Delivery And Installation Unit 1 50,000.00 4 Pulley System. Brand New. Product Specifications: Single Handle/dual Tower. Chest And Floor Height Mounted Handle. Easily Adjustable Handles. Wheelchair Accessible. Warranty –at Least 1 Year Upon Delivery And Installation. Unit 1 150,000.00 5 Pbx, Smart Hybrid. Brand New. Product Specifications: Designed For Telemedicine Use. Genuine And High Quality Brand. Pabx Built-in Extensions 16 Analog. At Least 2 Card Slots And 2 Slots Trunk Extension Card Switch System. Ability To Equip Sub-frame Ns-320; 12-32 Trunk Extensions. Sub-frame To Extend Pbx Ns300. Port Connected To The Main Frame. Dimensions: 40-45 X 35-36 X 86-90 Cms. Warranty –at Least 6 Months From Delivery And Installation * Unit 1 100,000.00 6 Uninterrupted Power Supply. Brand New. Products Specifications: Designed For Telemedicine Operation. 3000va. Output Power Capacity-3000va, Mount: 3u Rack Mountable. Nominal Output Voltage -230v. Dimensions: 20-22 X 19-20 X 5-6 Inches. Warranty –at Least 6 Months Upon Delivery And Installation. * Unit 1 400,000.00 7 Medical Waste Shredder. Brand New. Product Specifications: 20hp Motor Slow-speed And High Torque Dual Shaft Shredders, 5/16″ Wide Cutters, With Bearing Protection And Cleaning Fitters. Features: Efficiently Shred Syringes, Face Masks, Boxed Medical Waste, Pill Bottles, Etc., Available With A Split Cutting Chamber That Allows For Two Different Shred Widths Within One Shredder, The Manner Of In Feed And Output Are Also Divided. Includes Training And Certification, Warranty 1 Year Upon Installation Unit 1 350,000.00 8 Portable Multi-parameter Analyzer Flow Water Quality Testing. Brand New. Product Specifications: Measures Water Quality Parameter For Ph/ec/ise/do/temp. Mv/orp/px/resistivity/tds/sal./do Saturation. Features: Portable Device, Color High Contrast Lcd Touchscreen, Data Storage1000 Sets For Each Parameter, Support For Usb Communication, Ip65 Waterproof, Includes All Necessary Accessories And Consumables, Includes Training And Certification For Use, Warranty For 1 Year Upon Installation Unit 1 200,000.00 9 Water Purification System. Brand New. Product Specifications: 6000 Gdp Reverse Osmosis Machine. Up To 1200 Containers Per Day. Double U.s. Membrane. 2 Tanks 1000ltrs. For Raw & Product Water. At Least 28 Stages Of Water Filtration. To Include Piping Line From Water Station To Specified Areas Within The Health Facility. To Include Necessary. Building/structure For The Water Station. Service Warranty 1 Year After Delivery And Installation. To Include Service And User Training. Including Consumables: 50 Gallons Round Containers, 50 Gallons Slim Containers, 1 Sack Industrial Salt. * Unit 1 350,000.00 10 Anesthesia Machine With Cardiac Monitor. Brand New. Product Specifications: Main Gas Supply -oxygen, Air. Pin Index Supply System: Oxygen, Air. Ventilatior: With At Least Six (6) Ventilation Modes. Machine Must Be Able To Ventilate Patient Using The Preset Settings Provided By The End-user Even Presence Of Driving Gas Is Temporarily Unavailable. Ventilator Must Be Enclosed With Metal Casing To Prevent Entry Of Foreign Items Including Fluid. Ceramic Type Of Inspiratory And Expiratory Valve. Ventilator Must Have High Pressure Valve That Ensures Release Of Excess Pressure When Required. Ventilator Must Be Functional When Machine Is Connected Either Through Direct Power Supply Or Back Up Battery. Breathing System: The Volume Of The Compact Breathing System And Co2 Absorber Must Be 1.7l Excluding Hoses And Breathing Bag. Volume Of Co2 Absorber Reusable Canister Must Be 1.5l. With Bypass Valve Located In Breathing System Allowing Continuous Machine Operation While Changing Co2 Absorber. With Fresh-gas Decoupling Valve That Prevents Direct Entry Of Pressure In The Patient Airway When Pressing The O2 Flush Button, Peep And Pressure Limitation. With Breathing System That Can Be Detached From The Main Unit Without Tools Required. Breathing System Should Be Separated From The Main Unit With Mounting That Can Be Positioned From Any Direction Without Moving The Entire Anesthesia Machine. With Ceramic Type Of Inspiratory And Expiratory Valve. With Sample Gas Return Port. With Pup Off Pressure Release Valve Located At The Apl Valve. With Moisture Reduction System. Hot Steam Sterilization Can Be Carried Out At 134 ° C (273.2 ° F). With Heated Breathing System. Anesthesia Gas Supply Module: Range Of Fresh Gas Flow Indicators: 0.0 To 12.0 L/min. O2 Flush (bypass): At 87 Psi (6 Kpa X 100): Max. 75 L/min At 41 Psi (2.8 Kpa X 100): Min. 25 L/min. With Metering Valve And Dual Flow Tubes For Fresh-gas. With Integrated O2 Monitoring Located In The Screen. Vaporizer: With Two (2) Selectatec Vaporizer Mounting. With One (1) Unit Sevoflurane And One (1) Unit Isoflurane Vaporizer. Vaporizer Must Have No Cloth Component Which Allows Item To Be Functional Immediately Even Transporting It In An Upside Down Position. Oxygen Sensor: With Oxygen Sensor That Measures Percentage Of Oxygen. Flow Sensor: With Constant Temperature Hot-wire Anemometer Flow Sensor. Must Be Located Within The Anesthesia Unit Distal To The Patient Area. Flow Sensor Must Be Reusable. Auxillary Low Flow Oxygen: With Integrated Low Flow Oxygen Supply For Mask And Nasal Cannula Application. Writing Table/drawers/mounting: With At Least 3 Drawers As Storage For Other Accessories. With A Retractable Writing Table That Can Hold At Least 10kgs. Advanced And Safety Features: Functional Even The Battery Is Completely Discharged, All Pneumatic Functions Continue To Be Available (apl Valve, Breathing Pressure Gauge, Cylinder And Pipeline Gauges, Fresh Gas And Agent Delivery, And O2, Air, Flow Meters).manual Or Spontaneous Ventilation Can Be Maintained During Power Failure And Discharged Of Battery. In Case Of No Power And Totally Discharged Battery, Machine Must Be Shifted Automatically From Ventilator Mode To Manual Mode Without Any Switch Or Button Required. Start-up Time Must Be Less Than 15 Seconds. Power Input Data: Power Supply: Rating Non-configurable 100 To 240 Vac, 50/60 Hz, 145 Va. Battery Operation Time: Up To 2 Hours, Minimum Of 45 Minutes. Parameters: Minimum Tidal Volume (vt) Required: 20 Ml. Breathing Frequency (rate): 4 To 60 Bpm (1/min). Inspiratory Pressure: Peep + 5 To 65 Cmh2o. Inspiratory Flow (inspflow): 10 To 75 L/min In Volume And Pressure Control Modes, 10 To 85 L/min In Pressure Support And Simv/ps Modes. Inspiration Pause: 0 To 50 %. Simv Inspiratory Time: 0.3 - 4.0 Sec. Positive End Expiratory Pressure: (peep) 0 To 20 Cmh2o. Inspiration/expiration Ratio: (ti:te) 4:1 To 1:4. Pressure Limiting: 70 Cmh2o. Range Of Fresh Gas Flow Indicators: 0.0 To 12.0 L/min. Pressure Support Level: Peep + 3 To 20 Cmh2o. Min. Frequency For Apnoe-ventilation: (freq. Min.) 3 To 20 Bpm And “off”. Trigger Level: 2 To 15 L/min. Standard Accessories: One (1) Unit O2 Regulator, One (1) Unit Air Regulator, O2, Air Fittings And Hose Clamps, One (1) Unit Adult Anesthesia Circuit With 2l Bag. Biolight M12 Patient Monitor (basic Configuration). Technical Specification: Display/waveforms: Screen Size Display: Not Less Than 12" Color Tft Screen. Screen Navigation: Touch Screen With Quick Volume And Brightness Adjustment. Support Quick Key, Able To Access Specific Functions Or Perform Operations Easily And Quickly. No. Of Waveforms: At Least 7 Waveforms (using Standard Screen Display). Battery: Internal Battery Duration Must Be: ≥ At Least 240 (built In Battery). Can Upgrade Lithium Battery, Battery Power Supply ≥480 Min. Ecg: Ecg Leads: 3/5 Leads, Display Sensitivity: ×0.25, ×0.5, ×1, ×2, ×4,auto Gain, Must Have A Smart Lead Off Feature, Must Have An Ecg Calibration Feature, Must Have An St Segment Analysis And Monitoring. Heart Rate Range Must Be: Adu: 10 To 300 Bpm, Ped/neo: 10 To 350 Bpm, Must Have Two (2) Hr Averaging Method. With Ecg Multi-lead Synchronous Analysis Function, Analysis Of Multiple Cardiac Leads At The Same Time, Can Be Accurately Monitored In The Case Of Individual Lead Interference, With Intelligent Lead Fall Monitoring Function. St-segment Analysis Can Show The St Graphic, Which Help Indicates The St Alarm Status More Faster. Nibp: Nibp Measurements Must Comply With The American National Standard For Electronic Or Automated Sphygmomanometers: - (ansi/aami/iso 81060-2:2009, Ansi/aami Sp10:2002) In Relation To Mean Error And Standard Deviation. Measurement Mode： Manual, Auto, Stat, And Sequence. Sequence Mode Could Support 5 Different Modes. Maximum Measuring Interval In Auto Mode Must. Must Have An Overpressure Protection For Nibp. Temperature: Must Have Dual-channel Body Temperature Monitoring With Difference Display Measurements. Must Support Skin And/or Oral/rectal. If More Than One Temperature Probe Is Used, The Monitor Will Be Capable Of Calculating And Displaying A Delta Reading. Measuring Range: 0～50 ℃. Spo2: Must Be Used In Low Pi (perfusion Index). Resp: Detection Method: Respiratory Rate And Respiratory Waveform Must Be Monitored By Pulse Wave. Trends: Trend Data For All Parameters In Tabular And Graphic Formats Must Be: 180h. Stored Nibp Measurements Must Be: Up To 2400 Groups. Stored Alarm Events Must Be: 3000 Groups And Associated Waveform. Holographic Waveform Must Be 72 Hours. Printer/recorder: Must Support 3-channel Recorder To Realize Thermal Printing; Support Network Printing Function. Network Capability: The Ip Address Of Each Patient Monitor Shall Be User Configurable. Features: -the Monitor Must Provide Electronic Early Warning Scor （ews, Glasgow Coma Scale (gcs), And Oxycrg Screen. -oxycrg Screen Shows Two Trend Curves And A Compression Waveform, Support To Review 48 Hours Trend Curve And Compression Waveform On The Oxycrg Review Screen. -accessories Storage Box, Help Manage Accessories And Prevent Accessories Missing Or Broken Problem. -user Shall Be Able To Freeze The Waveforms On The Screen And Then Review It To Carefully Observe The Patient During This Time. -up To 4 Timers Shall Be Able To Be Configured On Monitor Display To Count Up Or Down The Required Time In Minute And Second With Audio Alarm To Alert User. - The Monitor Shall Provide Following Specific Working Modes: Standby, Intubation, Night, Privacy, And Demo Modes. Accessories Included: 3/5 Lead Ecg Cable, 3/5 Lead Ecg Lead Wires, Adult Spo2 Sensor, Pediatric Spo2 Sensor, Temperature Probe Skin, Temperature Probe Oral/rectal, Nibp Cuff Adult, Nibp Cuff Pedia, Wall Mount / Trolley, One (1) Unit Pediatric Anesthesia Circuit With 1l Bag, Two (2) Units Power Adapter. Includes Avr Machine For Anesthesia Machine. Warranty -2 Years From Delivery, Installation, And Training/orientation. Unit 1 3,300,000.00 11 Cardiac Monitor With Capnograph. Brand New. Product Specifications: Display/waveforms: Screen Size Display: Not Less Than 12" Color Tft Screen. Screen Navigation: Touch Screen With Quickly Volume And Brightness Adjustment By Gestures Operate. Support Quick Key, Can Easily And Quickly Access Some Functions Or Perform Operations. No. Of Waveforms: At Least 7 Waveforms (using Standard Screen Display). Size Must Be: At Least 175mm X 320mm X262mm. With Auto Speech Recognition Module Implements The Voice Interaction With The Patient Monitor. Battery: Internal Battery Duration Must Be: ≥ At Least 240 (built In Battery). Can Up-grade Lithium Battery Power Supply ≥480min. Ecg: 5 Leads Display Sensitivity: ×0.25, ×0.5, ×1, ×2, ×4, Auto Gain. Must Have A Smart Lead Off Feature, Must Have An Ecg Calibration Feature, Must Have An St Segment Analysis And Monitoring. Heart Rate Range Must Be: Adu: 15 To 300 Bpm, Ped/neo: 10 To 350 Bpm. Must Have Two (2) Hr Averaging Method. With Ecg Multi-lead Synchronous Analysis Function, Analysis Of Multiple Cardiac Leads At The Same Time, Can Be Accurately Monitored In The Case Of Individual Lead Interference, With Intelligent Lead Fall Monitoring Function. St-segment Analysis Can Show The St Graphic, Which Help Indicates The St Alarm Status More Faster. Nibp: Nibp Measurements Must Comply With The American. National Standard For Electronic Or Automated. Sphygmomanometers: - (ansi/aami/iso 81060-2:2009, Ansi/aami. Sp10:2002) In Relation To Mean Error And Standard Deviation. Measurement Mode： Manual，auto, Stat, And Sequence，sequence Mode Could Support 5 Different Modes. Maximum Measuring Interval In Auto Mode Must. Must Have A Dual Overpressure Protection For Nibp. Temperature: Must Have Dual-channel Body Temperature Monitoring With Difference Display Measurements. Must Support Skin Or Oral If More Than One Temperature Probe Is Used, The Monitor Will Be Capable Of Calculating And Displaying A Delta Reading. Measuring Range: 0～50 ℃. Spo2: Must Be Used In Low Pi (perfusion Index). Resp: Detection Method: Respiratory Rate And Respiratory Waveform Must Be Monitored By Pulse Wave. Ibp: Support 2-channel Ibp Measurement Range: -50mmhg～+350mmhg. Types Of Measuring Blood Vessels: Arterial Pressure (art), Pulmonary Artery Pressure (pa), Central Venous Pressure (cvp), Right Atrial Pressure (rap), Left Atrial Pressure (lap), Intracranial Pressure (icp); Pulmonary Artery Wedge Pressure (pawp); Cerebral Perfusion Pressure (cpp). The Monitor Will Calculate The Ppv Based On Any Arterial Pressure Value Between Heartbeats. Etco2: Measuring Range: Etco 2 0 To 150 Mmhg. Fico: 3 To 50 Mmhg. Awrr: 0 To 150 Rpm (mainstream). Trends: Trend Data For All Parameters In Tabular And Graphic Formats Must Be: 180h. Stored Nibp Measurements Must Be: Up To 2400 Groups. Stored Alarm Events Must Be: 3000 Groups And Associated Waveform. Holographic Waveform Must Be 72 Hours Printer/recorder: Must Support 3-channel Recorder To Realize Thermal Printing; Support Network Printing Function Network Capability: The Ip Address Of Each Patient Monitor Shall Be User Configurable. The Upper/lower Limits Of Alarms Can Be Configured Via Networking From The Central. The Alarms At Bedside Can Be Paused Or Muted Via Networking From The Central. Features: -the Monitor Must Provide Electronic Early Warning Scor （ews）, Glasgow Coma Scale (gcs ), And Oxycrg Screen. -oxycrg Screen Shows Two Trend Curves And A Compression Waveform, Support To Review 48 Hours Trend Curve And Compression Waveform On The Oxycrg Review Screen -accessories Storage Box, Help Manage Accessories And Prevent Accessories Missing Or Broken Problem -all-in-one Monitoring Adult, Children, And Newborn Patients. -user Shall Be Able To Freeze The Waveforms On The Screen And Then Review It To Carefully Observe The Patient During This Time. -up To 4 Timers Shall Be Able To Be Configured On Monitor Display To Count Up Or Down The Required Time In Minute And Second With Audio Alarm To Alert User. - The Monitor Shall Provide Following Specific Working Modes: Standby, Intubation, Night, Privacy, And Demo Modes. Warranty -1 Year From Delivery And Installation. Unit 2 500,000.00 12 Ceasarian Instrument Set. Brand New. Product Specifications: Made Of Heavy Duty Stainless Steel. Includes The Following Items: 1 Pc. Scalpel Handle #3 With Measure 125mm, 1 Pc. Scalpel Handle #4 135mm, 1 Pc. Tc Metzenbaum Scissors Cvd 180mm, 1 Pc. Lexer Scissors Narr Str 165mm, 1 Pc. Mayo-lexer Scissors Cvd 165mm, 1 Pc. Lister Bandage Scissors Hvy 180mm, 1 Pc. Standard Forceps Serr 160mm, 1 Pc. Standard Tissue Forceps 1x2 160mm, 5 Pcs. Lorna Towel Clamp Non-perf 130mm, 6 Pcs. Halsted-mosquito Forceps Delstr125mm, 6 Pcs. Halsted-mosquito Forceps Del Cvd125mm, 2 Pcs. Kelly Forceps Del Str 140mm, 6 Pcs Moynihan Hemostatic Forceps, Crv, 150mm, 1 Pc. Tc Mayo-hegar Ndlholderhvyserr150mm, 1 Pc. Tc Hegar Needle Holder Hvy-serr 205mm, 1 Pc. Us-army Retrac.26x15/43x15-23x15/40x15, 1 Pc. Richardson-eastman Bt471rbt472r, 6 Pcs. Boys-allis Forceps 5x6 155mm, 2 Pcs. Kidney Tray Stainless Steel 250mm, 1 Pc. Bottom For 3/4 Container Height:135 Mm, 1 Pc. Primeline Pro 3/4 Lid Red, 1 Pc. 3/4 Size Perf Basket 406x253x76mm, 1 Pc. Silicone Basket Liner 3/4 Size, 1 Pc.mayo Safety Pin F/ring-hdl Inst 140mm, 1 Pc. Ident. Label Up To 13 Letters Red. Warranty –at Least Eat 1 Year From Delivery. Set 2 1,520,000.00 13 Chemical Analyzer. Brand New. Product Specifications: Combined Instrument With Two Complementary Technologies: Raman Spectroscopy And Colorimetric Detection Confirmatory Testing: One Instrument Capable Of Confirmatory Testing Using Two Technologies Including 1) Swgdrug Category A Technique For Presumptive Testing, And 2) Swgdrug Category C Technique For Confirmatory Testing Safety Of Features For Measuring Energetic Samples: Trace Detection Testing For Energetics Without Need For Opening The Container Nor Inducing Laser Light To The Sample, Scan Delay Timer: 15 Sec – 10 Min Sample Size: Able To Detect / Identify Samples From 1 Microgram Traces To Large Bulk Samples Materials Covered: Common Raman Substances, Explosives, Narcotics, Cwas, Tics, Tims, Precursors, Common Chemicals, Fluorescent Materials Not Covered By 785nm Raman: E.g. Colored Materials, Heroin, Colored Mdma Pills, Oils, Npss, Etc., Low Concentration Materials Not Covered By Any Raman Instruments: Lsd, Thc, Magic Mushrooms, Gunpowder, Etc. Raman Excitation Wavelength: 1064nm Minimizes Fluorescence Effects: Allows For Direct Analysis Of Colored/impure Chemicals Through Colored Packaging. Spectral Wavelength Range 200 – 2500 Cm-1 Portability Power: Small Handheld Device, Optimized For One Handed Operation. , 18.5cm-20cm (l) X 15cm-20cm (w) X 7.9cm-10cm (h), 3.65lbs-5lbs (1.65 Kg-2.27kg)., Quantity 2 Lithium Ion Rechargeable Batteries With Battery Life Of More Than 6 Hours Per Charge Per Battery. Cr123a Rechargable Batteries Can Be Used. Including Spare 2 Lithium-ion Battery. Ruggedness Decontamination: Us Mil-std 810g Designed Rugged., Ip 68 Rated For Use In Varying Environmental Conditions And For Complete Decontamination. Operational Temperature Range: Unit Can Be Operated In -20°c To +50°c Temperatures., Withstands Temperature Fluctuations And Humidity Fluctuations. Rapid Start-up Rapid Results: 60 Seconds From Power On To Analysis., Analysis Results In Less Than One Minute. Operational Mode Options: Raman Analysis And Colorimetric Analysis Oraman: • Auto-collect Adjusts Raman Settings Automatically Optimizes Use For Routine Operations • Advanced User Adjustable Raman Settings For Advanced Operators And Custom Library Build: • Laser Power Level 30-490 Mw Adjustable In 5 Mw Increments Exposure Time 5ms To 30s In Increments • Custom Applications Optimize Raman Analysis Parameters Specific To Material Type Ocolorimetrics: • Pouches Including Both Swipes And Colorimetric Chemicals In One Pouch • Pouches For Explosives And Narcotics • General Pouches For Detecting A Wide Range Of Explosives Or Narcotics • Specific Pouches For One Explosive/narcotic Substance Or Substance Group Easy Raman Operation: • Scans In Direct Contact And Through Translucent Plastic Or Glass Containers. • Universal Sample Holder For Analysis Of Samples In Varying Forms And Packaging. • Smartphone Like Touch-screen Interface Or Large Button Activation. • User Prompted Step-by-step Onscreen Analysis Activation. • Typically, 4 Button Presses To Receive Analysis Result. • Onboard System Status Monitoring And Calibration. Reduces Down-time And Necessity For Re-calibration At A Service Depot Analytical Performance: • Liquids, Solids, Powders, Pastes, Gels, Invisible Traces. • Colored Substances And Substances Found In Colored Translucent Packaging. These Types Of Substances Are Most Often Encountered In Real-world Samples. • Comparative Spectral Analysis Overlay Easily Performed Onboard. • User Adjustable Focus Ensures Analysis Of Material And Not The Packaging. • 4c Software Automatically Monitors Results For Combinations Of Precursors Used In Threat, Drug Manufacturing, And Other Recipes. Users Receive Onscreen Alert To Potential Threat Or Clandestine Drug Manufacturing Activity. Library: Raman: • Over 12,000 Substances. • Resq Library Includes The Latest Explosives, Precursors, Cwas, Tics/tims, Narcotics And Psychotropic Drugs, Steroids, Cutting Agents, Pharmaceuticals, Diluents And Pesticides. • Easily Expandable To Add Emerging Threats And Other Substances. • Fleet Management And Library Transfer To Units In The Field. • 4c Library With Explosive, Drug Manufacturing And Other Types Of Threat Manufacturing Recipes. • Library Updates Provided More Than Once A Year Colorimetrics: • General Narcotics Pouches: Multi Drug Test Incl. Fentanyl, Special Opiate Pouch, Cannabinoids • General Explosives Pouches: Chlorates/perchlorates, General Explosives • Specific Pouches: Cocaine, Ephedrine, Heroin, Ketamine, Lsd, Meth/mdma, Mushrooms, Opiates, Pcp, Thc, Ghb Evidence Documentation Traceability: • Onboard 5mp Camera Captures Image Of Sample And Surroundings, As Well As Colorimetric Swab. • Image(s) Stored Along With Analysis Results In Tamper-resistant File. All Analysis Results Are Traceable And Include Unique Date, Time And Serial Number Stamp. • Ability To Activate Password Protect Operator Log-in. Record Of User Associated Activity Stored Onboard And Cannot Be Deleted. Data Access And Transfer Reporting: • View Results In Real Time On Cell Phone Or Tablet, Computer Or Laptop (pc, Ios, Android, Linux) Via Wifi (can Be Disabled). • Exportable Data In Numerous File Formats. • Data Access And Transfer On Computer Or Laptop Via Usb And Wifi (can Be Disabled). • Easy Report Generation. Customer Support Package: • 24/7/ 365 Days Reachback Service For The Life Of The Unit. • Library Updates Provided For The Life Of The Unit. • Software Updates Provided For The Life Of The Unit. • Support: Online, Phone, Email, And In Some Cases Text Message For The Life Of The Unit Cql Complete Package: • Rugged Shipping Case With Custom Foam Insert. • Qty 2 Rechargeable Lithium-ion Batteries. • Cr123a Battery Cartridge (does Not Include Cr123a Batteries). • External Battery Charger. • Ac Power Supply. • Adjustable Base Adaptor. • Universal Sample Holder. • Certified Benzonitrile Performance Verification And Calibration Standard. • Flash Drive Containing User Manual And Supporting Documentation. • Quick Start Guide. • Usb-c To Usb-a Data Transfer Cable. • 1064nm Laser Test Card. • Including Hand Strap And Wrist Strap. . Training: • Comprehensive Onsite Training For An Unlimited Number Of Users. Add-on Accessories And Software: • Periscope Adaptor. • Vial Holder. • Bottle Adaptor. • Integrated Quickdetect Automated Colorimetrics • Detect Trace Quantities Of Non-visible Residues Left On Surfaces: • Explosives And Explosive Precursors • Narcotics Standard Requirements: • Bidder’s Certificate That Will Provide Manual In English Language (2 Copies Of Operator's/user's Manual And 2 Copies Of Service/technical And Maintenance Manual) Upon Delivery. • Brochure/sales Literature. Training Requirements: • Bidder’s Certificate That Will Conduct Free Technical Training And Product Demo For The End-user/s And In-house Biomed On Equipment Operation And On Maintenance Of Equipment. • After Sales Service: Bidder’s Certificate That Parts Shall Be Available At The Authorized Philippine Service Center/s For A Period Of Five (5) Years After The Warranty Period. • Certification From Local Distributor On The Availability Of Service Technicians And/or Biomedical Engineers In Case Of Equipment Breakdown. Preventive Maintenance - • Bidder’s Certificate Free Quarterly Preventive Maintenance During The Warranty Period With Preventive Maintenance Plan. Warranty Certificate: • Warranty Certificate Minimum Of Five (5) Years For Service And Three (3) Years For Parts. The Warranty Period Shall Commence From The Date Of Acceptance By The End-user After Testing And Commissioning. • Calibration: With Certificate Of Calibration Upon Delivery. The Bidder Must Be Iso 9001 And The Manufacturer Should Be Iso 13485 Certified Unit 1 6,900,000.00 14 Common Bile Duct Exploration Supplement Set. Brand New. Product Specifications: Made Of Heavy Duty Stainless Steel. Includes The Following Items: 1 Pc. Randall Kidney-stone Frcpsslt-cvd225mm, 1 Pc. Randall Kidney-stone Forceps Cvd225mm, 1 Pc. Randall Kidney-stone Frcpshvy-cvd225mm, 1 Pc. Randall Kidney-stone Frcps U-cvd225mm, 1 Pc. Bakes Bile-duct Dilator 1mm, Bakes Bile-duct Dilator 2mm, 1 Pc. Bakes Bile-duct Dilator 3mm, 1 Pc. Bakes Bile-duct Dilator 4mm, 1 Pc. Bakes Bile-duct Dilator 5mm, 1 Pc. Bakes Bile-duct Dilator 6mm, 1 Pc. Bakes Bile-duct Dilator 7mm, 1 Pc. Bakes Bile-duct Dilator 8mm, 1 Pc. Bakes Bile-duct Dilator 9mm, 1 Pc. Bakes Bile-duct Dilator 1mm, 1 Pc. Randall Kidney-stone Forcepscvd190mm, 1 Pc. Randall Kidney-stone Fcpshvy-cvd190mm, 1 Pc. Bottom For 1/2 Container Height:135mm, 1 Pc. Prime Line Pro 1/2 Lid Green, 1 Pc. 1/2 Size Perf Basket 243x253x76mm, 1 Pc. Identification Label Green. Set 1 590,000.00 15 Defibrillator. Brand New. Product Specifications: General Features: 7-10 Inch Lcd Display, Maximum Of 3 Waveforms. High Contrast Display Mode For Bright Environments. Ambulance-ready, Rugged Casting: Ip44, Impact Test Of 0.75m. Output Energy: 1-360j. Charge Times Of <3s T O200j, <7s To 360j. Auto-volt With Smart Charging. Lithium-ion Battery Supports To 6 Hours Monitoring/200 Shocks @360j/ 4.5 Hours Pacing, With Built-in Led Power Level Indicator. Lightweight At 4-5kg., Full Configuration, Main Unit. Automatically Switch Defibrillator Energy, Cpr Prompts, And Alarm Limits Depending On Patient Type. Display Ecg During Aed Mode. Ecg Recovery Within 2.5s Or Less. Contact Status Can Be Checked Through Paddle And Monitor, Impedance Value Can Be Checked In Monitor. Auto-testing Includes Maximum Energy Discharge Test. Parameters: 3/5 Lead Ecg, Pacer. Includes: Thermal Recorder, External Paddle Kits, Ecg Cable And Lead Wires, Ecg Electrode, Multifunction Electrode Pad. Printer Paper, Electrode Gel, Power Cord, Lithium-ion Battery. Unit 5 1,500,000.00 16 Dish Sterilizer. Brand New. Product Specifications: − High Light Led Display, − With Special Boiler Temperature Drainage Settings, − Washing (non-recycling) Parameters Can Be Set Free And With Control Memory Function, − Can Meet Different Washing Demand, − Self - Research Internal Water Softener, − Double Construction Design For Top Cover, − Power: 380v/50hz, − Basket Dimension : 500x500mm, − Washing Ability : At Least 60 Basket / H, − Rinse Water Quantity : 3 L/h, − Inlet Height :400-430mm, − Machine Dimension : 800-850x800-820x1450-1500mm, − Rated Power : 14.75kw, − Gross Weight : 140-150, − Net Weight : 100-110, − Packing Size : 890-900x900-910x1630-1700mm. Warranty Period- Within 1 Year Upon Delivery And Installation To Cover Parts (excluding Wearable Parts) And Service With Preventive Maintenance Every 6 Months Within 2 Years Period. Provides Orientation And Training To End-user Representative.* Unit 1 500,000.00 17 Electrocardiography Machine (ecg) Brand New. Product Specifications. High Resolution Lcd Touch Screen, 320-330x240-250vivid Waveform Display. 12 Leads Ecg Resolution Thermal Printer. Built-in Rechargeable Li-ion Battery, Ac/dc Power Supply. Anti-defibrillator And Pace Maker Detection. Complete Digital Filtering, Resisting Baseline Drift, Automatic Baseline Adjustment. Automatic Ecg Measurement And Interpretation. Large Patient Data Storage; 150 Cases, Equipped With Usb Port For Data Transfer. Three (30 Printing Formats (auto, Manual And Rhythm) Selectable. 1/2/3 Channel Ecg Waveform And Rhythm Leads Record Out. Lead Status Diagram Display. Unit 4 200,000.00 18 Electrosurgical Dessicator Machine. Brand New. Product Specifications: Use For Removal Of Lesions, Warts, Skin Tags, And Other Blemishes Easily With Minimally-invasive Treatment. For Superficial Treatments, Safe To Use Around The Eye And Nose Area. Includes Re-usable Pen And Tips. Unit Specifications: Depth:4-5 Inches, Width:8-9 Inches, Height:7-8 Inches, Weight:6-8 Pounds, Output Power -low At 0-20watts (1/10 Watt Increments Up To 10 Watts), High At 0-35 Watts, Bipolar: 0-35 Watts. Offers Hand-or-foot Activated Operation. Autoclavable, Reusable Hand Control Pencil With Power Adjustment Buttons. Pencils Are Designed With Non-spinning Hex Collar For Multi-positional Fall-safe Blade Locking. Equipped With Mobile Stand. Includes Consumables.warranty-6 Months From Delivery And Installation. Set 1 100,000.00 19 Fetal Maternal Monitoring System: Brand New. Product Specifications: Foldable Screen. Probe Rack And Wall Mounting Rack. Handle For Easy Carrying. User-friendly Gui With 3 Display Modes. Four (4) Optional Color Background. Capable Of 24 Hours Ctg Storage. Fast Print For Store Traces. "smart Notes" Annotation. Signals Overlap Verification. Real-time And Offline Data Transmission To Pc. 10-12 Inch Color Touch Screen. Excellent Algorithm. 12-crystal And 1 Mhz Water-proof Transducer For Accurate Detection. Configuration: Dual-fhr, Toco, Fm, Afm, Mecg, Nibp, Mspo2, Temp. Includes: 3 Each Belt, 1 Each Event Marker, 1 Bottle Ultrasound Gel, 1 Ea. Fhr Transducer, Purple, 1 Each Transducer, Yellow, 1 Each Spo2 Sensor, Adult, 1 Each Temperature Probe, Skin, 1 Each Toco Probe, 1 Each Nibp Cuff, Adult, 1 Each Nibp Tube, Adult. Unit 3 1,110,000.00 20 Infusion Pump. Brand New. Product Specifications: Mechanism: Peristaltic Pump, Operating Mode: Flow Rate Mode, Drip Rate Mode(optional), Preset Volume: 1-9999 Ml, Flow Rate Range: 1 – 600 Ml/h, Increment: 1, 10, 100 (ml/h), Accuracy: ± 5%, Kvo Rate: 1 Ml/h, Bolus Rate: 600 Ml/h, Drop Rate Range: 1 – 400 Drop/min With Optional Drip Sensor, Screen: 2.7 Inches B/w Lcd, Information: Flow Rate, Preset Volume, Accumulated Infusion Volume, Completion, Occlusion, Air Bubble, Bed No, Ac Power Indicator, Battery Capacity, Battery Charge Indicator, Iv Set, Etc., Status Indicator: Stop, Run, Bolus, Kvo, Alarm Type: Air Bubble, Finish, Occlusion, No Ac Power, Low Battery, Battery Empty, Reminder To Operate, Communication Error (err1), Operation Error (err2), Drops Error (err3), Handle Open (err4), Air Bubble Level: 1-3 Levels Adjustable, Universal Compatibility, Turn On/off, Occlusion Alarm Pressure Range: 3 Levels: 60kpa, 100kpa, 140kpa (±20kpa), Battery Type: Lithium Polymer, Battery Life: Up To 4 Hours Continuous Operation 25 Ml/h Flow Rate, With Delivery And Installation, Provision Of Trainings Of Staff With Certificates, And Manual. Unit 4 320,000.00 21 Laboratory Oven. Brand New. Product Specifications: Working Temperature Range At Least 5 Above Ambient Temperature To +300 °c; Setting Accuracy Temperature Up To 99.9 °c: 0.1 / From 100 °c: 0.5; Setting Temperature Range +20 To +300°c; Temperature Sensor 1 Pt100 Sensor Din Class A In 4-wire-circuit. Control Cockpit Single Display. Adaptive Multifunctional Digital Pid-microprocessor Controller With High-definition Tft-colour Display; Timer Digital Backwards Counter With Target Time Setting, Adjustable From 1 Minute To 99 Days; Adjustable Parameters: Temperature (celsius Or Fahrenheit), Air Flap Position, Programme Time; Ventilation: Natural Convection, Vent Connection With Restrictor Flap; Works Calibration Certificate : Calibration At +160°c; Door Fully Insulated Stainless Steel Door With 2-point Locking (compression Door Lock); Internals 1 Stainless Steel Grid(s), Electro Polished; Stainless Steel Interior; Interior Easy-to-clean Interior, Made Of Stainless Steel, Reinforced By Deep Drawn Ribbing With Integrated And Protected Large-area Heating On Four Sides; Volume 32 L; Dimensions W(a) X H(b) X D(c): 400 X 320 X 250 Mm; Max. Number Of Internals: 3; Max. Loading Of Chamber 60 Kg; Max. Loading Per Internal 20 Kg; With Free Power Back-up System, With Free Installation And Demonstration. Unit 1 130,000.00 22 Newborn Hearing Screening Test Equipment. Brand New. Product Specifications: • Capable Of Screening And Diagnostic Testing With Te And / Or Dpoae. • Fast Automatic Test With Pass / Refer And Graphical Test Result Display. • Direct Evaluation Via Value And Bar Diagram. • Up To 12 Frequencies Displayed Within The Device, Dp Up To 12 Khz. • 5 Dp / 2 Te Protocols With User Customizable Parameters (diagnostic Version). • High Noise Immunity For Operation In Normal Clinical Environment. • Lightweight, Small Ear Probe. • Environmentally Friendly Due To Long Life, Rechargeable Battery. • Bluetooth Communication To Optional Printer And Pc • Evaluation Of Results In Pc. Screener With At Least 4 Frequency Dpoae Testing Protocols. • Qualified Protocols Built Into The Device. • 4 Dpoae Test Frequencies Reported. • Integration To State Tracking Systems, Hi-track Or Oz. Diagnostic With Up To 12 Frequency Dpoae Testing Protocols. • 1.5 To 12 Khz Frequency Range With Up To 12 Test Frequencies Reported. • Customizable Test Protocols Teoae Available As An Upgradeable Option. Measurement Type: Distortion Product Otoacoustic Emissions (dpoae) Transient Evoked Otoacoustic Emissions (teoae). Frequency Range: Screener Version: Dpoae: 2.0 Khz To 5.0 Khz Teoae: 1.5 Khz To 4.0 Khz. Diagnostic Version: Dpoae: 1.5 Khz To 12.0 Khz Teoae: 0.7 Khz To 4.0 Khz. Stimulus Intensity Range: Dpoae: 40 Db Spl To 70 Db Spl Teoae: 83 Db Spl Peak Equivalent (±3 Db). Microphone System Noise: -20 Db Spl @ 2 Khz (1 Hz Bandwidth)/ -13 Db Spl @ 1 Khz (1 Hz Bandwidth). Dimensions And Weight (unit): 2.5 To 3” W X 1.2 To 1.8” D X 5.5 To 6.5” H 6.2 To 6.8 Oz. Power Supply: Lithium-ion Rechargeable. Battery Life: 1000 Tests Per Charge, Minimum 15 Hours On-time. Connectors/ Communications: Integrated Usb Communication Capability For Battery Charging And Communication With Pc-based Database Programs Or An Optional Printer. Hdmi Connector For Connection To The Micro-probe. Integrated Bluetooth Class 2 + Edr With Spp. Protocol For Communication With Optional Printer. Standard Accessories: Micro-probe, Box Of Single Use Ear Tip And Ear Tip Remover, Package Of Probe Tubes, Micro-usb Power Supply For Charging Lithium Ion-battery, Pc Database Software With Manual, Micro B To A Usb Cable For Pc Communicator/charging, Protective Carrying Case, Data Management Tool That Provides The Ability To Transfer Patient. Oae Test Data From The Testing Device To A Pc For The Purposes Of Viewing, Archiving, Managing And Printing Oae Reports. Using The Database Also Gives You The Means To Create Letter Sized, Detailed Reports That Can Be Easily Filed Or Faxed. You Can Also Create A “paperless” Office By Saving The Test Results As A Pdf For Electronic Filing Or Email. Dpoae: 40 Db Spl To 70 Db Spl Teoae: 83 Db Spl Peak Equivalent (±3 Db). Includes Ups. Warranty –at Least 1 Year After Delivery And Installation. Unit 1 1,000,000.00 23 Operating Room Lights. Brand New. Product Specifications: Dual Head- Ceiling Type. Major Operating Room Light Multi-color. Merging Of Light Fields, Light Intensity Control. Comfortable Display Of Key-pad On Major Lighting Head. Back Light Key Pad Display. Depth And Merging Light Field Should Be Operated At The Sterilizable Handle. Cool Light Temperature Increasing In Head Area: 0.5 ºc. 360° Continuous Rotation Around All Major Joints. Anti-bacterial Coating Head. - Light Head Diameter: 66cm. Ideal Laminar Flow Ceiling System. With Endo Mode: Must Be Color Green Light. Main Light Head. Electronic Light Intensity Control At Lamp Head. - Light Intensity At 1 Meter Distance: 160,000 Lux. Colour Rendering Index Ra At Kelvin: 98 (for Better Quality Image Of Skin, Blood And Tissues). Colour Rendering Index R9 At Kelvin: 99 (for Better Quality Image Of Skin, Blood And Tissues). Focusable Light Field Size: 19-30 Cm. Colour Temperature: 3,750, 4,000, 4,250, 4,500, 4,750 K. - Adjusting The Shadow Activating Via The Touch Panel. - Maximum Of Four Groups Of Lenses Are Dimmed Simultaneously. Shadow Management System. Number Of Led’s: 99 On Lamp Head. Life Span Of Leds: > 60,000 H. Working Distance: 70-160 Cm. Light Intensity Control (standard): 5% - 100%. Outstanding Depth Illumination: 70, 100, 130 Cm. Laser Pointer On Head (main Light Head Only). Lf-index Leenemann: 26. Lf-index Oostlander: 28. Input Voltage: Single Phase 110 ~ 230 Vac Free Volt. Total Power Consumption: 82 - 92watts. Adjustable Brakes At The Horizontal Arm. Light Head Weights: 18.5 Kg. Protection Type Lamp Head: Iec60529. - Aluminum Housing. Satellite Head. Electronic Light Intensity Control At Lamp Head. - Light Intensity At 1 Meter Distance: 140,000 Lux. Colour Rendering Index Ra At Kelvin: 98 (for Better Quality Image Of Skin, Blood And Tissues). Colour Rendering Index R9 At Kelvin: 99 (for Better Quality Image Of Skin, Blood And Tissues). Focusable Light Field Size: 18-30 Cm. Colour Temperature: 3,750, 4,000, 4,250, 4,500, 4,750 K. Number Of Led’s: 69 On Lamp Head. Life Span Of Leds: > 60,000 H. Working Distance: 70-160 Cm. Light Intensity Control (standard): 5% - 100%. Outstanding Depth Illumination: 70, 100, 130 Cm. Input Voltage: Single Phase 110 ~ 230 Vac Free Volt. Total Power Consumption: 82-92 Watts. Adjustable Brakes At The Horizontal Arm. Light Head Weights: 17.9 Kg Minimum. - Aluminum Housing. Protection Type Lamp Head: Iec60529. Standard Accessories: - Sterilized Handle: 2 Pcs/ Lamp Head, - Ceiling Anchorage Ring With Screws, - Spring Arm, - Ceiling Cover, Including Installation Of Brackets To Embed Overhead Ceiling- User Manual, - Ups. Warranty Of Two (2) Years For Parts And Labor With Free Preventive Maintenance Every Quarter Within Warranty Period Five (5) Years Warranty For Led Bulb Only. Unit 1 2,500,000.00 24 Operating Room Table (motorized). Brand New. Product Specifications: Total Length: 2000-2100 Mm. Width Including Side Rails: 600-630 Mm. Mattress Width: 550-570 Mm. Total Weight: 200-210 Kg. Safe Working Load (swl): Up To 250 Kg. Height Adjustment Range: From 595 Up To 1005 Mm. Castors: Four Ø 120-125 Mm Central Locking Twin Castors. Head Section: -58° ... +37°, 135 Mm. Back Section: -10° ... +70°. Leg Section: -80° ... +10°. Lateral Tilt: 20° / 20°. Trendelenburg/anti-trendelenburg: 30° / 20°. Sliding Tabletop For C-arm Function: 300-320 Mm. Flex / Reflex: 220° / 120°. Electrical System: 24 Vdc, Battery Operated, 100 - 240 Vac, 50/60 Hz. Controls: Hand Control And Integrated Control Panel On The Column. Memory Positions: Four Programmable Positions. Visco-elastic Mattresses. Radio Lucent Tabletop For X-ray. Accessories For General Surgery: 1. Arm Rest, 2. Anesthesia Frame With Clamp And, 3. Attachment Clamp. Transport And Storage Conditions: Temperature 7 10° C + 50° C. Relative Humidity 10 %, 85 %. Air Pressure 700 Hpa, 1060 Hpa. Operating Condition: Temperature +10° C, + 40° C. Relative Humidity 30 %, 75 %. Air Pressure 700 Hpa 1060 Hpa. Side Rail Accessories: 25 X 10mm. Warranty-1 Year From Delivery And Installation. Certificate Of Parts Available In The Next 5 Years. Includes Training To End-user. Includes Product Manual. Unit 2 5,500,000.00 25 Radiant Warmer With Phototherapy Units. Brand New. Product Specifications: Fixed Height Radiant Warmer, Mounted On A Column. The Unit Is Supported By A T-shaped Sturdy And Stable Wheeled Base. Bases Is Provided With A Minimum Three (3) Anti-static Swivel Casters. At Least Two (2) Of The Casters Are Equipped With Brakes. The Base Is Equipped With A Side Handle/rail For Easy Positioning. The Design Of The Base Is Suitable To Be Fitted Over Standard Cradles, Cribs, And Bassinets. Overhead Radiant Heater At A Fixed Height Of 1.80-2.0m. Radiant Heating Is Achieved By Quartz/ceramic Elements, Placed In A Parabolic Reflector. The Radiator Is Equipped With A Safety Grid. The Unit Support Three (3) Modes: Pre-heating, Manual And Servo Mode. The Unit Allows For Instant Switching Been The Different Operating Modes. The Minimum Skin Temperature Setting Range Is 32°c To 37°c. The Resolution Of The Temperature Is: ± 0.5°c Or Better. In Manual And Pre-heating Modes Heating Settings Allow For A Range Of 0 – 100%. Led Spotlight(s) For Examination Are Integrated In The Overhead Radiant Heater, The Angle Of The Overhead Light Is Adjustable. Warm-up Time < 30 Min To 25°c. Power Requirements: 1 Ph, 100 - 240 Volts - 50/60 Hz 900 To 1300va (with Ups And Avr). Display Features: The Display Panel Is Integrated In The Column For Visualizing Working Parameters And Alarms. The Display Indicates: - The Current Active Mode: Pre-heating, Manual Or Servo, - The Current Heating Power In Percentages, - The Current Pre-set Temperature, - The Current Actual Skin Temperature, - The Current Air Temperature. The Unit Is Equipped With A Self-check Feature. Alarm And Safety Features: Alarms Are Audible And Visible. Alarms Indicating: - Sensor Disconnection Or Malfunction. - Power Failure. - Skin Temperature, After Stabilizing, Varying Beyond 0.5° To 1°c From Set-point. - 10 To 15 Minutes After Manual Mode Has Been Engaged An Audible Alarm Will Sound. In Addition, The Unit Will Either Reduce Or Cut The Power To The Heater. In Skin Mode, When The Temperature Exceeds 39°c, The Unit Will Cut The Power To The Heater. Supplied With: Instructions For Assembly, Use And Maintenance In English: 1 X Installed And 2 X Spare Reusable Skin Temperature Sensors, Including Connection Cable And Plug. 1 X Spare Quartz/ceramic Heating Element Or The Same With Installed Heating Element. 2 X Spare Examination Light Bulbs. 1 X Set Of Spare Fuses, If Applicable. Accessories: A Durable Light Weight Cradle/crib And Mattress. Oxygen Regulator Including A Pressure Gauge, Flow Meter, Humidifier Bottle And All Required Tubing. Integrated Weighing Scale. Electrically Operated, Slow Suction Unit Including A Vacuum Regulator, Vacuum Gauge And Autoclavable Collection Jar. Electrical Height Adjustment. T-piece Resuscitator. Integrated Phototherapy Unit. Led Phototherapy Unit 36cm: 620-2800μw/c㎡. Led Phototherapy Unit 50cm: 400-1620μw/c㎡. Estimated Life Span: Eight Years. Includes Avr. Unit 3 600,000.00 26 Refrigerator (biological). Brand New. Product Specifications: External Dimension: W = 700-750 Mm D = 730-750 Mm H = 2000-2100 Mm. Inside Dimension: Useful Space On Top W = 600-620 Mm D = 550-570 Mm H = 500-550 Mm. Useful Space At The Bottom W = 590-610 Mm D = 540-560 Mm H = 500-550 Mm. Capacity: 600 L Temperature Range: Top 2°c To 20°c Bottom 2°c To 20°c. Optional: Other Temperature Ranges. Housing Galvanized Sheet Steel With High Quality White Coating, Antibacterial Coated. With 4 Feet, Height Adjustable. Optional: Set Of 4 Casters, 2 With Brakes. Interior Space Inner Case Of Galvanized Sheet Steel With High Quality White Coating, Antibacterial Coated. Cleaning Friendly By Rounded Corners, Slippery Surface In The Interior, Meets Highest Hygiene Requirements Insulation High Density Foamed-in-place Polyurethane, With A Thickness Of 60 Mm. Cfc-free. Circulation Air Cooling For Rapid And Uniform Temperature Control, Reducing Temperature Gradients To A Minimum. When The Door Is ""open"" The Circulating Fan Is Switched Off Automatically By A Micro Switch In Order To Prevent Warmer Ambient Air Being Drawn In. Door 2 Pcs. Three-layer Thermally Insulating Glass Door (arranged On Above The Other), Supplied As Standard With Right Hand Hinge, Also Available With Left Hand Hinge At No Extra Cost. Grease Resistant Magnetic Seal. Optional: With Door Lock. Interior Fittings 4 Pcs. Grating-type Shelves (dim.: 530x550 Mm), White Coated. Interior Lighting With Automatic On/off Micro Switch. Optional: Stainless Steel Shelves Or Stainless-steel Drawer Compartments, With 3 Lengthwise Dividers With Telescopic-type Guides On Rollers With Stops, Drawer Dimensions: 500x480x77 Mm (wxdxh) Usable With Between The Lengthwise Dividers: 106 Mm (lengthwise Dividers Easily Removable). Working Range 1 From 2°c To 20°c (assuming The Ambient Temperature Is Approximately 4°c Above The Set Point). Temperature Accuracy +/- 1,8°c After Stabilization (with 50% Of Loading). Acoustics Signal When The Set Value Is Undercut Or Exceeded Potential-free Connection Socket For Extern Alarm Refrigerating Unit 2 Pcs. Fully Hermetically Sealed, Forced Ventilation, Fitted On Vibration – Absorbing Mounts (ambient Temperature Max. 32°c), Low Noise (48dba/1m), Energy Saving Compressor With High Quality Vaporization System. Refrigerant: R 290 Or Equivalent Defrost Automatically With Thermal And Time Limit. Condensate Evaporation In Heated Tray. During The Defrost Period, The Temperature Inside The Cabinet (only The Air Temperature – Not The Stored Goods) Will Arise For A Short Time. Electrical Date: Power Supply220-230 V/50 Hz/single Phase Optional: 60 Hz. Power Input 2x 0,20 Kw. Fuse 16a. Power Cable: 2x 1,5 M. Packing Details (palletized) Dimensions: Approx. 85x98x224 Cm. Net Weight: 150-170 Kg. Gross Weight: 180-200 Kg. Include Avr. Unit 1 100,000.00 27 Rigid Video Procto-sigmoidoscope. Brand New. Product Specifications: Plastic Obturator. Video Camera. Stainless Steel Tube. Handle Of Polyacetal (delrin), Usb Male Connector. Analogue To Digital Converter Nozzle For Gas. Instrumentation Channel. Silicone Washer. Includes Universal Fiber Optic Light Source Machine And Tube Connector From The Proctoscope To The Light Source Machine. Warranty -6 Months From Delivery And Installation. Set 1 50,000.00 28 Stretcher, Transport Type. Brand New. Product Specifications: Hydraulic Stretcher. Numbers Of Function: Five-function. Certification: Ce, Fda, Iso13485. Size: 2000-2100 Mm (l)*770-800mm (w)*600-610/900-920mm (h). Height:600mm-930mm. Lowest Position-floor To Platform-580mm. Highest Position-floor To Platform-905mm. Side Rail Height Above Mattress Platform-340 To 360mm. Maximum Back Rest-0-80 Degrees. Maximum Knee Rest-0-30 Degrees. Maximum Trendelenburg Reverse Tr-0-16 Degrees. Mattress Size -1850-1880 X 650-670 X 80-90mm. Loading Capacity -up To 200 Kg. Side Rails: Collapsible Aluminum Alloy Side Rails. Bed Platform: X-ray Transparent. Specification: Ce, Fda, Iso. Other Features: 1. Central Brake System: Equipped With Four Brake Pedals On All Sides Of The Bed Make The Brakes At The Optimal Position Effectively. 2. Multi-function Instrument Support: The Instrument Support Can Put The Monitor And Can Also Be Used As A Headboard To Prevent Accidental Slippage Of The Patient. 3. Push Handle: Reducing The Workload And Preventing The Injuries. 4. High Quality Mattress: The European Standard Waterproof Cloth With The Smooth Surface Of The Mattress, Easy To Clean And Not Misplaced. 5. Large Diameter Wheel: Using The Imported 8-inch Silent Caster Make It Flexible And Durable. 6. The Fifth Wheel: The Fifth Wheel Can Provide A Smaller Radius Of Gyration. The Telescopic Collapse Design Can Slide Smoothly Even On The Rough Surface Or Obstacles Such As The Elevator Sill, Reducing Effectively The Damage Caused By Transport To Patients. 7. Plastic Coated Side Rails: The Side Rails With Stainless Steel Column Guardrail Covers Almost Entire Length Of Bed. 8. High-strength Carbon Steel Structure And Spray Procedure: The High Quality Carbon Steel And Robot Welding Guarantee The Mechanical Strength. The Spray Surface Treatment Is Easy To Clean And Guarantees A Longer Life. 9. Rapid Lifting Hydraulics: The Imported Dual-pressure Lifting System Can Be Used To Quickly Lift The Bed Or The Push Handle For 2 Seconds In An Emergency, And The Bed Will Automatically Locate The Height To Form A Special Body Position Of The Patient. 10. X-ray Imaging: Equipped With X-ray Material Bed Surface And X Ray Cassette Holder, The Whole Body Can Be X-rayed. 11. With Oxygen Cylinder Holder. Warranty -1 Year From Delivery And Installation. Unit 18 5,400,000.00 29 Suction Machine. (heavy Duty). Brand New. Product Specifications: Floor, Standing Type. Oil-less Piston Suction Motor. Double Anti-overflow Protection (mechanical Float And Electronic Sensor). Flow Rate: 40-50 Liter Per Minute. Water Displacement. Vacuum -700-800mmhg. Includes 2x3 Liters Polycarbonate Collection Jar. Attach/detach Abs Plastic Cover Jar. Anti-bacterial And Hydrophobic Filter. Patented Anti-vibration System. Dimensions: 300-400mm X 380-420mm X 800-850mm (lxwxh). Weight -15-25 Kg. Equipped With Foot Switch. Power -250w. Power Requirement -ac 200, 50-60hz. Silicone Hose. Operation And Service Manual Included. Warranty Of 6 Months From Delivery And Installation. Includes Orientation And Training Of End-user Staff. Unit 2 600,000.00 30 Syringe Pump. Brand New. Product Specifications: With Delivery And Installation, Provision Of Trainings Of Staff With Certificates, And Manual.  Applicable Syringes (universal Compatibility To Various Brands): 10ml, 20ml, 30ml, 50ml/60ml, Accuracy: ±2% (mechanical ±1%).  Flow Rate: 10ml: 0.1 Ml/h -300ml/h, 20ml: 0.1 Ml/h -600ml/h, 30ml: 0.1 Ml/h -900ml/h, 50ml: 0.1 Ml/h -1500ml/h.  Bolus Rate: 10ml: 100-300ml/h (default 300ml), 20ml: 100-600ml/h (default 600ml), 30ml: 100-900ml/h (default 900ml), 50ml: 100-1500ml/h (default 1500ml).  Purge Rate: 10ml: 300ml, 20ml: 600ml, 30ml: 900ml, 50 Ml: 1500ml.  Volume To Be Infused: 0.1ml~1000ml.  Injection Increment: 0.1ml.  Infusion Mode: Rate Mode, Time Mode.  Time Mode: Volume Limit: 0.1~999.9ml. Pre-set Time: 1min To 99h99min. Remaining Time: **h **min.  Occlusion Pressure: 3 Adjustable Occlusion Pressure Settings: Low, Middle And High.  Alarm Function: Infusion Completion, Near Completion, Empty, Occlusion, Low Battery, Syringe Disengaged, Incorrect Installation Of Syringe Plunger, No Ac Power Supply, Low Battery, Battery Exhausted, Malfunction Etc.  Battery: Rechargeable Lithium Polymer Battery, 7.4v, 2100mah, Can Operate For More Than 3 Hours After Fully Charged At 25ml/h. Unit 5 300,000.00 Total 34,665,000.00 Note: Winning Bidder Shall Conduct Product Demonstration/end-user’s Training Of The Actual Unit And Issue Training Certificate To The End-user And Medical Equipment Technician Of Wvsgh. The Bidder’s Single Largest Completed Contract Similar To The Contract To Be Bid Should Have Been Completed Within 3 Years From The Date Of The Deadline Of Submission And Receipt Of Bids, Award For This Contract Should Have Been Awarded By A Hospital Or Health Facility And Not By Another Supplier, Except For Line Items With Asterisk (*) Which Have Been Awarded By A Non-health Facility. Likewise, The Contract Price Of The Slcc Should Be At Least 50% Of The Sum Of The Abc Of The Line Items Joined. Bidding Will Be Conducted Through Open Competitive Bidding Procedures Using A Non-discretionary “pass/fail” Criterion As Specified In The Implementing Rules And Regulations (irr) Of Republic Act (ra) 9184, Otherwise Known As The “government Procurement Reform Act”. Bidding Is Open To All Interested Bidders, Whether Local Or Foreign, Subject To The Conditions For Eligibility Provided In The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184. The Complete Schedule Of Activities Is As Follows: Bac Activities Schedule Availability Of Bidding Documents December 12, 2024 At 8:00 Am To 4:00 Pm And Up To Before 9:00 Am Of January 7, 2025, At The Procurement/bac Office, Western Visayas Sanitarium And General Hospital, Sta. Barbara, Iloilo Pre Bid Conference December 20, 2024 (thursday), 9:00 Am At The 3rd Floor, Im Conference Room, New Building, Western Visayas Sanitarium And General Hospital, Sta. Barbara, Iloilo Opening Of Bids January 7, 2025 (tuesday), 9:00 Am At The 3rd Floor, Im Conference Room, New Building, Western Visayas Sanitarium And General Hospital, Sta. Barbara, Iloilo Bid Documents May Be Acquired By Interested Bidders On The Dates And Address Above And Upon Payment Of Applicable Fee For The Bidding Documents In The Amount Of: Php 25,000.00 Bids Must Be Duly Received By The Bac Secretariat Through Manual Submission At The Bac/procurement Office On Or Before 9:00 Am Of January 7, 2025. Late Bids Shall Not Be Accepted. All Bids Must Be Accompanied By A Bid Security In Any Of The Acceptable Forms And In The Amount Stated In Itb Clause 14. It May Also Be Downloaded Free Of Charge From The Website Of The Philippine Government Electronic Procurement System (philgeps) And The Website Of The Procuring Entity, Wvs.doh.gov.ph , Provided That Bidders Shall Pay The Applicable Fee For The Bidding Documents Not Later Than The Submission Of Their Bids. The Western Visayas Sanitarium And General Hospital Reserves The Right To Reject Any And All Bids, Declare A Failure Of Bidding, Or Not Award The Contract At Any Time Prior To Contract Award In Accordance With Sections 35.6 And 41 Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184, Without Thereby Incurring Any Liability To The Affected Bidder Or Bidders. For Further Information, Please Refer To: Mr. Jasond Rex A. Huyaban/jessie H. Jarbadan Bac Secretariat Western Visayas Sanitarium And General Hospital Sta. Barbara, Iloilo Tel. No.: (033) 332-4778 Loc. 119 Email: Wvsbac.procurement@gmail.com Website: Wvs.doh.gov.ph Renia Grace G. Salapare, Md, Fpafp, Mpa Bac Chairperson

Details: Amendment 1 - 8/15/2024 the Above Amendment Changes/updates The Following Items: extenddate Offers Due attach Updated Neutron Star Industry User Guide V2 Dated 14aug24 With Specific Instruction Pertaining To Topic 5 Submissions address Announcement Questions To The Neutron Star Org Mailbox (afrl.rvkb.afrlneutronstardms@us.af.mil) Attention Of: Fromprimary: Ms. Ashley Patterson, Afrl/rvkb Tomr. Ever Orozco-perea, Afrl/rvkb Alternate: Mr. Isaac Thorp, Afrl/rvkband Ms. Regina Alflen, Afrl/rvkb ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- naics Code: The Naics Code For This Acquisition Is 541715 For Research And Development In The Physical, Engineering, And Life Sciences (except Nanotechnology And Biotechnology). federal Agency Name: Air Force Research Laboratory ara Title: Neutron Strategic Technology Advanced Research (neutron Star) Advanced Research Announcement (ara) ara Type: This Is An Open Ara; Initial Announcement submission Dates Are Indefiinite Until Further Notice program Summary: this Is An Open Ara Announcement Pursuant To The Authority Of 10 U.s.c. §4023procurement For Experimental Purposes. Afrl Is Interested In Receiving White Papers Regarding Nuclear-related Research And Development, Including, But Not Limited To Modeling And Simulation Of Re-entry Environments, Materials Characterization, Nuclear Explosion Monitoring, And Design, Fabrication And Experimentation Of Nuclear Delivery. Dialogue Between Prospective Offerors And Government Representatives Is Strongly Encouraged. this Solicitation Intends To Use The Acquisition Authority Provided By 10 U.s.c. §4023. This Authority Applies To The Acquisition Of Items Related To “…ordnance, Signal, Chemical Activity, Transportation, Energy, Medical, Spaceflight, And Aeronautical Supplies, Including Parts And Accessories, And Designs Thereof, That Are Necessary For Experimental Or Test Purposes In The Development Of The Best Supplies That Are Needed For The National Defense.” Consequently, White Papers And Proposals Should Address How The Proposed Effort Provides Benefits To The National Defense Relative To The Parameters Of This Authority, And A Strategy For Verifying Those Intended Benefits. *please See The Attached Neutron Star Industry User Guide For Guidance On Definitions, Processes, Submission Requirements And Evaluation Criteria.* background: afrl’s Geo Space Division (rvbn) Positions Afrl To Steward, Develop, And Deliver Leading Technologies To The Warfighter And The Nuclear Enterprise To Ensure The National Defense. thus, Proposed Solutions Should Be Innovative And Substantially Improve National Defense Capabilities Across The Domains Of National Nuclear Deterrence Operations. While The Government Describes Discrete Topic Areas Below, It Also Anticipates That Certain Comprehensive Technology Solutions And Prototypes May Require Multidiscipline Approaches That Address Two Or More Topic Areas. The Topic Areas Covered Under This Announcement May Be Used In Any Combination. The Government Reserves The Right To Add, Delete Or Modify The Topic Areas As Necessary. industry-government Communication: Dialogue Between Prospective Offerors And Government Representatives Is Strongly Encouraged Throughout The Life Of This Ara. However, Communication Shall Be Limited To The Contracting/agreement Officer Once Full Proposals Are Submitted For Evaluation/review. Discussions Should Focus On Understanding Government Objectives And Requirements, Feasibility Of Prospective Offeror Approach, And Prospective Offeror Prior Similar Efforts. discussions Shall Not Constitute A Commitment By The Government To Subsequently Fund Or Award Any Proposed Effort. No Guidance Related To Technical Approach Will Be Given. Offerors Are Advised That Only Contracting Or Agreement Officers Are Legally Authorized To Contractually Bind Or Otherwise Commit The Government. announcement Details: this Is A Hybrid Announcement. This Announcement Includes An Open Request For White Papers As Described Below. Additionally, Individual Solicitations For White Papers (two-step Solicitation) And/or Proposals (one-step Solicitation) Related To Discrete Requirements May Be Issued. Afrl Reserves The Right To Collapse A White Paper (two-step Solicitation) Into A One-step If The Situation Warrants And The White Paper Contains Sufficient Technical Detail To Do Full Technical Proposal Evaluation Instead Of White Paper Evaluation. open Announcement Request: Afrl/rvbn Is Soliciting White Papers On The Research Effort Described In The Below Topic Areas Pursuant To The Authority Of 10 U.s.c. §4023, Procurement For Experimental Purposes. White Papers Submitted Pursuant To The Open Announcement Request Follow The Two-step Procedures Described Below. White Papers Submitted Under The Open Announcement Request May Be Retained For 12 Months. open Announcement Submission: Unclassified White Papers Must Be Submitted To The Neutron Star Org Box At Afrl.rvkb.afrlneutronstardms@us.af.mil. Do Not Deliver Any Classified Portion Of The White Paper To This Address. If It Is Determined That A Classified White Paper Is Required, Please Contact The Neutron Star Org Mailbox For Specific Delivery Instructions. additional Instructions For White Paper Submissions Can Be Found In The Neutron Star Industry User Guide Attached To This Announcement. individual Solicitation Request: Individual Solicitations, Except For Limited Solicitations, For White Papers And Proposals Will Be Issued Under This Announcement Via The Government Point Of Entry (gpe) At Https://sam.gov. Notification Of Individual Solicitations May Be Announced On Other Platforms (i.e. Www.grants.gov) And Will Direct Offerors To The Gpe For Full Solicitation Details. individual Solicitation Submissions: Submission Requirements For Individual Solicitations Will Be Specified In The Solicitation Details Of Each Individual Solicitation. individual Solicitation Variations: Variations Of The Ara Individual Solicitation Process Are Available For Use. The Following Types Are Commonly Used But Are Not Considered All Inclusive. one-step: The One-step Process Is Used To Request Full Technical And Cost Proposals From Each Offeror. The Proposals Are Reviewed In Accordance With The Solicitation Criteria And Typically All, Part, Or None Of A Proposal May Be Selected For Award. two-step: The Two-step Process Is Used To Request White Papers And Rough Order Of Magnitude (rom) Costs. The Individual Solicitation Must State Whether An Unfavorable White Paper Review Will Bar The Offeror From Further Consideration. The Government May Retain Unselected White Papers For A Specific Period, Which Will Be Identified In The Individual Solicitation. White Papers Submitted Under The Open Announcement Request May Be Retained For 12 Months. Full Proposals Are Requested From Those Offerors Selected In The White Paper Review Process. After Proposals Are Received, They Are Processed And Reviewed In Accordance With The One-step Process. limited Individual Solicitations: This Approach Allows For Solicitation To A Limited Group Of Potential Offerors. Request For Proposals (rfp) Or Requests For White Papers Will Be Issued Directly To Potential Offerors Without A Requirement To Publish To The Gpe. the Government May Issue Solicitations That Combine One Or More Of The Above Approaches. announcement Modifications: Due To The Dynamically Evolving Nature Of Us Nuclear Deterrent Mission And Warfighter Needs, This Announcement Is Subject To Updates, Revisions, Or Additional Topic Areas. Therefore, Offerors Are Highly Encouraged To Continually Monitor Https://sam.gov To Ensure They Receive The Latest Guidance For This Announcement. The Government Shall Provide Updates To This Announcement No Less Than Annually. Updates May Include Changes To Topic Areas, Submission Requirements, Administrative Changes, Evaluation Criteria, Solicitation Methods, Etc. (not An Inclusive List). type Of Contract/instrument: The Government Reserves The Right To Award The Instrument Best Suited To The Nature Of The Research Proposed. Accordingly, The Government May Award Any Appropriate Contract, Agreement Or Assistance Instrument Type Under The Authorities Below: federal Acquisition Regulation (far) 10 U.s.c. §4021 "other Transaction For Research” 10 U.s.c. §4022 "other Transaction For Prototype" 10 U.s.c. §4023 "procurement For Experimental Purposes" 15 U.s.c §3710a – Cooperative Research And Developments Agreements 15 U.s.c §3715 – Partnership Intermediaries 32 C.f.r. §22.215 – Grants And Cooperative Agreements the Government Anticipates That A Mix Of Contract/ Instrument Types Will Be Used Throughout The Life Of This Announcement. Generally, Awards Under This Announcement Or Any Individual Solicitations May Be Cost-plus-fixed Fee (completion And Term), Cost Reimbursement, Firm Fixed Price, Cost Sharing, And Incentive. note: If A Federal Acquisition Regulation (far) Type Contract Is Recommended As The Award Type Authority, Then The Far Clauses Will Be Referenced At The Individual Solicitation Level Or Within The Request For Proposal. The Far And Far Supplement Provisions And Clauses Will Be Incorporated By Reference. The Full Text Of These Provisions And Clauses Can Be Found At Https://www.acquisition.gov. if An Assistance Instrument (grants Or Cooperative Agreements) Is Recommended As The Award Type, Then Articles And Guidance Found Under Dodgars, 200 Cfr, Omb/dod Policy Shall Be Used And Followed As Appropriate. if An Other Transaction (ot) Is Recommended As The Award Type, Then The Far References And Clauses Will Not Apply. The Terms And Conditions Of An Ot Agreement Shall Be Developed And Negotiated On A Case-by-case Basis. estimated Program Cost: The Overarching Announcement Has An Unrestricted Ceiling. However, Individual Solicitations May Elect To Provide An Estimated Program Value Or Funding Profile For Planning Purposes. anticipated Number Of Awards: The Air Force Anticipates Awarding Multiple Awards For This Announcement. However, The Air Force Reserves The Right To Award Zero, One, Or More Grants, Agreements, Other Transactions, Or Contracts For All, Some Or None Of The Solicited Effort Based On The Offeror’s Ability To Perform Desired Work And Funding Availability. There Is No Limit On The Number Of Awards That May Be Made To An Individual Offeror. award Schedule: The Anticipated Period Of Performance Will Be Determined Through Dialogue Between Prospective Offerors And Government Representatives For Each Topic Area And Specified In Each Individual Award. Individual Solicitations May Elect To Provide A Desired Technical Execution Schedule For Planning Purposes. deliverables: Hardware And Software Deliverables Will Be Specified Within A Separately Priced Contract/award Line Items And Data Deliverables Will Be Specified On Individual Contract Data Requirements List(s) (cdrls) In Any Resultant Contract Or An Ot Article. within Scope Award Modifications: Offerors Are Advised That Due To The Inherent Uncertainty Of Research And Development Efforts, Awards Resulting From This Announcement May Be Modified During Performance To Make Within Scope Changes, To Include But Not Limited To, Modifications Which Increase Overall Contract/award Ceiling Amount. system For Award Management (sam) Registration: Before The Government Can Issue An Award, An Offeror Must Be Registered In The System For Award Management (sam). If An Offeror Was Previously Registered In Central Contractor Registration (ccr), The Information Has Been Transferred To Sam. However, It Is In The Offeror’s Interest To Visit Sam And Ensure That All Their Data Is Up To Date From Sam And Other Databases To Avoid Delay In Award. Sam Replaced Ccr, Online Representations And Certifications Application (orca), And The Excluded Parties List System (epls). Sam Allows Firms Interested In Conducting Business With The Federal Government To Provide Basic Information On Business Capabilities And Financial Information. To Register, Visit Https://www.sam.gov. science & Technology (s&t) Program Protection: Offerors That Are Submitting Proposal Responses Only (not Required For Submission Of White Papers) Shall Submit As A Part Of The Proposal Submission 1.) A Completed Standard Form (sf) 424, Research And Related Senior/key Person Profile (expanded) Form For All Senior/key Personnel Proposed; And 2.) A Completed Security Program Questionnaire. Offerors May Be Asked To Provide A Mitigation Plan For Any Identified S&t Protection Risks. The Government Reserves The Right To Determine If An Offer Is Unawardable On The Grounds Of Unacceptable S&t Protection Risk Based On Its Review Of The Sf 424 And Security Program Questionnaire. by Submitting A Proposal, The Offeror Certifies That It Is In Compliance With Section 223(a) Of The William M. (mac) Thornberry National Defense Authorization Act For Fiscal Year 2021 Which Requires That: (a) The Principal Investigator (pi) And Other Key Personnel Certify That The Current And Pending Support Provided On The Proposal Is Current, Accurate And Complete; (b) Agree To Update Such Disclosure At The Request Of The Agency Prior To The Award Of Support And At Any Subsequent Time The Agency Determines Appropriate During The Term Of The Award; (c) The Pi And Other Key Personnel Have Been Made Aware Of The Requirements Under Section 223(a)(1) Of This Act; And (d) Certification Includes The Following Statement: “i Am Aware That Any False, Fictitious, Or Fraudulent Statements Or Claims May Subject Me To Criminal, Civil, Or Administrative Penalties. (u.s. Code, Title 218, Section 1001)”. announcement Period: The Overarching Announcement Has No End Date And Is In Effect Until Further Closed Or Rescinded. open Announcement Points Of Contact: address Technical Questions To The Neutron Star Org Mailbox (afrl.rvkb.afrlneutronstardms@us.af.mil) Attention Of: primary: Maj Montgomery, Afrl/rvbn alternate: Harper Baird, Afrl/rvbn address Announcement Questions To The Neutron Star Org Mailbox (afrl.rvkb.afrlneutronstardms@us.af.mil) Attention Of: primary: Ms. Ashley Patterson, Afrl/rvkb alternate: Mr. Isaac Thorp, Afrl/rvkb note: Individual Solicitation Points Of Contact Will Be Specified Within The Solicitation. topic Areas And Topic Descriptions note: All Topics Are Controlled By Security Access Requirements. 1. Nuclear System Development develop Foundational Capabilities, Requirements, Strategies, And Identify Candidate Technologies For Enhanced Nuclear Surety. 2. Nuclear Systems Integration integration Nuclear And Non-nuclear Components Of Future U.s. Nuclear Experiment Units For Development And Delivery To Various U.s. Integration And Test Organizations. 3. Nuclear System Flight Experimentation And Evaluation development And Delivery Of Nuclear Systems To Various U.s. Test Organizations. 4. Nuclear Explosion Monitoring improve Capabilities To Detect, Locate, Discriminate And Characterize The Depths, Yields And Other Emplacement Conditions Of Nuclear Explosions. 5. Nuclear Command, Control, And Communication enable Uninterrupted Delivery Of Strategic And Critical Conventional Data Within Contested And Nuclear Environments, Via Innovative New Technologies And Architectures. support Contractors: The Afrl Space Vehicles (rv) Directorate Have Contracted For Various Business And Staff Support Services From The Following Companies. aero Thermo Technology, 620 Discovery Drive Building I, Suite 110, Huntsville, Alabama 35806 fury Solutions Llc, 1617 Ashmont Ct, Xenia, Oh 45385-7060 apogee Engineering Llc, 8610 Explorer Drive Suite 305, Colorado Springs, Co 80920-1036 afrl Space Vehicles (rv) Directorate Require These Contractors To Obtain Administrative Access To Proprietary Information Submitted By Other Contractors. Administrative Access Is Defined As "handling Or Having Physical Control Over Information For The Sole Purpose Of Accomplishing The Administrative Functions Specified In The Administrative Support Contract, Which Do Not Require Technical Professionals Assigned To Accomplish The Specified Administrative Tasks." these Contractors Have Signed General Non-disclosure Agreements And Organizational Conflict Of Interest Statements. The Required Administrative Access Will Be Granted To Non-technical Professionals. Examples Of The Administrative Tasks Performed Include: a) Assembling And Organizing Information For R&d Case Files; b) Accessing Library Files For Use By Government Personnel; c) Handling And Administration Of Proposals, Contracts, Contract Funding And Queries; And d) Administering The Tool That Will Be Used For Conducting White Paper And Proposal Evaluations. These Various Business And Staff Support Service Contractors Are Prohibited From Responding To This Announcement. offerors Shall Either Complete Paragraph (*) Below Or Provide Written Objection To Administrative Access. Any Objection To Administrative Access: a) Shall Be Provided In Writing To The Contracting Officer Within 10 Days Of Rfp (or Prda, Baa, Etc., As Appropriate) Issuance; And b)shall Include A Detailed Statement Of The Basis For The Objection. *i Consent To Administrative Access, As Defined Above, By Rd And Rv Business And Staff Support Services Contractors To Any Proprietary Information Submitted Under This Solicitation Or Delivered Under Any Resulting Contract.